Теги: английский язык языкознание
ISBN: 978-5-4365-3007-9
Текст
Н.В. Кукушкин
АНГЛИЙСКИЙ ЯЗЫК
ДЛЯ КОЛЛЕДЖЕЙ
Учебное пособие
RUI
SCIence
RU-SCIENCE.COM
УДК 811.111Лнгл(075.32)
ББК 81. Ан гл я 723
К89
т.в.
н.в.
Федорова, доцент кафедры ФДиМИП историко-
филологического факультета БФ ФГБОУ ВО «ВГУ», канд.
филол. наук, доц.,
Вершкова, преподаватель английского языка высшей кате-
гории Борисоглебского техникума промышленных и ин-
формационных технологий
Н.В.
Автор
Кукушкин, доцент кафедры филологических дисциплин
и методики их преподавания историко-филологического
факультета БФ ФГБОУ ВО «ВГУ», кандидат педагогиче-
ских наук
Кукушкин, Николай Владимирович.
К89 Английский язык для колледжей : учебное пособие /
Н.В. Кукушкин. — Москва : РУСАЙНС, 2020. — 298 с.
ISBN 978-5-4365-3007-9
09.00.00,10.00.00.38.00.00. У>ФУ ФУ
УДК 811.111 Англ(075.32)
ББК 81.Англя723
ISBN 978-5-4365-3007-9
© Кукушкин Н.В., 2020
© ООО «РУСАЙНС», 2020
ПРЕДИСЛОВИЕ
Учебное пособие предназначено для решения задач по овладению
обучающимися английским языком. В результате освоения дисциплины
формируются следующие компетенции согласно ФГОС 3 и 3+:
ОК 1. Понимать сущность и социальную значимость своей бу-
дущей профессии, проявлять к ней устойчивый интерес.
ОК 2. Организовывать собственную деятельность, выбирать ти-
повые методы и способы выполнения профессиональных задач, оцени-
ОК 3. Принимать решения в стандартных и нестандартных си-
туациях и нести за них ответственность.
ОК 4. Осуществлять поиск и использование информации, необ-
ходимой для эффективного выполнения профессиональных задач,
профессионального и личностного развития.
информацию
информацнонно-
де, эффективно общаться с коллегами, руководством, потребителями.
ОК 7. Брать на себя ответственность за работу членов команды
(подчиненных), результат выполнения заданий.
ОК 8. Самостоятельно определять задачи профессионального и
личностного развития, заниматься самообразованием, осознанно пла-
профессиональной деятельности.
Данное пособие способствует достижению следующих целей:
• общаться (устно и письменно) на иностранном языке на про-
фессиональные и повседневные темы;
* переводить (со словарём) иностранные тексты профессио-
• самостоятельно совершенствовать устную и письменную речь,
пополнять словарный запас;
* организовывать собственную деятельность, определять мето-
ды решения профессиональных задач, оценивать их эффективность и
качество;
• осуществлять поиск, анализ и оценку информации, необходи-
мой для постановки и решения профессиональных задач, профессио-
• работать в коллективе и команде, взаимодействовать с руко-
водством, коллегами и социальными партнёрами;
• самостоятельно определять задачи профессионального и лич-
ностного развития, заниматься самообразованием, осознанно планиро-
вать повышение квалификации:
• осуществлять профессиональную деятельность в условиях об-
новления её целей, содержания, смены технологий;
• планировать различные виды деятельности общения детей;
организовывать различные игры с детьми;
• организовывать общение детей раннего и дошкольного воз-
раста;
♦ организовывать продуктивную деятельность дошкольников;
* организовывать праздники и развлечения для детей раннего и
определять цели и задачи, пт
* проводить занятия с детьми дошкольного возраста;
говорение
- вести диалог, используя оценочные суждения, в ситуациях
тики); беседовать о <
ать в обсуждении про-
блюдая правила речевого этикета;
- рассказывать о своем окружении, рассуждать в рамках изу-
ченной тематики и проблематики; представлять социокультурный
портрет своей страны и страны/стран изучаемого языка;
аудирование
- относительно полно и точно понимать высказывания собесед-
ника в распространенных стандартных ситуациях повседневного об-
щения, понимать основное содержание и извлекать необходимую ин-
формацию из различных аудио- и видеотекстов: прагматических (объ-
явления, прогноз погоды), публицистических (интервью, репортаж),
соответствующих тематике данной ступени обучения;
чтение
ного содержания,
письменная речь
- использовать приобретенные знания и умения письменной
коммуникации в практической деятельности и повседневной жизни
- общения с представителями других стран, ориентации в совре-
менном поликультурном мире;
- получения сведений из иноязычных источников информации (в
том числе через Интернет), необходимых в образовательных и самооб-
разовательных целях;
- расширения возможностей в выборе будущей профессиональ-
ной деятельности.
Учебное пособие рассчитано на максимальную нагрузку по дисцип-
лине «Иностранный язык» (английский) 220 часов (с учетом самостоятель-
ной работы обучающихся) в соответствии с
Наличие вводно-фонетического курса
учебное пособие для так называемых «ложно нулевых» обучающихся.
Если нет необходимости в вводно-фонетическом курсе, его можно
пропустить и начать обучение с основного курса.
Уроки с текстами профессионального
блока (модуля) - технический (для изучающих
на два
ьности). После
Уроки основного курса кроме нового содержат упражнения на по-
вторение лексического - грамматического материала, изученного на пре-
дыдущих уровнях обучения, что позволяет обучающимся подготовиться к
сдаче ЕГЭ для поступления в ВУЗы.
Приложение содержит большое количество грамматических уп-
ражнений, которые могут быть использованы как на уроках, так и при
самостоятельной работе обучающихся и грамматический справочник и
таблица неправильных глаголов.
МЕТОДИЧЕСКИЕ РЕКОМЕНДАЦИИ
Уважаемый студент, если Вы учитесь на заочном отделении или
решили изучать английский язык самостоятельно, заведите словарь -
грамматический справочник. Что он из себя представляет? Возьмите
общую тетрадь и разбейте ее на две части. Первую часть сделайте сло-
варем, куда выписывайте для себя новые или забытые слова с транс-
крипцией и переводом независимо от того, встретились ли они в уп-
ражнении или тексте. Во вторую часть выписывайте грамматические
правила с примерами.
После изучения употребления глаголов в активном залоге сде-
лайте сводную таблицу, взяв за основу таблицу в Приложении. Сде-
лайте се более подробной: добавьте, когда употребляется каждое время
с примерами, укажите вспомогательный глагол для построения отрица-
тельных и вопросительных предложений (в Present и Past Indefinite) и
стов, основываясь нс на догадке, а на правилах, что облегчит вам псре-
Прсждс чем выполнять грамматическое упражнение, хорошо
разберитесь с правилом, на которое дано упражнение, а если оно на
повторение, то не поленитесь и повторите необходимое правило еще
При работе с текстом. Прочтите текст целиком без помощи сло-
варя. Постарайтесь понять содержание текста. Выпишите незнакомые
слова н постарайтесь их запомнить. Переведите текст уже с выученны-
ми словами, при необходимости обратитесь к грамматическому мате-
риалу. Сделайте краткое сообщение по тексту. Прочтите задание к тек-
сту и выполните его.
Удачи.
СОДЕРЖАНИЕ
ВВОДНО-ФОНЕТИЧЕСКИЙ КУРС__________________14
УРОК 1..................................16
ТРАНСКРИПЦИЯ И АЛФАВИТ.................16
УРОК 2..................................17
ПРАВИЛА ЧТЕНИЯ. БЕЗЛИЧНОЕ ПРЕДЛОЖЕНИЕ..17
УРОКЗ...................................19
ЧИСЛИТЕЛЬНЫЕ...........................20
УРОК4...................................21
ЧИСЛИТЕЛЬНЫЕ...............................21
ГЛАГОЛ lobe'...............................22
English is very popular....................23
УРОК 5.........................................23
АРТИКЛЬ....................................24
УРОК 6.........................................26
БУКВОСОЧЕТАНИЯ.............................26
ОБОРОТ «There is (аге)»....................28
Our English classroom.... _........... 29
УРОК 7.........................................30
НЕОПРЕДЕЛЕННЫЕ МЕСТОИМЕНИЯ «some», «any»...30
ОТРИЦАТЕЛЬНОЕ МЕСТОИМЕНИЕ "No".............30
УРОК 8.........................................32
ПРИТЯЖАТЕЛЬНЫЙ ПАДЕЖ.......................32
УРОК 9.........................................34
ОБРАЗОВАНИЕ ПРИЛАГАТЕЛЬНЫХ
ОТ СУЩЕСТВИТЕЛЬНЫХ.........................34
The weather................................34
УРОК 10....................................35
ПОРЯДКОВЫЕ ЧИСЛИТЕЛЬНЫЕ.................35
ПРЕДЛОГИ МЕСТА..........................36
ТИПЫ ВОПРОСОВ...........................36
ОСНОВНОЙ КУРС..............................40
УРОК1......................................40
ГРУППА Indefinite - /Simple/....................................40
A student’s working day.........................................42
УРОК 2.............................................................43
London (часть I)—........... -............. 43
London (часть II).................................44
УРОКЗ.................................................45
Great Britain..............................................................46
I am flying to London................................................ 46
УРОК 4......................................48
ОБРАЗОВАНИЕ НАРЕЧИЙ ОТ ПРИЛАГАТЕЛЬНЫХ.....48
Му flat.................................................50
УРОК 5..................................................52
The Past Indefinite Tense...............................52
In the country..........................................53
THE PROTECTION OF NATURE................................54
УРОК 6..................................................55
The Future Indefinite Tense..-...-......-.....-...
My plans for tomorrow.............................
УРОК 7...............................................
СТЕПЕНИ СРАВНЕНИЯ ПРИЛАГАТЕЛЬНЫХ И НАРЕЧИЙ
Summer holidays...................................
УРОК 8...............................................
МОДАЛЬНЫЕ ГЛАГОЛЫ “can" “may'
Му friends......................
УРОК 9..........................
КОЛИЧЕСТВЕННЫЕ МЕСТОИНЕНИЯ.
THE PARTICIPLE I................
Travelling......................
УРОК 10.........................
Группа CONTINUOUS (PROGRESSIVE).
The Present Continuous Tense....
УРОКИ...........................
УРОК 12....................
The Future Continuous Tense.
УРОК 13.........
СОЮЗ "neither
УРОК 14......
СОЮЗ "either.
УРОК 15......
СОЮЗ "both...
УРОК 16.
"So will I". "Neither (nor) did he".
Технический блок.......»......».
.. 59
„59
..61
..62
..<>2
..64
„65
..66
..66
..67
.. 69
.69
.69
..71
..72
„73
..74
..74
„76
„76
„76
„77
„80
„80
„83
„83
„84
„84
„84
„84
„85
The computer..............................................85
Экономический блок 87
Types of proprietorship 87
УРОК 17 89
THE Participle II 89
Технический блок. 90
WHAT IS HARDWARE? 90
Экономический блок 91
УРОК 18 93
ГРУППА Perfect 93
Present Perfect Tense 94
Технический блок. 95
WHAT IS HARDWARE? 95
Экономический блок 97
PARTNERSHIPS 97
УРОК 19 100
Технический блок. 101
WINDOWS 101
Экономический блок..................... 102
THE FUNCTIONS OF AN EXECUTIVE 102
УРОК 20 104
The Past Perfect Tense. 104
Our town - 106
УРОК 21 107
The Future Perfect Tense 107
Moscow 107
УРОК 22 109
ОБОРОТ "to be going to..." 109
Our Country. Russia. General Information 110
УРОК 23 111
ГРУППА Perfect Continuous .. _ III
An English Wedding 112
УРОК 24 | |4
Past Perfect Continuous .. .. ||4
Space Exploration
УРОК 25 118
Future Perfect Continuous 118
Yuri Gagarin. _ 119
УРОК 26 120
МОДАЛЬНЫЕ ГЛАГОЛЫ SHOULD и OUGHT(to) 120
СУЩЕСТВИТЕЛЬНОЕ В ФУНКЦИИ ОПРЕДЕЛЕНИЯ... 121
УРОК 27 МОДАЛЬНЫЙ ГЛАГОЛ "NEED" 124 124
Технический блок. 125
COMPUTER OPERATIONS 125
Экономический блок 128
LINE AND STAFF POSITIONS 128
УРОК 28 130
Passive Voice 130
Технический блок. „ «... .......131
Types of Software 131
Экономический блок 133
Dialogue 134
УРОК 29 135
ПРИЧАСТИЕ 1 35
ВИДЫ И ФОРМЫ ПРИЧАСТИЙ (Participle) 135
The system of education in Great Britain 138
УРОК 30 140
Fulurc-in-the-Past 140
At the customs 141
Mikhail Lomonosov 142
УРОК 31 143
DIRECT AND INDIRECT SPEECH 143
Victory Day 146
УРОК 32 149
The Infinitive 149
Технический блок. 149
Operating systems 150
Экономический блок 152
Accounting 152
УРОК 33 154
ФОРМЫ ИНФИНИТИВА 154
Технический блок. 157
INTRODUCTION ТО THE WWW AND THE INTERNET 157
Экономический блок 159
Accounting 159
УРОК 34 161
КОНСТРУКЦИЯ "USED ТО+инфиттив" 161
КОНСТРУКЦИЯ to be used to doing' 162
КОНСТРУКЦИЯ to get used + to doing ‘ 163
УРОК 35 164
Conditional Sentences........................................164
Cambridge....................................................165
Урок 36........................
The subjunctive mood.......
КОНСТРУКЦИЯ "BUT FOR"......
London and finance.........
КОНСТРУКЦИЯ / wish +.......
УРОК 37........................
СОСТАВНЫЕ ПРИЛАГАТЕЛЬНЫЕ.
William Shakespeare...........„...........
УРОК 38.................................
ТИПЫ ПРИДАТОЧНЫХ ПРЕДЛОЖЕНИЙ
Traditions of English speaking countries..
English traditions........... _...
УРОК 39.................................
_____165
_____165
.....166
.....166
.....168
.....169
.....169
.....170
_____172
173
УРОК 40.................
THE GERUND (Герундий).
Washington, D.C....
УРОК 41.................
ФОРМЫ ГЕРУНДИЯ.......
Measuring economic activity.
УРОК 42..................
УРОК 43.
.....I 76
.....177
_____177
.....178
_____179
_____179
.....181
.....183
.....183
.....184
.....184
.....186
_____187
_____187
.....189
.....192
.....194
.....196
.....196
.....200
_____200
.....200
THE PRODUCTION POSSIBILITY FRONTIER .
УРОК 44..................................
Технический блок.___-______-.....-.....
The Microprocessor.....
Different microprocessors brief history of the Intel architecture design
philosophy of Intel.................... -................ 202
.206
.206
. 209
.209
.209
.210
.210
Economic systems...
The Hodja and the pots......................215
УРОК 46.......................................217
Additional Exercise[37].....................217
УРОК 47.......................................218
ДЕЛОВАЯ ПЕРЕПИСКА...........................218
BASIC THINGS ABOUT CORRESPONDENCE...........221
УРОК 48.......................................222
СХЕМА АНГЛИЙСКОГО ДЕЛОВОГО ПИСЬМА...........222
ВНУТРЕННИЙ АДРЕС............................225
УРОК 49.......................................225
УРОК 50.......................................................227
ПОДПИСЬ...................................................227
REFERENCE INSIDE LETTERS..................................228
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT AND CONFIRMATION..........................229
УРОК 51.......................................................230
INFORMING AND ADVISING....................................230
ENCLOSURES................................................231
REVISION..................................................231
УРОК 52.......................................................232
Приложение............................................. 236
АРТИКЛЬ...................................................237
МЕСТОИМЕНИЯ...............................................244
ВРЕМЕННЫЕ ФОРМЫ ГЛАГОЛОВ В АКТИВНОМ ЗАЛОГЕ... 246
THE PRESENT INDEFINITE TENSE..............................246
THE PAST INDEFINITE TENSE.................................247
THE FUTURE INDEFINITE TENSE...............................247
Present Indefinite. Past Indefinite и Future Indefinite...248
THE PRESENT CONTINUOUS TENSE..............................250
THE PAST CONTINUOUS TENSE.................................253
THE PAST CONTINUOUS TENSE.................................255
THE PRESRNT PERFACT TENSE.................................255
THE PAST PERFACT TENSE....................................256
PASSIVE VOICE.............................................262
ПРИЧАСТИЕ.................................................265
FUTURE - IN-THE - PAST....................................266
КОСВЕННАЯ РЕЧЬ............................................267
ИНФИНИТИВ.................................................269
УСЛОВНЫЕ ПРЕДЛОЖЕНИЯ......................................271
ГЕРУНДИЙ..................................................272
ПРИЧАСТИЕ, ГЕРУНДИЙ И ОТГЛАГОЛЬНЫЕ
СУЩЕСТВИТЕЛЬНЫЕ..........................274
WISH.....................................276
МОДАЛЬНЫЕ ГЛАГОЛЫ.....................277
СХЕМА ПОСТРОЕНИЯ АНГЛИЙСКОГО
ПОВЕСТВОВАТЕЛЬНОГО ПРЕДЛОЖЕНИЯ.............280
Схема построения английского вопросительного предложения.... 281
МЕСТОИМЕНИЯ................................282
СВОДНАЯ ТАБЛИЦА УПОТРЕБЛЕНИЯ ВРЕМЕН В
ДЕЙСТВИТЕЛЬНОМ (АКТИВНОМ) ЗАЛОГЕ...........283
ТАБЛИЦА УПОТРЕБЛЕНИЯ ВРЕМЕН В СТРАДАТЕЛЬНОМ
ЗАЛОГЕ................................... 285
СОЮЗЫ........................................286
ПРЕДЛОГИ.....................................286
ТАБЛИЦА НЕПРАВИЛЬНЫХ (нестандартных) ГЛАГОЛОВ...288
ЛИТЕРАТУРА 294
ВВОДНО-ФОНЕТИЧЕСКИЙ КУРС
Звуки
НЕКОТОРЫЕ ОСОБЕННОСТИ АНГЛИЙСКОГО ПРОИЗ-
НОШЕНИЯ.
У каждого языка есть свои специфические особенности произ-
ношения, которые формируют его характерную черту. Для англий-
ского языка это будут:
1) Отсутствие смягчения у согласных звонких звуков, кото-
рые не оглушаются в конце слов, как это происходит в русском язы-
значения слова, например: bad — плохой, bat — летучая мышь.
2) Наличие придыхания у таких глухих согласных звуков,
3) Английские гласные делятся на долгие и краткие, на слож-
sheep [ji:p] — овца.
4) Долгота звука в транскрипции обозначается двумя
точками [:]. При произнесении дифтонга основной акцент делается
на его первой части, а вторая часть произносится слабее, нс так, как в
русском языке, где обе части произносятся с одинаковой силой.
ся, но изменяется произношение предшествующей гласной.
Согласные звуки ‘р’ и ‘Ь’ похожи на русские 'л' и ‘б’, но про-
износятся более интенсивно, ‘С и ‘d’ - на ‘т’ и ‘д’, но более мягкие.
Чтобы добиться правильного звучания, кончиком языка необходимо
дотронуться альвеол, которые расположены над верхними зубами.
Звук [h] очень похож на *х*. но произносится без хрипа, легким вы-
дохом. К, g, f, v, s, г, I, m, п - произносятся и читаются примерно
как русские согласные к, г, ф, в, с. з. л. м, и. [д] очень похож
на сочетание ‘иг’, но необходимо приподнять заднюю
стенку языка, чтобы воздух пошел через нос н звук ‘г’
произносится нс ярко.
ходнтся между передними верхними и нижними зубами, образуя уз-
кую плоскую щель; зубы должны быть открытыми. Звук [б] - звон-
челюсть сильно опушена и произносится открытым звуком *э*.
Следует чётко отличать произношение звука [®] от звука [е].
Английская орфография представляет определенные трудности
для изучающих язык, так как она сложилась около пяти веков назад,
в результате чего создалось расхождение между произношением от-
дельных слов и их написанием — слово может состоять из, например,
6 букв, а произносится только 3 звука. Чтобы облегчить для изучающих
(звуковых) знаков — транскрипция. Необходимо уяснить, что буквы -
это графические символы, а транскрипционные знаки передают звуки.
УРОК I ТРАНСКРИПЦИЯ И АЛФАВИТ Выучите алфавит и звуки, которые передаются а) транскрипционные знаки и их примерное соответствие >усским звукам: - выделенные значки передают звуки, отличающиеся от >усскихзвуков:
1рипС' Русское чтение Русское чтение Русское чтение
> s 11 i:» e §»§ ° й У
& к б д Ф р Р г d о
b) алфавит
АаЯ. Ss3,
ВЬЛт Kk<£ Tt Tt
Сс LIZ/ UuT&
DdaV MinCfiZ, VvPv
Ее£. NnSfi Ww^
FfF/ OoO. ХхЛж
Gg£j Рр^Л Yy#
Н hitfir Q'iSr
НЛ Rr&
УРОК 2
ПРАВИЛА ЧТЕНИЯ. БЕЗЛИЧНОЕ ПРЕДЛОЖЕНИЕ
1. Прочтите транскрипцию.
[bred], [set], [bed], [mien], [breg], [ten], [ri:d], [bag], [nain], [wai]
[tep], [beg], [wel] [stri:t], [ken], [sat], [kren], [hat], [brek], [tel].
ПРАВИЛА ЧТЕНИЯ
Открытый слог - слог, который заканчивается на гласную бук-
ву.
В открытом слоге гласные буквы как называются, так и читаются.
ta - [tei]; ре- [pi:]; pi- [pai]; mo- [mou]; su- [sju:]; Гу- [fai].
Закрытый слог • это слог, который заканчивается на согласную
Aa - |:v|
Ec- [e]
Uu -[L]
tat.- [tret]; pep - [pep]: pip - [pip]; mom -
[fit]
Условно отрытый слог. Если в слове более одного слога и ко-
нечный слог заканчивается на ‘е’, то ‘е’ нс читается, а служит для того,
чтобы предыдущий слог стал открытым:
- Чтобы определить тип слога (открытый или закрытый), надо
разделить слово на слоги справа налево, т.е. с конца слова. Одна
гласная может взять слева только одну согласную букву.
Пример: take - гласная ‘е’ забирает’к’, ‘а’ забирает ‘t’. Получа-
ются два слога:1а-ке
ta - открытый слог - [tei];
ке - условно открытый слог - [к].
Следовательно, чтение слова ‘take’ - [teik].
Close - [klouz]
два слога
clo - [klou]
- se -W в конце слова не читается - [z]
Ударение в слове.
В английских словах ударение чаще всего падает на первый
слог. Приставки обычно являются безударными. В фонетической
В многосложных словах может быть два ударения - основное и
второстепенное. Второстепенное, более слабое ударение обозначается
знаком внизу: [Г]. Например: mathematics [matOi'maitiks] математика.
Звук[э]
В безударных слогах часто слышится неопределенный гласный
звук [э]. Он напоминает русский, не четко выраженный звук, в выра-
жении “в комнате никого нет”. В слове “комната» букву ‘а’ произно-
сится как [а].
- 's' между двумя гласными дает звук [z]
ЗАПОМНИТЕ:
перед ‘е’,‘1’ и ‘у’ передает
звук [s]
перед другими буквами - [к]
to close- (закрывать) 'с' перед 'Г- читается как [k]= [klouz]
перед *е’, Ч’и ‘у’ передаст звук
_ Из]
Буква ‘Gg’
перед другими буквами - [g]
genial- ['d3i:njol] (сердечный, добрый), a game- [’geim] (игра).
Буква “а” - в конце слова передает звук [о]: Lena - [*Н:пэ]
2. Прочтите буквосочетания.
dee - deed - deep
be - been - beet
mee - meed- meet
tee - teet - teed
ten - pen
den - men
ted- bed
wet - ved
Pete - pit
14
train - Iran
Pete - Pet
time - tic.-.my
teen - tin
bebc - bib
mine - type
home - hom
baby-bab pine - pie.-.by five - life tope - top
meet - met
nail-nal rife - krie.-try dive -pive rode - rod
need-ned
3. Прочтите транскрипцию.
['bltek], [*aua], [’tfco], [’qri:], [si'et], ['pein], ['dea], ftaua], fteinl],
[’leit], ['ti:tfo], [’rein], ['weit], [’left], [tel], [’Lda], [Ъе1], fdres], ['piktja],
[’ten], [let], [’left], ['waia], ['qa.t].
БЕЗЛИЧНЫЕ ПРЕДЛОЖЕНИЯ
и т. п.; используется структура: “It is ...” [it iz] - в ед.ч. “They
are...”[dei a:] - во мн.ч.
ПРИМЕР: It is late. - Поздно. They are desks. - Парты
Поставьте “is” или “are” на первое место и получится вопро-
ентелыюе предложение.
ПРИМЕР:
It is a pen Is it a pen? - Ручка?
Yes, it is.
No, it is not (isn't).
Are they pens? - Ручки?
Yes, they are. - Да.
No, they are not. - Нет.
5. Поговорите с соседом по парте, используя этот диа-
лог. Добавьте свои фразы:
- What arc you?
- Кто ты?
=1 am a first (second) year ['fa:st fsekand) 'jia ] student.
=Я - первокурсник (второкурсник).
“I am a future programmer. ['0u:tfa prog'ranna]
=Я будущий программист.
УРОКЗ
1. Прочтите транскрипцию.
[klas 'ni:m], [ri:dig], [ga:lz], [tjo k], [aua 'taun], [mo :nitj], [teik
a'pen], [klouz da 'do :],[mai fiend iz in da ’ja:d], [ai rein a'dsentlmsen],
[di 'aspl iz 'ba:d], [ju: haev neva bi:n tu ’moskou], [о I mai lesnz a:
[ju: — L] [a:] [ei -se|
wute - wut
late - tat
[e-»l bl
egg - had letter
hume - hum burst late - lat bed - apple doc-
cuse - cus
vude - vud
worker
girl
name -nam
kale-kal
twenty-grammar
second-abbey mus-
ПРАВИЛО ЧТЕНИЯ. БУКВОСОЧЕТАНИЯ.
oo-[u:] - too- также, слишком
w+or-[o:] - work - работа, работать
or [о :] - sport - спорт
or [э] - в конце слова - a doctor
ее [i:] - a tree- дерево
ег [э] -в конце слова - a worker
He is a dentist.
Linda is a student.
Bob is an actor.
She is a secretary.
He is a president.
We are in the bank.
I am in the classroom.
They arc mechanics.
Mr. Clark is a manager.
Bonny is a pilot.
Tom is a journalist.
, Составьте с ними
Запишите и выучите.
ЧИСЛИТЕЛЬНЫЕ
1. one [wLn]
[ten]
2. two [tu:]
[i’levn]
3. three [qri: ]
[twelv]
4. four [fo:]
5. five [faiv]
6. six [siks]
7. seven [sevn]
8. eight [eit]
9. nine [nain]
10. ten
II. eleven
12. twelve
Числительные от 13 до 19 образуются с помощью суффикса
13 - thirteen
14 - fourteen
15 - fifteen
17 - seventeen
18 - eighteen
19 - nineteen
16 - sixteen
Десятки образуются с помощью суффикса "ty":
20 - twenty
30 - thirty
40 - forty -
50-fifty
60 - sixty ।
Сотня и далее:
100 - a hundred
200 - two hundred
1000 - a thousand
1.000.000 - million
1,022 - one hundred and twenty two
21 - twenty one
32 - thirty-two
43 - forty-three
54 - fifty-four
65 - sixty-five
Запомните: в английском языке запитая отделяет не десятичную
3,500,600,761 three billion,
Но если отдельно «сотни», «тысячи», то ставится в множествен-
ное число:
There were hundreds people in the street. - На улице было сотни
людей.
УРОК 4
ЧИСЛИТЕЛЬНЫЕ - десятичная дробь: целые числа отделяют-
- простая дробь: 1/8 one eights, 2/7 two sevenths
- если в числителе единица, то возможно такое чтение:
— a half, — a twentieth, — a third, — a thirteenth, — a forti-
2 20 3 13 40
eth, ---a thousandth
1000
Арифметические действия:
= equals or is equal to
- minus
x times
4 + 2 = 6 four plus two equals six
4-2 = 2 four minus two is equal to two
3x5= 15 three times five equals fifteen
% per cent 5 % - five per cent; 3/8 per cent - three eighths per cent
> is greater than 6 > 3 - six is greater than three
< is less than 3 < 6 - three is less than six
(p - q): 7 subtract p from q and divide the result by 7
ГЛАГОЛ 'to be'
- важнейший глагол. Он имеет значение 'быть', но чаще употреб-
ляется в качестве глагола - связки. Когда в русском предложении такая
связка опускается (например: 'Это стол.*), в английском употребляется
глагол 'to be', т. к. английское предложение не может быть безглаголь-
ным. Но употребляется не сам инфинитив глагола ('to be'), а его формы.
Для настоящего времени используются следующие формы глагола в
зависимости от подлежащего:
СПРЯЖЕНИЕ ГЛАГОЛА 'to be' в PRESENT
1.1 am a student.
2. You are a student
, He is a student.
3; She is a student.
' It is a cat.
1. We are students.
2. You are students.
3. They are students
l. Вставьте в пропуски одну из форм глагола “to be” и пе-
реведите предложения.
1. You ... sleepy. 2. J... Sony. 3. He ... busy. 4. They ... quite well.
5. You ... happy. 6. He ... handsome. 7. She ... pretty. 8. She ... beautiful.
9. She ... angry with me. 10. We ... pleased with you answer. II. They ...
happy. 12. How ... you? - All right, thanks. 13. How ... she? - She ... better,
thanks. 14. How old ... he? - He ... fifteen. 15. She ... from Italy. 16. They
... from Greece. 17. Ann ... at home. 18. She ... in front of it. 19. Mary ...
behind her. 20. She... on the sofa.
2. Составьте несколько предложений с глаголом 'to be' и
Чтение буквосочетаний. Выпишите и запомните,
а + Ыс [ci] - a table - стол
а +11 [о :] - small -
маленький
ear [io] - to hear -
i + nd [ai] - kind -
слышать
air [еэ] - a chair -
о + Id [ou] - cold -
ребенок
ca [i:] - to teach - учить
3. Прочтите буквосочетания.
oo-[u:J or-[о:] ar-[a:]
boot cord mark
good gorse bark
mood tom ward
rook com sard
ear - [io] [co]
chear where
near airport
dear airplane
изношенна и скорости
English is very popular
English is very popular. Many people in the world speak and write
English. It is an official language of Great Britain, the United States of
America, Canada, Australia, New Zealand and some other countries. Eng-
УРОК5
Sheep
Field
Please
except
behind
I |1L’k
cabbage
catten
[C]|1
another
London
yellow
lou]
cold
go
potato
right
kind
Tall
Gal
Call
bask
[еа]
hair
Буквосочетания. Запишите и запомните.
o+ld - [ou]- со/</-холодный wh+o - [и]-»7ю-кто?
ou - [au]- a house- дом ew - [ju:]-new-noBbiii
1ине слова -[э:]- a girl - девочка
turn - очередь
ey-[ei]\
ay- [ai]-B конце [ci]- a day-день
y- [i]-na конце слова, если в нем более одного слога- a city -город
2. Проч н е диалог об арифметических действиях.
How many, right, wrong
Teacher: How many students are there in the class, John?
Student: There are fifteen.
Teacher: That is right; thank you, John.
Teacher: What are two and two?
Student: Four, sir.
Teacher: That is right. What are seven and three?
Student: Ten, sir.
Teacher: That's right. What are four/rom nine?
Student: Five, sir.
Teacher: That is right, too. What is five from twelve?
Student: Six, sir.
Teacher: No, that is wrong; that is not right. The answer is seven, not six.
АРТИКЛЬ
еопредс.тснный артикль "о” ("an") ‘an’ употребляется перед сущест-
вительными, начинающимися с гласной буквы.
ТРЕБОВАНИЯ К УПОТРЕБЛЕНИЮ-.
I. Если существительное в единственном числе.
2. Если существительное исчисляемое.
СЛУЧАИ УПОТРЕБЛЕНИЯ:
2. Если нет конкретизации (т. е. какой-то, любой, один из предметов).
3. Если это представитель профессии или класса предметов.
4. После выражения ‘It is а ...’.
5. После выражения ‘This is а ... '.JZaiu существительное исчисляе-
6. После оборота ‘There is а
Артикль "the" по функции похож на указательное местоимение "этот"
(this).
- Перед гласными "the" произносится [di]: the apple - [di 'atpl]
ТРЕБОВАНИЯ К УПОТРЕБЛЕНИЮ:
I. Может употребляться с существительными как единственного, так и
2. Существительное должно быть исчисляемым (исключение —
кретизация).
СЛУЧАИ УПОТРЕБЛЕНИЯ:
1. Преимущественно с названием предметов, о которых шла уже речь:
I see an apple. The apple is red.
2. Если предмет единственный в своем роде: the sun. the moon .
3. При выделении данного предмета из ряда однородных предметов.
4. Перед некоторыми географическими названиями:
the Thames - Темза, the Black sea - Черное море, the Alps - Альпы,
the Atlantic ocean- Атлантический океан.
Но: с названием озер артикль не употребляется.
5. Перед порядковыми числительными: the first apple - первое яблоко.
6. Перед фамилией семьи: the Blacks - семья Блэков.
7. Запомните выражение: where is the ... (apple)? - где (яблоко)?
На русский язык артикль сам по себе нс переводится, но он вно-
сит в предложение оттенок, который иногда бывает необходимо учесть
Take a pen.
Возьми ручку (эту).
Нулевой артикль - отсутствие всякого артикля.
1. Перед именами собственными (если это нс исключение);
2. Перед неиечнеляемыми существительными (за исключением кон-
кретизации);
3. Перед количественными числительными;
4. Перед и между местоимением и существительным;
5. Перед существительными во множественном числе, если нельзя
употребить определенный артикль;
6. В устойчивых словосочетаниях: at _ school; at _ work; at _ home и
ДР-
3. Вставьте, где необходимо, неопределенный или определен-
ный артикль.
1. It is ... office.... office is number 5. 2 ... people read ... books 3.
Mr. Smith is ... Englishman. Listen to ... English businessman. 4. It is not
easy to understand ... English text. 5. She is ... visitor to... Spain. 6. We arc
in ... Madrid now. 7. Arc you ... businessman? 8. Where is ... text? 9. ...
date is ... nineteenth of... September. 10.1 live near... Black sea.
- Excuse me!’
- Are you English?
= Pardon? ♦ [pa:dn]
- Are you English?
= Oh, yes, 1 am.
- Oh, I'm American. Are you on holiday?
= No, I'm not. I'm a businessman and my friend is a businessman too.
- Please, take a seat.
= Thank you.
- I would like to meet you. My name is Nick Fox. What is your name?
= I'm John Brown and my friend is Sergei Belov, he is Russian.
How old are you?
- I'm eighteen. I'm a college boy.
= What year are you student?
- I'm a sccond-ycar student.
= What is your future profession?
- I'm a future programmer.
- Yes, please.
= Sugar?
- No, thanks.
УРОК 6
1. Вставьте гле необходимо артикль и переведите прелложе-
1. This is ... boy.... boy is at... desk. 2. Where is ... egg? ... egg is
in... nice... egg-cup. 3.... apple is on ... green plate and ... plate is on ...
table. 4. Where is ... cat? ... cat is under... my ... umbrella. 5. ... ship is in
... sea. 6. There is... clock on ... wall. 7.... brother is ... doctor. 8. It is ...
tea.
БУКВОСОЧ ETA H ИЯ.
Запишите и запомните.
au - [о :]- autumn [о :Ют]-осень
ea + r- [a:]- to leam-учить
now- сейчас
oi - [a i]- to boil-кипсть, сердиться
ei - [i:]- to receive-получать
ow - [au] - в середине сло-
brown - коричневый
ow - [au]- в конце слова-
оа - [ou]- a coat- пальто
ЧТЕНИЕ И БУКВОСОЧЕТАНИЯ СОГЛАСНЫХ
цион’гыТ'кнлк Examples
р pen. pay. people, pull. open, inkpot, help
1 •( be. bath, boy, bad. husband, bed, beef
1 train tree sit tea inkpot table hotel sto^^^^^^^^
[I door, day, sad, kind, desk. Friday, word
It’kl l"lk llt’ck < 1! 1'1 I" kill"
g gold. bag. girl. dog. good. go. egg-eup
+ fine far safe flower fifteen alter
very. save, vegetable, seven, never
о thank, thick, thin, nothing, think, twentieth
|> then that there weather with together
so, sit. sleep, thinks, place, cigarette
Zk'i" li.is kills c"* o’liics |il;i’,s r.oise
1 ship, sharp, fish. English, shilling, short
ч pleasure, measure
11 Charles each Richard much
[I 1 John, judge, age. Japan, language
|| his, happy, here, help, unhappy
П1 man, make, many, my, swim
name, near, then, finish
q sing, thing, working. English, king
Г, 1 । Г |
1 leave, long. hill. pull, greatly, last
w will wink, away when window wash
1 yellow, year, yot j. young, yes, pi; no
Ск И black. slick nk think
ng [1J] sinE, bring, ring, raid. ch HU chess
sh [Jl she. shop, fish 14 chemistry
I’ll in phone, photo, graph machine
['1 nephew Bh [f] enough
th [*] that, this, the l-l high
[0] thank, thick gn [n| Sign
1'1 Thames ss [=1 possible
All [«) «hen, white, why [J] pressure
BUT [h] who, whose SC [Ski screen
kn [nJ know, knife hl scene
•AT lf] wnte, wrong tch [0] inateh
<|L1 Iktf] question
2. Прочтите слова.
Inkpot, husband, tea, clock, flower, seven, think, young, thinks, fish.
each, age, help, many, then, thing, very, hill, win, weather, year, wearing,
where, mine, nine, rode, shelf, kings, factory, town, hill, chalk, father, doc-
tor, rich, ground, baby, theory, those.
СПРЯЖЕНИЕ ГЛАГОЛА 'to have' - иметь.
1.1 have a pen. - У меня есть ручка. 1. We have a pen.
2. You have a pen. 2. You have a pen.
He 3. They have a pen.
3. She > has a pen.
It
Конструкция ‘to have got’
- часто употребляется с абстрактными существительными. •
В вопросительных предложениях с этой конструкцией ‘have’
ставится на 1 место: Has she got her book?
3. Переведите предложения.
a) 1. We have English lessons. 3. Where has John got pencils and
pens? — John has got pencils and pens in the table drawer. 4. They have
books, note-books (copy-books), pens and pencils on the desks
b) I. У меня есть книги (с собой). 2. Есть у тебя учебник англий-
ского языка? (вообще) - Да. 3. У Петра есть новый радиоприемник на
столе. 4. У Джона есть радиоприемник? (вообще) - Нет. 5. У вас есть
словари в сумках.
ОБОРОТ «There is (аге)»
- служит для сообщения о местонахождении предмета (предметов) или
их перечисления. Эго соответствует русскому предложению: Что-то
где-то находится, лежит, стоит, висит и т.п.
Выбор ‘There is' или ‘There аге’: если 1-е от оборота существи-
тельное стоит в ед.ч. - берите «There is...»,
если во мн.ч. - «There аге...».
ПРИМЕР: There is a pen. pencils and a notebook on the desk.
There are some oranges on the table. — На столе лежат несколько
- Если в предложении есть обстоятельство места, то перевод начинает-
ся с него:
There is a pen on the table. - На столе лежит ручка, ffthere” выпол-
няет роль подлежащего.)
Но.
A pen is on the table. - Ручка на столе. - (“а реп” выполняет роль
подлежащего.)
Is there a pen on the table?
Are there pens on the table?
ЗАПОМНИТЕ: нсисчислясмыс существительные рассматриваются
как существительные в единственном числе, следовательно, использу-
4. Прочтите и переведите текст.
Our English classroom
This is an English classroom. It isn’t large, but light. Walls arc blue.
There are tables, a slogan, a box, a blackboard, a duster, a piece of chalk, a
teacher’s desk, pupils’ desks, chairs, a window, a floor, a ceiling and lamps
in the classroom.
The blackboard is behind the teacher’s desk. The duster and a piece
of chalk are on the shelf under the blackboard. The teacher’s desk is in front
of the pupils’ desks. The chairs are at the desks. The lamps are on the ceil-
ing.
There are pens, pencils, books (textbooks), copybooks (notebooks),
dictionaries, rulers and rubbers on the desks.
I like our English classroom.
5. Задайте вопросы Вашему соседу по парте.
1. Is your classroom large or small?
2. Is it dark or light?
3. How many windows arc there in your classroom?
4. What is there on the walls?
5. What is there on your desk?
6. Составьте сообщение т своем кабинете английского языка
УРОК 7
НЕОПРЕДЕЛЕННЫЕ МЕСТОИМЕНИЯ «some», «any»
«Some» - «несколько, какой-то и т.п.» употребляется в утвердительных
предложениях:
There are some resistances in the computer. - В компьютере есть сопро-
и отрицательных предложениях:
Are there any resistances in the computer?
- Есть ли сопротивления в компьютере?
There is not any transistor in the control desk.
- В пульте нет ни одного транзистора.
Но если вас интересует количество, вопрос звучит так:
How many commands are there in this programme?
- Сколько команд в этой программе?
На вопрос о количестве можно ответить:
There are a lot. (Много.)
There arc five. (Пять.)
There arc quite a few. (Довольно много.)
ОТРИЦАТЕЛЬНОЕ МЕСТОИМЕНИЕ “No”-
There are no books on the shelf. - На полке нет книг.
- Часто с нсисчислясмымн существительными используются место-
имения “some ” или “ any” вместо неопределенного артикля: There is
some tea in the glass. - В стакане - чай.
Местоимения “some ”, "any ". “по п имеют производные:
Somebody/someone - кто-то / anybody/anyone / nobody- никто
Something - что-то / anything / nothing- ничего
Anyone- кто-либо (в вопросах)
There is someone on the phone for you. - Тебе кто-то звонит.
Is there anyone in the next room? - В следующей комнате есть ли кто-то?
Возможно также сочетание этого оборота с прилагательными:
There is something / nothing / anything + прилагательное
НАПРИМЕР:
There is something wrong with my programme. - Что-то случилось/что-то
нс так/ с моей программой.
There is nothing unusual about it. - В этом нет ничего необычного.
I have nothing. - У меня ничего нет.
*Вы. наверное, обратили внимание на то, что в предыдущем русском
предложении три отрицания: «нет, ничего, необычного», а в английском
только одно «nothing».
something somebody There is something interesting in the newspaper. Somebody took it.
not) anything [not) anybody There isn't anything new in the IcUer. There isn’t anybody absent.
nothing nobody I have nothing to say. Nobody is absent
anything anybody Have you anything to tell me? Is there anybody in the reading-hall?
Запомните выражение:
«а lot об>-«много» как для исчисляемых, так и неисчисляемых
существительных, но только в повествовательных предложениях.
ПРИМЕР: There are a lot of buses in the street.
HO: Are there many buses in the street?
1. Вставьте по смыслу недостающие члены предложения.
Переведите предложения.
I. There ... some keys for... programme. 2. There ... some cheese ...
the freezer (морозильник). 3.... there ... water in... glass? 4. There ... two
beds ... the bedroom (спальня). 5. There ... an ashtray ... the table (ashtray-
пепельница). 6. Is there ... in your room? 7. There ... milk ... the fridge
(холодильник). 8. Tell me ... . 9. There.. ham ... the freezer (ham-
окорок). 10. How much wine... there... the bottle?
2. Вставьте артикль, где необходимо. Переведите предложе-
1. This is ... scene from ... film. 2. ...beautiful young girl is in ...
room. 3. (Эта)... blue ... lorry is in ... street. 4.... John speaks to ... man.
5.1... like to ... read ... interesting ... books. 6. Lena sees ...book on ...
table. 7. (Этот)... textbook is in ... bag on ... brown ... table. 8. Where is
... your... car? 9.1 live on ... second floor.
3. Диалог.Прочтите и поговорите с одногруппником.
- Hello. How are you?
= I am very well, thanks, and you?
- 1 am fifty - fifty, thanks. I should like to meet you. What is your name?
= My first name is Dina and my surname is Black. And, what is your full
- My full name is Sergey Ivanovich Vlasov. 1 am from Russia. Where are
you from?
= I’m from the USA. I live in Chicago. Where do you live?
- I live in the town of Borisoglcbsk in the Voronezh region. I’m twenty-
three. And how old arc you?
= I’m nineteen. Sergey, are you on business here?
- Yes, I am a businessman. I should like to buy some computers for our firm.
= I’m a sccond-ycar student, I'm a tourist here.
- What is your future profession?
= I’m a future computer operator. Excuse me, our group is gathering now,
1 must go. Cheerio.
- So long.
4. Переведите предложения.
1. В классе несколько парт. Парты в классе. 2. На парте книги.
Книги на парте. 3. На улице много машин. Машины на улице. 4. В
шкафу кукла. Кукла в шкафу. 5. В сумке тетради. Тетради в сумке. 6. В
коробке карандаши. Карандаши в коробке. 7. В холодильнике продук-
ты. Продукты в холодильнике. 8. На столах ПК. ПК на столах.
УРОК 8
ПРИТЯЖАТЕЛЬНЫЙ ПАДЕЖ
В английском языке притяжательный падеж образуется с помо-
щью окончания ‘s’, которое следует после апострофа.
ПРИМЕР: Mike’s реп — Митина ручка.
Sister’s dress - сестрино платье.
Му mother’s name - моей мамы имя.
- если существительное употреблено во множественном числе, то по-
сле него ставится апостроф уже без “s**:
Boys’ skates - лыжи мальчиков
ПРИТЯЖАТЕЛЬНЫЕ МЕСТОИМЕНИЯ
- мой our [аиэ] - наш
- твой your [jD] - ваш
- его their [без] - их
its- для неодушевленных предметов и животных
1. Переведите предложения.
в деревне. 4. Где твой дом? 5. Где твоего брата рубашка?
шо. 9. Дом наших друзей. 10. Я вижу линейку Андрея. 11. Кто Ваш
друг? 12. Дай мне се тетрадь.
2. Сделайте видео презентацию о том, как Вы празднуете Но-
вый год в Вашей семье, используя данные слова и выражения.
Новый год - New year; приходить — to come; ночь — night; три-
дцать первое декабря - on the thirty first of December; на первое янва-
ря — on the first of January; готовиться - to prepare; заранее -
before; приносить - to bring; елка - a new year’s tree; украшать - to
decorate; разный - different; цвет - color; игрушка - a toy; вешать - to
hang up; иллюминация - illumination; вечер - evening; идти - to go;
городская площадь - a town (city) square; смотреть - to look; - празд-
ничный салют - celebratory salute; встречать - to meet; друг - a
friend; поздравлять — to congratulate; вечером — in the evening; накры-
вать на стол - to set the table; салат - salad; цыпленок - a chicken; мя-
со - meat; овощи - vegetables; рыба - fish; в 12 часов - at 12 o’clock;
пить - to drink; шампанское - champagne; желать - to wish; счастли-
вого нового года - happy new year; здоровье - health; счастье happi-
ness; успех - success; долгих лет жизни - long years of life; дарить - to
give; подарок - a present (gift); любимый праздник - a favourite holi-
day.
3. Прочтите и повторите диалог.
- Oh! Гт cold.
= Are you?(правда)
= Oh, Гт not. Гт hot.
- Give тс a coat, please.
= Where is it?
- In the wardrobe, (платяной шкаф)
= I'll take an umbrella too. Thank you.
- Bye.
УРОК 9
1. Переведите предложения.
1. A quarter past three. 2. Half past five. 3. A quarter to six.
ОБРАЗОВАНИЕ ПРИЛАГАТЕЛЬНЫХ ОТ СУЩЕСТВИТЕЛЬ-
НЫХ
ОБРАЗУЕТСЯ: существительное + суффикс *у‘:
солнце - солнечный
rain - rainy = дождь - дождливый
2. Переведите предложения.
1. Он приходит домой рано. 2. Сегодня солнечно. 3. Георг делает
утреннюю зарядку ежедневно. 4. Самолет летит быстро. 5. Спасибо,
достаточно. 6. Я едва вижу тебя. Здесь темно.
3. Прочтите и переведите текст.
The weather
There arc four seasons in a year and cvetyone is beautiful in its own
December, January and February arc the winter months. But cold
weather sometimes comes earlier in November. The coldest month is Janu-
the cold weather, it's better to stay at home sitting near the fireplace.
But if the day is sunny and not windy, it is pleasant to ski or to skate.
Our youth is fond of sports.
Spring comes after winter. Days become longer and nights become
shorter. The weather is fine. Rivers become free of ice. Birds come back.
34
The sun shines and the sky is blue. In the forest flowers grow up. I like
spring very much.
Summer is the hottest season and comes during the months of June,
July and August. June is the busiest month for students. In summer the
weather is fine. The sun shines brightly. Most people have their vacations in
summer. They like to rest at the seaside or at the river to get sun lights and
to swim. Some people like to travel by own cars, by train or by plane.
I like to spend my summer in the country with my friends. We put a
tent near the river, swim and fish, play football and sing songs at the fire. I
have a good time there.
After summer autumn comes which lasts 3 months: September, Octo-
ber, and November. It's cloudy and cool. Sometimes it's cold. The weather
may change: a miserable morning may change to a fine afternoon. It often
rains. I don't like the wet weather. It is windy. It's blowing hard. The leaves
of the trees fall off. The temperature may be from 20° above zero in Scp-
1. What seasons do you know?
2. What is the coldest season?
3. What is the hottest season?
4. Do you like spring and why?
5. Do you like autumn and why?
6. What is your favorite season?
7. What do you do if the weather is fine?
8. What do you do if the weather is bad?
5. Расспросите одногруппника, какое время года ему не нра-
вится н почему.
6. Составьте видео презентацию о любимом времени года
7. Вставьте артикль, где необходимо, и переведите предложе-
1. ... Moscow is ... capital of ... Russia. 2. ... London is on ...
Thames. 3. He has no ... food or... water. 4. There are only ... stones on
... beach. 5. ... Blacks have ... little ... daughter. 6. Let’s meet in ... eve-
ning. 7.... Pete has no ... cap. 8.... streets are white with... snow.
УРОК 10
ПОРЯДКОВЫЕ ЧИСЛИТЕЛЬНЫЕ.
first, second, third, fourth, fifth, sixth...
thirteenth, fourteenth, fifteenth, sixteenth ...
twentieth, thirtieth, fortieth, fiftieth, sixtieth ...
ПРЕДЛОГИ МЕСТА
over = ab^ve
on behind (of)
at
into
----between-
>ut (of)
♦ from
X4jfndec»-<*xaround (of)
in front (of)
Обратите внимание на предлог ‘at’.
Это многозначный (‘в’, ‘на’, ‘за’, ‘у’, ‘около’), абстрактный
предлог.
Му son is at school. - Мой сын в школе (нс в нутрии здания, а во-
обще он ‘в школе’ - как понятии).
Му son is in the school. — Мой сын в школе (в здании, внутри
1. Вставьте, где необходимо, артикль и переведите прелложе-
1. Do you live in ... England? 2. Do you live in ... town of Boriso-
glebsk? 3. He works in... office 40.4. He is on ... business in... Belgium. 5.
book is on ... table. Give me... book. 8.... Moscow is...
ТИПЫ ВОПРОСОВ.
Существуют следующие типы вопросов:
/. Общий (“Yes-No”- question);
2. Специальный (“Wh”- question);
4. Разделительный ("Question - tag” или “Tail question”).
ЗАПОМНИТЕ: в вопросительном предложении следующий по-
рядок слов: 1 место - сильный* или вспомогательный глагол, 2 место
- подлежащее.
Tom is a programmer. - Том программист.
* Под “сильными глаголами” подразумеваются глаголы, кото-
рым не требуется вспомогательные глаголы для построения вопросн-
1. ОБЩИЙ ВОПРОС (‘Yes’ - ‘No’ - question). Bonpc
задается ко всем членам предложения одновременно.
Is Tom a programmer?
ЗАПОМНИТЕ: в кратком ответе подлежащее всегда выражается
Предположительные ответы: Yes, he is. (Да). No, he is not. (Нет).
2. СПЕЦИАЛЬНЫЙ ВОПРОС (‘Wh’ - question) - вопрос к од-
ному из членов предложения.
Who - кто?
What<
какой?
какой?
Which <
Whose-чей?
When - когда?
где?
Where <
куда?
How - как, каким образом?
ми сущ.)
Which of< что из
который из
How< >сколько?
many (с исчисляемыми
Whom
How often - как часто?
How long ago - как давно?
рошо?
Вопросительное слово ставится на ‘0’ место.
What is Tom? - Кто Том? (по профессии)
Если вопрос задается к определению дополнения, то вместе с вопроси-
тельным словом на ‘0* месте ставится дополнение:
What colour is a pencil? - Какого цвета карандаш?
3. АЛЬТЕРНАТИВНЫЙ ВОПРОС или ВОПРОС ВЫБОРА
(Question with ‘or’) - вопрос с 'or' -(или)
Is Tom a programmer or a doctor?
4. РАЗДЕЛИТЕЛЬНЫЙ ВОПРОС (‘Tail’ question).
Первая часть - предложение, к которому задается вопрос.
Вторая - вопросительная.
- Либо в первой части, либо во второй обязательно должно быть
отрицание ('not').
- Во второй части подлежащее должно быть выражено личным
местоимением.
Tom is a programmer, is not he?
Tom is not a programmer, is he?
Запомните: если отрицание во второй части и глагол ’to be’ в
форме 'ат’, то ‘ат’ меняется на ‘яге’.
I am a student, aren’t I? Но: I am not a student, am I?
- Я студент, нс правда ли? - .Я нс студент, нс правда ли?
Му brother is a doctor.
Boh is at hospital, because he is
What is my brother?
What is his job?
Whose brother is a doctor?
Where is a Bob?
Who is at hospital?
Why is Bob at hospital?
Му son is in the park.
Is my son in the park?
Where is my son ? Who is in the park ?
Is my son or is my brother in the park?
1. Mr. Benson's son is a manager.
2. Helen is in the cinema now.
3.1 am cold because the window is open.
(Мне холодно, потому что открыто окно.)
4. Му sister is in the library now.
5. My family is in London.
6. They are taxi-drivers.
7. Peter is our best student.
8. She is sleepy because it is late.
4. Составьте видео презентацию озимннх каннкумах, исполь-
зуя данные слова и выражения
Зимние каникулы - winter holidays (vacation); приходить - to
come; просыпаться - to wake up; позднее, чем обычно - later, than
usual; если - if; погода - weather; хорошая - fine; завтракать - to have
breakfast; брать - to take; лыжи - skis; идти - to go; лес - forest; ка-
таться на лыжах - to ski; или - or; коньки - skates; кататься на коньках
to skate; каток - a skating rink; иногда sometimes; играть - to play;
снежок - a snowball; погода - weather; плохая - bad; лучше - better;
fireplace; читать - to read; книга - a book; смотреть TV - to watch TV;
звонить - to call (to phone); разговаривать - to talk; обсуждать - to dis-
cuss; вопросы - problems; помогать родителям - to help to (my) par-
ents; хорошо проводить время - to have a good time.
1.1... at die lesson.
He... a pupil.
They... grey.
It... a house.
2. Lena... many books.
We... tables in the class-room.
- am, arc, is
- to have, have, has.
3. There.pen on ... brown ... desk. .
... there ... books and a radio set on the shelf? - is, are; a, the, -;
There......cup of tea and plates on ... table. I some, any.
4. Образуйте множественное число от существительных:
a book, a dog, a horse, a knife, a film, a foot, a kiss, a cry,
a watch, a hero.
5. Вставьте ‘is’ или ‘аге’:
There ... pencils on the desk. There ... a book, copy-books in the bag.
There... a piece of chalk on the shelf.
6. Задайте все типы вопросов к предложениям:
I am a college boy.
We have many books.
7. Ответьте на вопросы:
Where are you from?
What arc you?
What is there on your desk?
What is your mother’s name?
Have you got a sister or a brother?
ОСНОВНОЙ КУРС
УРОК1
ГРУППА Indefinite - /Simple/
будущих временах.
Группа имеет двойное название: по употреблению и по образо-
ванию
Indefinite - по способу употребления неопределённое, то есть
мы не уточняем время совершения действия
Simple - по способу образования, то есть образуется с помощью
изменения форм глагола.
Настоящее неопределенное время / Простое настоящее время /
УПОТРЕБЛЯЕТСЯ: для выражения обычных, привычных
действий, которые происходят часто или иногда.
Часто в таких предложениях употребляются слова:
always-всегда
usually-обычно
normally-обычно
seldom/rarely-редко
every day/wcck-каждый дснь/нсделю
on Mondays-no понедельникам
occasionally-время от времени often-часто never-никогда
ОБРАЗУЕТСЯ: глагол в I форме (т.с. без «to»), но в 3-ем лице
единственного числа добавляется окончание “s”.
1.1 write letters.
-Я пишу письма.
2. You write letters.
Нс
3. She-> writes letters.
1. We write letters.
2. You write letters.
3. They write letters.
Для построения отрицательных и вопросительных предложений необ-
ходимо найти сказуемое в предложении и выяснить сильным или сла-
бым глаголом оно выражено.
Сильные глаголы: 7о be’ и три модальных глагола.
венном числе с ними не употребляется)
Если сказуемое выражено сильным глаголом, то в отрицательном
предложении «not» ставьте после него, а в вопросительном ставьте его
на первое место.
I can swim. "Сап” - сильный глагол.
I cannot swim, (“not” с ‘сап’ пишется слитно.)
Если глагол слабый, то берем вспомогательный глагол «to do»
и отрицание следует после него:
I live in Borisoglcbsk. -1 do not live in Borisoglcbsk
ВОПРОСИТЕЛЬНЫЕ ПРЕДЛОЖЕНИЯ.
I write letters - ‘To write” - слабый глагол, поэтому берем вспо-
Z. Общий вопрос.
Do 1 write letters? Yes, I do. или No, I don’t.
- Если вопрос задастся к предложению, где глагол в 3-е л. ед.ч.,
то суффикс <<s>> уходит к вспомогательному глаголу:
Mike works in the office.
Don’t I write letters? или Do 1 not write letters?
2. Специальный вопрос.
What do I do? - Что я делаю?
- Если вопрос задается к подлежащему, то вспомогательный
глагол не нужен и глагол по смыслу ставится в 3 лицо единственное
число (прибавляем суффикс ‘s’):
Who writes letters?
3. Вопрос выбора (альтернативный).
Do 1 write or read letters?
4. Разделительный вопрос.
I write letters .don’t I?
I don’t write letters, do I
- Если в предложении глагол в 3 лице единственном числе, то
тает форму ’does’[dLz):
Nick lives in Borisoglebsk.
1.Общий вопрос.
Does Mike writes letters? Yes, he does. No, he doesn’t’!.
2.Специальный вопрос.
What does Mike do?
3. Вопрос выбора.
Does Mike write or read letters?
‘/.Разделительный вопрос.
Mike writes letters, doesn’t he? или Mike doesn’t write letters, does he?
Отрицательное предложение
Nick does not lives in Borisoglebsk
2. Переведите на английский язык:
1. Я говорю по-русски. Говорю ли я по-английски? - Нет 2. Она
говорит по-итальянскн. Говорит ли она по-итальянски? - ДА. 3. Живет
3. Залайте все типы вопросов к предложениям.
You live in Moscow.
My father reads books every evening.
A student's working day
I wake up at 7 o’clock, get up. open a window and do my morning
exercises. Then I go to the bath-room to wash myself and to clean my teeth.
I come back into my bedroom, make my bed and go to the kitchen to have
my breakfast. After breakfast I take my bag and go to the college. My col-
lege isn’t far so I go on foot there. My lessons begin at 8 o’clock. After my
lessons I come home, have my lunch (dinner) and rest a little. Then I do my
home task. Usually it takes me two or three hours. In the evening I go for a
walk, visit my friends, play chess with my father or watch TV and, of cause,
help my parents. We have supper and before I go to my bed 1 go to the bath-
room to wash myself.
5. Задайте вопросы одногруппнику .
1. When do you wake up?
2. Do you do your morning exercises?
3. Do you wash yourself and shave in the bath-room?
4. Who prepares breakfast for you?
5. When and how do you get to your college?
6. What time do your lessons begin?
7. How many lessons do you usually have?
8. You rest after your lessons, don’t you?
9. How long does it take you to prepare your lessons?
10. What do you do in the evening?
6. Составьте видео презентацию о своем рабочем дне.
УРОК 2
I like to read books in the evening.
Bob goes to his office on foot.
We can swim.
2. Ответьте на вопросы.
1. Do you live in the centre of the city (town)?
5. Do many Russian businessmen speak English?
6. Do you understand your English teacher?
3. Переведите предложения.
1. В банке (jar) есть немного риса (rice). 2 .В бутылке - молоко. 3. В
стакане - вино. 4. На столе - яблоки. 5. На тарелке (a plate)- яйца (eggs). 6.
В классной комнате есть ли кто-то? 7. На столе - апельсины (oranges), ба-
наны (bananas) и лимоны (lemons). 8. В холодильнике есть сыр? 9. В сумке
ничего нет. 10. Сколько масла в морозилке? (масло - butter)
4. Прочтите и переведите текст. Задайте 5 вопросов к нему.
London (часть I)
This is a map of Europe. England is in Europe. England is on the east
side of the Atlantic Ocean. This is a plan of London. London is in England.
It's the country’s capital. Nearly eleven million persons live in London. It is
a large city on both sides of the Thames. The Thames is a river in England.
The river is very wide. Bridges connect two parts of London. The large
building with towers is the Houses of Parliament. The building is near the
Thames on the right-hand side of the river, near a bridge. They call it West-
minster Bridge. On the St. Stephen’s Tower of the Houses of Parliament we
see a large clock at the top of the tower on the left They call it Big Ben. The
white building with two square towers in front of Houses of Parliament is
Westminster Abbey, at the other side of Westminster Bridge. On the right-
hand side we see six or seven square buildings. They are a large hospital.
Listen! Big Ben strikes the hours: one, two, three, four, five, six,
seven, eight, nine, ten, and eleven.
5. Задайте вопросы одногруппнику.
1. Where is England?
2. Where is London?
3. What is London?
The West End is the richest part of London. The best and the most
expensive hotels, restaurants, clubs, theatres, cinemas, and the richest shops
arc there.
The City is the oldest part of London. Over a million people enter the
London.
The East End is the poorest district of London. There are many facto-
ries, workshops and docks there. The streets are narrow, the houses are poor.
London is the centre of the Britain's cultural life. There arc many mu-
seums and art galleries in London.
7. Задайте вопросы одногруппнику:
1. What is the capital of Great Britain?
2. Where is London?
3. London is a small town, isn’t it?
4. What’s its population?
5. What is there in London?
6. Where is Big Ben?
7. What is a large hospital?
8. Составьте сообщение о Лондоне, используя I и II части
текста.
УРОКЗ
1. Раскройте скобки и переведите предложения.
I. When you (to get) up every morning? 2. The kitten usually (to
play) with its tail. 3. We (not to drink) tea in the morning. 4. Who (to play)
guitar? 5.1 (Io be) very tired. 6. John (to have) dinner in the morning.
2. Прочтите и составьте сообщение с использованием карты.
Great Britain
The United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland consists
of England, Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland. It covers the British
Isles. Great Britain and Ireland are the largest islands and there are about
five thousand small islands.
The North Sea, the Strait of Dover and the English Channel separate
Great Britain from the continent.
The north of Scotland is mountainous and is called the Highlands,
while the south, which has beautiful valleys and plains, is called the Low-
lands. There are numerous lakes in Scotland and they are called Lochs.
The north and west of England are mountainous, but all the east, cen-
tre and south-east are a vast plain. The South English plain is the richest.
The climate of Great Britain is mild. The Atlantic Ocean washes the
British Isles. The summers arc cool and rainy. It is not so hot in England as
Great Britain is a parliamentary monarchy. According to the law, the
Queen of Great Britain is at the head of the state, but really the Parliament
is. The Queen acts only advising with her Ministers.
3. Ответьте на вопросы письменно.
1. What docs the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland
consist of?
2. Where is the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland situ-
ated?
3. What separates Great Britain from the continent?
4. What is the climate of Great Britain?
5. Who is at the head of the state?
4. Прочтите диалог.
I am flying to London
- Good morning, Miss Bailey.
=Good morning, Mr. Harding.
- How are you?
=Very well, thank you, and you?
- Fine, thanks. I am flying to London today. Where's my ticket, please?
=Your ticket is here on the desk. It's with the passport and traveller’s
cheques.
- Good! When does the plane leave?
=lt leaves at 10 o' clock.
- What's the time now, please?
=It is 9 o'clock.
- Fine! Where's the taxi? Is it waiting?
=Yes, it is. It’s waiting in the sheet. Good- bye!
- Happy journey.
5. Выполните тест.
I. There...keys in the handbag.
2. ...there.oil in the bottle?
3. There... not... two beds in the bedroom.
5. Where is... cat?
6. ... women like cakes.
7. Nick ... at the factory.
8. They... at the factory.
9. Phil is ... hospital.
- some, any
- a, the, -.
- work, works
II. We are ... the street.
12. Выбери верно составленный вопрос:
a) Where they live?
Where docs they live?
Where do they live?
b) Sally gets up at 7 o’clock, do Sally?
Sally get up at 7 o’clock, does she not?
Sally gets up at 7 o’clock, does not she?
c) Have you any discs?
Do you have any discs?
You have any discs?
d) She is a nice girl?
Is a nice girl she?
- What is your name?
- How old are you?
- Where do you live?
- What is your father?
- What is your English classroom?
- Where is the Thames?
- What are the main parts of London?
УРОК 4
1. Раскроите скобки и переведите предложения.
I. There (to be) some milk in the cup. 2.1 (to be) a first year student.
3. When you (to come) home after lessons? 4. How many rooms there (to
be) in you flat? 5. We (not to rest). 6. My sister (not to like) coffee. 7. Where
you (to live)? 8. Mr. Black (to come) late?
2, Переведите предложения.
I. Принеси мне, пожалуйста, чашечку кофе. 2. Мы живем в
двухкомнатной квартире. 3. Летом тепло и жарко. 4. Я люблю прово-
дить мои каникулы на морском побережье. 5. В правом углу комнаты
на столе стоит телевизор. 6. Лена просыпается в шесть тридцать пять.
ОБРАЗОВАНИЕ НАРЕЧИЙ ОТ ПРИЛАГАТЕЛЬНЫХ.
ОБРАЗУЕТСЯ: прилагательное + суффикс " 1у"
Пример: warm + ly = warmly.- теплый,тепло
1. Конечное -“у” меняется на” i”: happy - happily.
2. Конечное -“с” сохраняется: complete - completely - полный - полно-
3. В конечном -“1е”, опускается ~“е” + ”у “: gentle - gently - мягкий -
мягко
Некоторые прилагательные совпадают по форме с наречиями:
- fast: a fast train - the train went fast - скорый поезд - поезд ехал быстро
• back: the back door - cotne back soon - задняя дверь - прийти скоро об-
ратно
- long: a long road - we waited long enough - длинная дорога - мы доста-
точно долго прождали ее
ет напряженно
- late: a late meeting - don't come late - поздняя встреча - не приходи
поздно
ЗАПОМНИТЕ: Существуют наречия, оканчивающиеся на -“1у”, но
имеющие другое значение:
- lately = recently: 1 haven't seen him lately.
Я не видел его в последнее время.
- shortly = soon: She will go to London shortly.
Она скоро поедет в Лондон.
- nearly = almost: I'm nearly ready.
Я почти готов.
48
- hardly - barely, scarcely: I could understand hardly a word.
3. Прочтите диалог самостоятельно, затем по ролям с одно-
группником.
AGENT: How do you do?
MISS: How do you do?
A : This is a nice flat, miss
Wilkins. Here's the plan...
M: Mmm...
A: There's a living-room. There's
a kitchen, a bedroom, a bathroom
and there's a toilet.
M: Is there a balcony?
A: No, there is not..
M: And a telephone?
A: No, there is not a telephone...
Well, here's the kitchen.
M: Hmm-it's very small.
there's a cooker and a fridge.
There arc some cupboards over
the sink.
M: Are there any plates?
M: Good. Are there any chairs
here?
A: No, there aren't, but there arc
some in the living-room.
M: There aren't any glasses!
A: Yes, there are. They are in the
cupboard.
M: And ...Where is the toilet?
A: Here is.
- Придумайте окончание диалога.
a hall:
a staircase, a bell, a ceiling, a lock and chain, a bolt, a door-
mat/rug, a floor, a coat/rack, a peg, a light, a switch, a telephone/phone,
a looking glass, a brush, a wardrobe;
a kitchen:
a gas cooker, a fridge, a cupboard, a hanging-cup-board, a stool,
a tap, a sink;
a bathroom:
a tap, a shower, a bath, a bathmat, bathroom cabinet, a basin, a
razor, a toothbnish, a towel, a sponge, soap, a laundry-basket, a mir-
а carpet, a rug, a curtain, a picture, an armchair, a coffee-table, а
newspaper table, a vase, a wardrobe, a bookcase, a sideboard, a floor
lamp, a lampshade, a sofa/couch/ settee, a tape recorder, a record-player,
a TV set/ television, a radio set;
a bed, a pillow, a sheet, a blanket, a bedspread, a mattress, a bed-
side table, a stool, a chest-of-drawers, a rug, a clothes-brush, a (coat)-
hangcr, an alarm clock.
5. Прочтите и переведите текст. Составьте 10 вопросов к тек-
My flat
This is our flat. It is on the third floor of a new building. We have two
rooms: a sitting-room, a dining-room and a bedroom, a kitchen, a bathroom
and a corridor. We also have a good balcony.
The sitting-room is quite large. It has a large window, so the room is
full of sunlight. Near the window there is a writing-desk and next to it there
is a bookcase. In the middle of the room there is a round table with chairs
around it. At the other wall there is a sofa on which I sleep. In the comer of
the room there is a TV set.
The bedroom is smaller than the sitting-room. There are two beds in it
and a wardrobe. There arc two windows in the bedroom. Both of them are
smaller than the window in the sitting-room.
The kitchen is small. There is a gas-cooker in it, a table, four stools
and shelves for cups, plates and so on. There is a sink to wash the cups and
plates. It has two taps, one for hot water and the other for cold water.
Our flat is not large, but it is quite comfortable.
гу на картинке. Используйте
предлоги места:
on - на /на поверхности/
in - в/внутри
in the comer - в углу
out - снаружи, наружу
at - около, в
next to - рядом с/бок о бок
in the centre - в центре
opposite - напротив
in the right/left - hand comer - в правом /левом углу
on top of - на верху
in side - внутри, во внутрь
in the middle - в середине
out - side - снаружи, у входа в
near - рядом с ... недалеко от
between - между
on the right of - справа от ...
over/above - над
7. Составьте сообщение с поочередным описанием всех ком-
s. Переведите предложения.
ром? 3. Когда вы в последний раз были в Англии? 4. В январе было
очень много снега. 5. Февраль был холодным. 6. Вчера я был очень го-
лоден после работы (to be hungry) 7. Алиса была больна на прошлой
неделе. 8. Он был очень сердит (to be angry). 9. Он был программистом,
не правда ли? 10. Летом не было жарко.
9. Прочтите текст н перескажите его.
At the English school
In England you go to school on Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday.
Thursday, and Friday-not on Saturday nor, of course, on Sunday. Lessons
begin at about half past nine in the morning. School ends at four o'clock in
the afternoon. There are seven lessons each day at an English school. Break
is at about 11 o'clock. Dinner is at a quarter to one o'clock.
УРОК 5
1. Вставьте, где необходимо, артикли и переведите.
1. Have you got... reservation in my name? 2. Have you got... single
room with ... bath for me? 3. John is ... engineer and he's ... British. 4. ...
number of his passport is 7315. 5.... date of his birth is ... 6th March. 6....
place of his birth is... Birmingham. 7. His room is... number 8. 8.... number
of his room is 8.
The Past Indefinite Tense / The Simple Past Tense.
(Прошедшее неопределенное время / Простое прошедшее вре-
УПОТРЕБЛЯЕТСЯ: для сообщения о действиях, произошедших в
прошлом, время, в котором произошло действие, уже закончилось
(вчера - yesterday, two days ago - два дня тому назад и т. п.). Здесь со-
общается о факте действия в прошлом.
ОБРАЗУЕТСЯ: берется глагол во 2-он форме (если глагол правиль-
ный, отбрасывается "to" и + окончание "ed"; если неправильный,
НАПРИМЕР: "to work''- правильный глагол - work + cd = worked
Не worked in die factory two years ago.
- Он работал на фабрике два года тому назад.
Если правильный глагол заканчивается на "с", то "с" сокращается.
She loved him very much. - Она очень его любила.
- Вопросительное и отрицательное предложения строятся с по-
глагол no смыслу слабый.
ЗАПОМНИТЕ: Глагол "to be" (was / were) и модальные глаголы can
(could) - мочь, may (might) - мочь (иметь разрешение) строят вопроси-
тельные и отрицательные предложения без вспомогательных глаголов.
гол остается в первой форме, т.к. вспомогательный глагол сообщает
не только о том, что здесь отрицательное или вопросительное предло-
жение, но и о том, какое время в предложении, т. е. Past Indefinite.
ОТРИЦАТЕЛЬНОЕ ПРЕДЛОЖЕНИЕ
1 wrote a letter yesterday. - Я написал письмо вчера.
1 didn’t write a letter yesterday. - Я не написал письмо вчера.
ВОПРОСИТЕЛЬНЫЕ ПРЕДЛОЖЕНИЯ
1. Общий вопрос.
Вспомогательный глагол ставится на первое место.
Did you write a letter yesterday? - Ты написал письмо вчера?
2 Специальный вопрос.
When did you write a letter?
What did you write yesterday?
What did you do yesterday?
Вопрос к подлежащему нс требует вспомотат
Who wrote a letter yesterday?
3. Вопрос выбора.
Did you or I write a letter yesterday?
4. Разделительный вопрос.
2. Задайте все типы вопросов к следующим предложениям.
I repaired my computer.
Sasha bought new details.
3. Прочтите н переведите текст.
Last summer Misha went to the country. His aunt lives there and he
wanted to spend his holidays there. Misha wanted to swim in the river and to
read books.
Misha went swimming on the first day of his stay there, on the second
day and on the third, but on the fourth day he did not want to go to the river.
He wanted to do some work.
One day some farmers came to his house and said, "We know you
are a student, you are a future mechanic. Please, help us. One of our tractors
does not work. Can you come and see what is wrong with it?" Misha went
with them. He did what he could, and the tractor began to work. He was
very happy. Now Misha always goes to his aunt and helps the farmers. He
liked the farmers, and they liked him, too.
4. Сделайте сообщение о том, как Вы провели день вчера.
5. Прочтите диалог самостоятельно, а татем но ролям. Про-
играйте подобную ситуацию.
Detective: Now, Briggs.... Where were you yesterday?
Briggs: Yesterday? What time it was?
D: At two o'clock. Where were you at 2 o'clock?
В: I was at home.
D: You weren't at home, you were in the central London.
B: No, I wasn't! I was at home! Ask my girlfriend! She was with me!
D: Well, we're going to speak to her late. Where is she now?
B: Oh,... 1 don't know ....
D: OK. Now, where were you on January 12-th?
B: January 12 th ....
D: Yes, it was a Wednesday.
В: I can't remember.
D: You were in Manchester.
B: Oh, no, I wasn't.
I): Oh.
6. Прочтите текст и сделайте сообщение по его содержанию.
THE PROTECTION OF NATURE [ I ]
Since ancient times Nature was the source of people's life. For thou-
sands of years people lived in harmony with environment and they thought
that natural riches were unlimited. The development of civilization increased
man's harmful interference in nature.
Large cities with thousands of smoky industrial enterprises pollute the
air we breathe and the water we drink. Every year world industry pollutes
the atmosphere with about 1000 million tons of dust and other harmful sub-
stances. Many cities suffer from smog. Beautiful old forests disappear for-
ever. Their disappearance upsets the oxygen balance. As a result some rare
lakes and rivers dry up.
The pollution of air and destruction of the ozone layer are the results
of man's attitude towards Nature.
The protection of the environment is a universal concern. We must be
very active to create a serious system of ecological security.
Vocabulary:
ancient — древний
source — источник
natural riches — природные богатства
to increase — увеличиваться
harmful interference — вредное воздействие
industrial enterprises — промышленные предприятия
to pollute — загрязнять
substances — вещества
suffer — мучиться
to upset — зд. нарушать
attitude — отношение
universal concern — всеобщая забота
7. Ответьте на вопросы по тексту.
1. What is the main reason of ecological problems?
2. What are the main ecological problems?
3. Why the ecological problems should be a universal concern?
4. What steps arc taken to fight ecological problems?
УРОК 6
1. Расспросите одногруппника о том. как он провел вчераш-
ний день.
The Future Indefinite Tense / Simple Future
(Будущее неопределенное время / Простое будущее)
УПОТРЕБЛЯЕТСЯ: когда действие произойдет в будущем, но точ-
ОБРАЗУЕТСЯ: Берем вспомогательный глагол "will" + глагол по
смыслу без “to”.
(В современном английском языке ‘shall’ в 3 л., сд.ч. практически нс
употребляется)
ед. ч.
1.1 will write a letter tomorrow. Я напишу письмо завтра.
2. You will write a letter tomorrow
He will write a letter tomorrow.
1. We will write a letter tomorrow.
2. You will write a letter tomorrow.
3. They will write a letter tomorrow.
“Will not” может сокращаться, сливаясь с личными местоиме-
Так как в предложениях во Future Indefinite уже есть вспомога-
тельный глагол, то для построения вопросительных и отрицательных
предложений мы его же и используем.
I will not write a letter tomorrow.
will not - сокращенная форма -won't [wount]
ВОПРОСИТЕЛЬНЫЕ ПРЕДЛОЖЕНИЯ.
В вопросительных предложениях вспомогательный глагол ста-
вим на 1 -е место.
1. Общий вопрос.
Will you write a letter tomorrow? Yes. I will. No, I will not (won't).
Will you write a letter tomorrow or next week?
4. Разделительный вопрос.
You will write a letter tomorrow, won’t you?
You won’t write a letter tomorrow, will you?
2. Переведите предложения.
a) 1. I will help you tomorrow. 2. Why will she come so late? 3.
We’ll go to the country the day after tomorrow. 4. She will help you if you
ask. 5. In two days I won’t visit the college, it will be holiday. 6. Will we
have a trip next summer? 7. They won’t present at the lesson. 8. I’ll call you
as soon as possible.
b) 1. Она будет учить французский язык. 2. Через день я навещу
тебя. 3. Они будут обедать в ресторане. 4. Будем ли мы пить чай с тор-
3. Прочтите текст.
Му plans for tomorrow
Tomorrow I will have my weekend. I want to go on a trip out of the
town. I always Uy to spend my days off out of the town. I will go together
with my girlfriend Lena on my new motorcycle. We'll take badminton rack-
ets and balls with us, and something to eat. We’ll rest, play badminton, and
warm in the sun. Of course, we will go out of the town if the day is fine. If
the day is bad, we’ll stay at home, read and go to the pictures. In the evening
we can go to the cafe, to talk and to listen to the music there. I think we’ll
have a good time together.
4. Сделайте сообщение о Ваших планах на выходной день.
;letter
Dear Sir,
Wc would like to inform you that Mr. Petrov is arriving in Little
Rock on the 14th of February to begin to talk with you. Please, make the
necessary hotel reservation for him and let us know the name of the hotel.
Thank you for your cooperation.
Yours faithfully. (С уважением)
1... . 1 ... live in Moscow in May. (will). 2.... you ... study English
next year? (will) 3. ... He . . . take this book from the library tomorrow,
(will) 4. We... not... have lesson tomorrow, (will) 5.... they... sent her a
telegram, (will)
7. Переведите предложения.
1. Я вышел из дома. 2. Скоро будет дождь. 3. Приезжай. Будем
ходить в лес, и купаться в реке. 4. Солнце светит каждый день? 5. Я
буду учиться в техникуме. 6. Давай поужинаем вместе. 7. Я не буду это
есть, я на диете. 8. Завтра выходной, поэтому нс встану рано. 9. Тебе
интересно программирование? Да, поэтому поступил в колледж. Я бу-
дущий программист.
8. Переведите предложения.
a) I. May I come in? 2. May I see the menu, please? 3. May I wait
here? 4. May I listen to the songs once more? 5. May I have my passport
back, please?
b) 1. Дайте, пожалуйста. Ваш паспорт. 2. Подпишите, пожалуй-
ста, этот чек. 3. Заполните, пожалуйста, этот бланк. 4. Простите, у Вас
есть огонек? Дайте, пожалуйста. 5. Позвольте посмотреть.
1. В каком из следующих слов звук, передаваемый "а”, отличается от
I) Kate, 2) age, 3) mate, 4) map, 5) паре, 6) make, 7) lake.
2. a) Where is... dog?
b) ... pen is on... desk.
c) ... books arc in ... white box.
3. There.coffee in... cup.
... there...socks in ... brow
There......men in the hall.
4. Let’s go ... home.
I meet him ... the street.
Wc go... the river.
5. Выберите правильную форму глагола "to have":
Mr. Smith usually... a lot of work. - has, have, will have
6. Укажите правильные варианты перевода:
I) The flowers are in the vase.
а) Цветы в вазе.
b) В вазе цветы.
2) There is по telephone in the room.
а) Телефона нет в комнате.
to, on, in.
7. Выберите правильную форму множественного числа сушествитель-
1. a) postmanes, b) postmans, с) postmen.
2. a) knives, b) knifes, с) knivees.
8. Выберите правильный предлог:
a) Let's meet... 6 o'clock. - in, on, at
b) My brother works... school. - to, at, in
There is ... place like home. - no, none, nothing, nobody.
a) He speaks English....
b) His English is very....
- good, well
- good, well
- badly, bad
11. Выберите правильную форму глагола:
a) We... five days a week. - work, works.
b) She... in the suburbs of Moscow. - live, lives.
c) They... their parents every weekend. - visit, visits, will visit
d) We... them next weekend. - visited, visit, will visit
12. Выберите верно составленный вопрос:
a) What do see you? -What see you? -What do you see?
b) They did all their work,...? - not did they? didn’t they? they didn’t?
c) Who did come home? Who came home?
d) Will he trust me? He will trust me? Will he tnist me?
УРОК 7
СТЕПЕНИ СРАВНЕНИЯ ПРИЛАГАТЕЛЬНЫХ И НАРЕЧИЙ
I. - Если прилагательное односложное или двусложное и не
оканчивается на буквосочетания - уЛу, -er/ure, -(be) It, ow, то для по-
лучения сравнительных степеней прибавляются суффиксы:
сравнительная степень -”ег"
big - bigger - (the) biggest
большой - больше - самый большой
busy - busier - (the) busies/
My son is a tall boy but his is taller.
My son is the tallest boy in his form.
- Мой сын самый высокий мальчик в своем классе.
II. - Для некоторых двусложных, а также многосложных
прилагательных берегся:
- для сравнительной степени -"more"
This book is more interesting than that one. - Эта книга более ин-
тересна, чей та.
* 3десь местоимение “one” не переводится в подобных предло-
жениях, а используется вместо повтора одного и того же существи-
тельного.
- для превосходной степени - "most"
This is the most interesting book. — Это самая интересная книга.
- Однако если трехсложное прилагательное образовалось от од-
нокоренного двухсложного при помощи приставки, то возможны два
варианта:
happy - happier - (the) happiest
счастливый - счастливее - самый счастливый
unhappier, unhappiest
unhappy < - несчастный
more unhappy - (the) most unhappy
сравнения в следующих прилагал
good-better- (the) best (хороший)
bad-worse- (the) worst (плохой)
much/many-morc- (the) most (много)
little-less- (the) least (мало)
This street is as long as that one.
длинная, как и та.
V . - Если разные по качеству - "not so ... as".
This street is not so long as that one. Эта улица н
Эта улица такая же
Эта улица такая же
This street is as long as that one.
длинная, как и та (улица).
V I. - the (сравнительная степень) ... the (сравнительная сте-
The sooner you come the better. - Чем раньше ты придешь, тем
1. Переведите на английский язык.
1. Мне кажется, это здание выше, чем то. 2. Эго задание не-
много труднее вашего. 3. Я люблю кофе крепче, чем этот. 4. Этот
город самый красивый на Земле. 8. Я никогда не решал такой трудной
задачи. - Нет, она такая же трудная, как была вчера.
2. Прочтите текст.
Summer holidays
Му summer holidays come after June. June is a hard month because
there are exams in it. During summer holidays students do not visit lessons.
They rest two months long. Students don't have to get up early. There is no
homework to do and lessons to learn. That's why they like summer holidays.
I like summer holidays because I have a lot of free time. I never stay
in bed long in a bright summer morning. Sometimes my friends and I go to
the cinema or to the disco. Sometimes we just play football or badminton in
the yard.
Every summer I go to the country to stay with my grandmother and
to look after chickens and ducks. In the village, I often go on long bike rides
with my cousins. Sometimes we go fishing. I like to go to the beach in the
morning when it is not too hot. I swim, sunbathe and play with my friends
on the bank of the river. Sometimes wc hike in the forest. I’m fond of na-
ture. I like sleeping in a tent, sitting by the fire and singing songs.
However, if the weather is bad, it's better to stay at home watching
TV, listening to the music or reading books. I like to write poems. It's the
best time to write them when rains outside.
I have a good time and the summer holidays are never too long for
3. Составьте видео презентаииюо том, как Вы проводите
свои детине каникулы.
4. Прочтите и переведите диалог: “Meals”[l]
Marry: Can we have a talk this morning, sir, about food, about breakfasts
and lunches and dinners, and so on? It is a subject that interests me
very much.
John: Certainly,
Marry: What did you have for breakfast today?
J.: Wc had fruit, boiled eggs, toast, bread and butter, marmalade, and tea.
M.: I had a breakfast this morning that I enjoyed very much; cereal bacon
and eggs, marmalade, toast, coffee. I think there is nothing like an Eng-
lish breakfast.
61
J.: No bacon and eggs in the morning for me, thank you. My breakfast is
always rolls and coffee.
M.y: Oh, no! English people can't make good coffee.
Pete: That's true. Their bacon, their bread, their butter, their tea are always
good; their coffee is always bad. Good and taste coffee are made in
Sweden. There is none like it.
M.: They are made lovely coffee in Switzerland— coffee with thick cream
P.: I think there is a sameness about English dinners that makes them unin-
teresting: boiled potatoes, roast beef that is often burned or not cooked
enough, cabbage that is watery and tasteless.
M.y: Well, you can say what you like, but I like my English breakfast and
English food generally.
J.: I think you arc right. Good roast beef, nicely-browned roast potatoes, and
УРОК 8
МОДАЛЬНЫЕ ГЛАГОЛЫ “can”, “may”, “must” и их зквивалепты
I. Это сильные глаголы, т.с. не требуют вспомогательного гла-
Bob can swim. Can Bob swim? Bob cannot swim.
2. You can read.
3. Не can read.
1.1 could read.
2.You could read.
З.Нс could read.
не употребляется
1.1 may do this.
2.You may do this.
З.Нс may do this.
Эквиваленты
can = to be able (to)
1 am able to read.
<— Present —> You are able to read.
He is able to read.
<- Past -->
I was able to read.
You were able to read.
He was able to read.
I will be able to read.
<— Future —> You will be able to read.
He will be able to read.
may = to be allowed (to)
I am allowed to do this.
<-- Present --> You are allowed to do this.
He is allowed to do this.
th is.
1.1 might do this.
2.You might do this. <— Past —>
I was allowed to do this.
You were allowed to do
З.Не might do this.
He was allowed to do this.
<— Future -->
I will be allowed to do this.
You will be allowed to do
He will be allowed to do
to have (to)
to be (to)
I must go there.
You must go there.
He must go there.
He употребляется
to have (to)
He употребляется <— Future -->
<-- Present —> I have to go there.
You have to go there.
He has to go there.
<— Past --> I had to go there.
You had to go there.
He had to go there.
I must go there.
You must go there.
He must go there.
He употребляется
to be (to)
<-- Present -->
1 will have to go there.
You will have to go there.
He will have to go there.
I am to go there.
You arc to go there.
He is to go there.
1 was to go there.
You were to go there.
He was to go there.
'to be (to) d Future не употребляется.
да.тьными глаголами, а затем заменяя их эквиваленты.
1. Не can speak English well.
2. You may take this box.
3. We must translate this text.
2. Прочтите и перескажите текст.
The driver of a bus works very hard. He is out from early in the
morning until late at night. Sometimes he works in beautiful weather when
the sky is blue, the sun shines, the trees look fresh and green and people feel
glad to be alive. At other times it is cold, or foggy, or there is such heavy
rain that he can't see very well where he is going.
The conductor is in the bus, too. He has a tiring day going to the top
of the bus and down again a hundred times a day to get passengers' money
and give them their tickets.
глаголы. Переве-
1. I get up at 7 o'clock. 2.1 must get up at 7 o'clock. 3. Can you read
English books? 4. He speaks English well. 5. May I come in? 6. She cannot
do this work. 7.1 go to the library in the evening. 8.1 like sport. 9. He can
play football. 10. She must be here at 5 o'clock. 11. I’ll be able to draw your
portrait. 12. Does he have to go there? 13. They are allowed to take these
books. 14.1 am to do this work. 15.1 am able to read French. 16. Were you
4. Определите время, в котором стоят глаголы. Переведите
предложения.
1. В шкафу много тарелок. 2. Я нс могу тебе помочь. 3. Я сту-
дент. 4. Я должен выполнять эту работу. 5. Я позвоню тебе завтра. 6.
да? 9. Джон знает английский хорошо. 10. Будет ли Томас должен
встретить тебя. 11. Мы должны навестить ее в больнице. 12. Она обыч-
но носит джинсы? 13. Я читал статью о животных два дня тому-назад.
14. Мой сын сейчас в школе. 15. Он должен учиться хорошо (с эквива-
лентом). 16. Должен ли ты носить пальто, если на улице холодно? (с
эквивалентом). 17. У них было много хороших оценок.
Му friends [2]
1 do not have many friends and I don’t think one should have many.
My best friends arc Peter and Mike. I am sure I can completely rely on
them. I fully trust them and they never let me down. The English proverb "A
friend in need is a friend indeed" often comes to my mind. I like it when my
friends come to my place. We have a lot of fun together. Peter usually brings
younger son is six and the elder is thirteen. My daughter and Peter’s younger
64
son likes animated cartoons and spend hours in front of TV. We have got a
big stock of animated cartoons.
As to Peter's elder son, he seldom joins us because he is a sportsman
and spends all his spare time at the stadium. My friend Mike is not married,
he is still single. We often tease him, but he laughs it off.
I’m proud they are my friends.
*to rely on somebody - полагаться на кого-либо
fully - абсолютно
to trust somebody - доверять кому-либо
to let somebody down - подвести кого-либо
to be in need of - нуждаться в чем- либо
a friend in need - друг в беде
indeed действительно
animated cartoons - мультфильмы
Will you join us for dinner? - Нс пообедаете ли Вы с нами?
to tease somebody — подшучивать над кем-либо
to be proud - гордиться
6. Сделайте сообщение о своем друге, используя вопросы.
I. What is you friend's name?
2. How old is he (she)?
3. What does he (she) do?
4. What kind of person is he (she)?
5. Is he (she) kind?
6. Can you be proud of your friend?
УРОК 9
1. Переведите на английский язык.
1. Я работаю программистом. 2. Вчера я купил новый компью-
тер. 3. Отремонтирует ли Саша компьютер на следующей неделе? 4.
Виктор мой лучший друг. 5. Мой компьютер самый скоростной. 6. Я
люблю приходить домой к моей подруге. 7. Есть ли в нашей квартире
водопровод и центральное отопление? 8. С друзьями я хожу на диско-
теку. 9. В прошедший выходной я с отцом играл в шахматы. 10. Эта
компьютерная игра нс так интересна, как та.
КОЛИЧЕСТВЕННЫЕ МЕСТОИНЕНИЯ.
Зление местоимений “many”, “much”, “a lot of”, “few”,
“a little’
“little’
Употребляется с исчисляемыми Употребляется с неисчисляе-
существительными мыми существительными
many - много much - много
a lot of - много (только для утвердительных предложений) a lot of
few - мало little - мало
a few - несколько a little - немного
Переведите предложения, обращая внимание на употребление
Не hasn't got much information.
There is much juice in the glass.
He hasn't got many friends.
There are very many letters on the
There are a lot of letters on the desk. There is a lot of information in the
letter.
There are very few letters on the desk. There is little milk in the bottle.
There are a few letters on the desk. There is a little milk in the bottle.
2 . Выберите правильный вариант.
1. There are very (many, much) people in the restaurant. There is
(many, much) water in the bottle. 3. Is there (many, much) coffee in the
cup? 4. Give me (a few, a little) travellers cheques. 5. Give me (a few, a lit-
tle) coffee. 6. (A few, a little) passengers arc going to the Departure Control.
There arc very (few, little) restaurants in the street. I know English (a few, a
little).
THE PARTICIPLE I /PRESENT PARTICIPLE/
/ПРИЧАСТИЕ I/ /ПРИЧАСТИЕ НАСТОЯЩЕГО ВРЕМЕНИ.
тельного и наречия. Причастие I соответствует формам причастия и
деепричастия в русском языке. Оно имеет формы перфекта и залога.
66
ОБРАЗУЕТСЯ: Глагол + суффикс “- ing “
играть - to play + ing = playing - играющий
плакать - to cry + ing = crying - плачущий
делать - to do + ing = doing - делающий
Coining to home, I had my dinner. -Придя домой, я по обедал.
The playing boy is my brother. - Играющий мальчик - мой брат.
Причастие настоящего времени может употребляться в роли оп-
ределения или обстоятельства как прилагательное или как наречие.
Как прилагательное оно может быть определением: a smiling
woman (улыбающаяся женщина).
Как наречие Participle I употребляется в роли обстоятельства об-
раза действия и соответствует русскому деепричастию: he spoke stand-
ing (он говори л стоя); she came crying (она пришла плача).
Также оно широко употребляется как обстоятельство времени:
Entering the room, she saw them watching TV.
I. He sees nobody playing football. 2. The smiling girl is his sister.
3. That night, walking up the dark street, he fell. 4. Mr. White sat in the
armchair reading a newspaper. 5. Going over to the window, he stood look-
ing out. 6. She did that work laughing. 7. He often drinks tea talking about
his job. 8. Bob came into the room smiling.
4. Прочтите и переведите текст. Составьте 10 вопросов к
тексту.
Travelling
Thousands of people nowadays spend their holidays travelling. They
travel by train, bus, motorcycle or in their own car. They go cruising on riv-
ers and seas, in private yachts or comfortable steamers. They hike in forests,
visit natural preserves and other places of interest. Visiting nature wonders
is called "ecology tourism". Some people prefer hitchhiking on highways.
Some go in for mount-climbing or alpine hiking. They enjoy the beauty of
snow-covered mountains and glaciers, of sunny valleys and vast forests.
Travelling by car has its own funs. Here you do not depend on time-
tables and can swiftly get to almost any place you like.
Hiking is becoming very popular. People like to spend their days off
(weekend) in the country. There are nice places with forests, lakes and riv-
lights on a riverbank or at a seaside, to chatter and joke with your friends
round a campfire.
5. Составьте видео презентацию о своем походе или поездке.
6. Выполните тест.
1. Укажите, какую функцию выполняет глагол "to be": вспомогатель-
ным, смысловым, модальным, связкой:
a) She was sixteen last year.
b) The delegation is to come on Monday.
c) Mother is at home.
d) What are you doing?
2. Подберите эквиваленты в английском варианте соответст-
вующие русским предложениям:
1) Дверь открылась и вошла девочка.
h) The door opened and the girl came in.
3. Выберите правильную форму глагола "to be":
1)1... in the 10th grade. - is, are, am, were
2) He... at the theatre yesterday. - is, was, will be, were
4. Укажите предложение, в котором окончание ”-s" является
а) Му mother's friend lives no far from her.
b) She reads a lot.
c) Where are you boots?
5. Отметьте правильный вариант:
a) The Volga is longer... the Thames. - as. than
b) She is the... beautiful girl in our class. - more, most, much
6. Подберите соответствие в русском:
1) The more wc learn the more wc know.
а) Мы много учим, много знаем.
b) Мы больше изучаем, чем знаем.
с) Чем больше мы учим, тем больше знаем.
2) The film is less interesting than the novel.
УРОК 10
1. Переведите предложения.
1. Я видел се, входящую в этот дом. 2. Должен ли ты любить
всех? 3. Он нс смог пойти на оперу. 4. Я провел выходной, лежа на ди-
Где ты был вчера в 8 часов вечера? 8. Сергей не должен будет это
после обеда?
Группа CONTINUOUS (PROGRESSIVE)
Данная группа передает процесс действия в определенный мо-
мент времени.
ОБРАЗУЕТСЯ: Берется глагол “to be” (в нужной форме) +
PARTICIPLE I
Обратите внимание. Следующие глаголы не употребляются
Глаголы чувственного восприятия (to hear слышать, to see ви-
деть), умственной деятельности (to know знать, to understand пони-
мать. to remember помнить, to forget забывать), чувств (to like нра-
виться, to love любить, to hate ненавидеть), желания (to want хотеть,
to wish желать), принадлежности (to belong принадлежать, to possess
Continuous. Значение длительности процесса,
The Present Continuous Tense
(Настоящее продолженное время)
УПОТРЕБЛЯЕТСЯ: Данное время выражает действие, которое
ОБРАЗУЕТСЯ: Берем вспомогательный глагол "to be” в Present
(am, аге, is) + PARTICIPLE I от глагола по смыслу
1.1 am writing a letter now.
- Я пишу письмо сейчас.
2. You аге writing a letter now.
Не is writing a letter now.
3. She is writing a letter now.
It is eating now.
1. We are writing a letter now.
3. They are writing a letter now.
- В отрицательных предложениях ‘not’ ставится после вспомога-
тельного глагола:
I am not writing a letter now.
ВОПРОСИТЕЛЬНЫЕ ПРЕДЛОЖЕНИЯ
Вопросительные предложения строятся по общему правилу: т. к.
в данном времени уже есть вспомогательный глагол, то он ставится на
первое место.
Не is writing a letter now.
What is he doing now?
Is he writing or reading a letter now?
4. Разделительный вопрос.
He is writing a letter now, isn’t he?
He isn’t writing a letter now, is he?
2. Переведите предложения.
a) 1. We are talking. 2. What arc you doing now? 3. He isn't waiting
for us. 4. Arc you speaking Russian now? 5. She's looking at the man next
to her. 6. Am I giving an English lesson or a French one? 7. He's reading
Какой язык ты изучаешь в техникуме? 6. Он ждет сейчас своего друга.
7. Он любит смотреть футбольные матчи. 8. Что сейчас делает твой
друг?
3. Расспросите соседа по парте о том, что он сейчас делает и
чем собирается заняться в ближайшем будущем.
4. Прочитайте и переведите деловое письмо.
The reply for the letter [3]
Dear Sirs,
We regret to inform you that we cannot reserve the hotel accommoda-
tion for Mr. Petrov for the week of 14th February. Our three hotels are com-
pletely booked up for the week. They have no rooms available because the
National World Processors Association will be holding their convention in
Little Rock during the week of the 14th February. As you will surely under-
stand, they have to reserve as many rooms as possible for the members of
the Association.
We propose to postpone your visit for a week. We can safe a room for
Mr. Petrov for the 21st February. We hope this will suit you and we look
forward to hearing from you soon.
Yours faithfully.
*accommodation - помещение, жилье to postpone - откладывать
available - наличный safely - надежно, с уверенностью
processor - процессор to look forward to...- с нетерпением ждать
convention - собрание
мне отвечать? 4. Он смотрит сейчас телевизор как всегда. 5 Цветок в
вазе. 6. Может ли Сергей навестить тебя? 7. Он нс любит глупых лю-
дей. 8. Где ты был вчера? 9. Не говори ничего! 10 Ты должна прочитать
нашу статью.
УРОК 11
1. Вставьте недостающие члены предложения.
1. They... listening... the Pink Floyd concert on the radio. 2. Who...
the girl sitting next you? 3. What ... she whispering ... you? (шептать)
4. The men ... talking ... a football match, they? 5. There ... music in the
hall.
2. Переведите предложения.
a)Thc student is in the computer laboratory. She is sitting at the com-
puter. She is working at the computer. She is doing some excesses. She is
making a new program. Aller that she is going to the next lesson.
b)l. О чем они говорят? 2. Обычно после обеда я отдыхаю.
3. С кем Долли идет в кино? 4. Что ты ищешь, Джек? - Я ищу свою
по радио (listen to the news). 6. Сейчас я делаю домашнюю работу.
3. Прочтите диалог.
Ann: Hello, Linda. Is Jack here?
Linda: No. he isn't.
A: Is he working today?
L: No, he isn’t working today.
He is in the kitchen.
A: What's he doing?
L: He's cooking.
A: What are you doing?
The Past Continuous Tense
(Прошедшее продолженное время)
УПОТРЕБЛЯЕТСЯ: Когда нам точно известно время, в кото-
рое происходило действие или оно известно собеседникам, хотя в
ОБРАЗУЕТСЯ: Ставим вспомогательный глагол "to be” в Past
(was\were) + Participle I (от глагола по смыслу).
ПРИМЕР: 1 was doing my homework at 3 o'clock.
- Я делала домашнюю работу в 3 часа.
I was waiting Гог you whole evening. - Я прождал тебя весь вечер.
Запомните: там, где процесс - Continuous, где факт - Indefinite:
Я писал письмо, когда ты пришел.
-1 was writing a letter when you came.
I. Общ1
ТИПЫ ВОПРОСОВ:
Was he writing a letter when you came?
Yes, he was. No, he wasn't.
2. Специальный вопрос.
When was he writing a letter?
3. Вопрос выбора.
Was he writing a letter or reading a book when you came?
He was writing a letter when you came, wasn't he?
He wasn't writing a letter when you came, was he?
4. Переведите предложения.
a) 1. Fox was looking for the plan of London. 2. He was a young
man, when he removed to our city. 3. He was working at an open-air pool. 4.
My friends are playing tennis on the court. 5. He came with excellent rec-
ommendations. 6. Was he waiting for you for a long time? 7. He was there.
8. His dream was to speak English.
b) 1. Когда я вошел в комнату, он читал газету. 2. Когда мы го-
товились к экзаменам (to get ready for), она шила новое платье. 3. Что
ты делал в картинной галереи? 4. Он шел по улице, когда вдруг увидел
свою подругу около театра с молодым человеком. 5. Почему ты нс
пришел, я ждала тебя весь вечер? - Я был с младшим братом. 6. Мы
готовили новую программу, когда PC испортился (to break down).
Erik's summer holidays [4]
Professor Earl Fox was sitting in his office when the door opened and
he saw a young man, about twenty-one, who entered behind his secretary.
Erik Groin was a little above middle height and slender. He was wearing not
very good clothes. He had dark living eyes and straight black hair.
"Mr. Groin ", said the secretary.
Fox rose to shake hands and then asked the young man to sit down.
"We're very glad to have you here, Mr. Groin", he said gently.
"We took only one assistant. You came with excellent recommenda-
tions and you'll have every opportunity to live up to them".
"Did you have a pleasant summer, Mr. Groin?"
"A pleasant summer?" Erik was silent for the time of two long
breaths.
"No, sir ", he said.
"What did you say?" Fox asked out of surprise.
"I said that the summer was pretty", said Erik once more.
"All I can say is I'm glad it's over," Erik went on.
"You sec I was absolutely broke when Professor Holing worth told
me that I had got the appointment here. I won’t even tell you what that
meant to me - to study physics at Columbia.
wonderful there. But at the end of two weeks, I left them saying I was com-
ing East to visit a cousin. I don't have any cousin, but 1 got on the train be-
cause the whole family came down to the station to see me off. I left the
train at the next station.
"The fellow was driving his car to Cleveland to sell it there. He loved
the car, because you see he had saved so long to buy it. All the way he was
talking me about its parts and how repaired them. However, he was out of a
job and had to sell the car. When we stopped for gas, I got into conversation
with the owner of the station. He offered me a job for a place to eat and
и переведите их.
1. It is a nice day. 2.1 have been staying at the hotel for three weeks.
3. Richard Brown is my friend. 4. Is she coming to London to sec her father?
5. We are in the classroom. 6. There arc the students in my class. 7. They arc
reading their books. 8.1 have a big cat. 9. Has she a brown dog? 10. He has
to answer to the question? 13. What time do you come after your lessons?
14.1 don't go out because it’s cold outside. 15. Bob can sleep all day. 16. It
is raining very hard. 17. You can't ski, it's so cold.
УРОК 12
(Будущее продолженное время)
УПОТРЕБЛЯЕТСЯ: Когда нам точно известно время, в кото-
рое будет происходить действие, или когда мы хотим подчеркнуть
процесс действия в будущем.
ОБРАЗУЕТСЯ: Ставим вспомогательный глагол Will + be
подчинённых предложениях с придаточными времени.
ПРИМЕР:
1 will be writing a letter at 5 o’clock. Я буду писать письмо в 5 часов.
(главное предложение) (придаточное предложение)
I will be writing a letter when you come. Я буду писать письмо, когда
(Future Cont.) (Pres. Ind.) ты придешь.
- обратите внимание на согласование времен.
- В вопросительных предложениях вспомогательный глагол
(will) ставится на I-е место, и все типы вопросов строятся по общим
правилам. Например;
Will you be writing a letter at 5 o’clock? - Yes, I will. No, I won’t.
1. Переведите предложения, определите видовременные
формы глаголов.
A)l. They will be doing their homework at 7 o'clock in the evening.
2. I’ll go to the cinema tomorrow. 3. We will be going to the cinema at 5
o'clock tomorrow. 4. Are you going to the cinema? 5. He was going to the
park when I met him. 6. Will you be translating your lesson from 5 to 6? 7.
Will you be present at the lesson tomorrow? 8. I’ll be reading when you
come. 9. Was he washing? 10. We’ll meet in 5 days.
В) 1. Мы будем ждать тебя завтра, когда ты вернешься. 2. Мы
полетим в Мадрид, когда погода будет хорошая. 3. Не звони мне в 5, я
буду работать в лаборатории. 4. Я жду тебя прямо здесь. 5. Много об-
лаков на небе. Похоже будет дождь. 6. В это время вчера они ехали в
Санкт-Петербург. 7. Моя сестра ждет твоего звонка. 8. Я прочту этот
рассказ, как только найду его в Интернете.
лимонада. 7. Я хочу заказать несколько пирожков. 8. В этой пачке мало
бумаги?
3. Вставьте, где необходимо, артикли и переведите предло-
жения.
1. When I looked at my watch it was... quarter to six. 2. For... break-
fast I had... fried eggs,... milk,... toast and ... marmalade. 3.... little later,
after breakfast he talked with his friend on ... telephone. 4. The maid
entered with ... tray. On ... tray there were... cornflakes with ... milk and ...
sugar. 5. At... half past ten he listened to... news on... radio.
4. Переведите предложения.
1. Вчера в четверть восьмого кто-то постучал в дверь. Это мой
друг. Мы поговорили о нашей работе. В восемь часов мы включили
радио и послушали новости. 2. Купил ли ты билеты на поезд? - Да, на
прошлой неделе. 3. В следующем месяце я поеду в Бельгию. 4. В этом
году я должен сделать эту работу. 5. На следующей неделе я заброни-
рую номер для мистера Брауна.6. Я возвращаюсь в воскресенье в 3 ча-
са, будь дома. 7. Выехал лн он из гостиницы в 7.30 утра? 8. Мы про-
болтали о Достоевском весь вечер.
5. Прочтите текст.
My Day Off
Most people in our country work five days a week and have two days
off, but students have only one day off. It is Sunday.
I like this day very much. You needn't hutry anywhere and you may
go wherever you like after your week's work. On this day I wake up later
than usual. Sometimes I don't get up until nine or ten o'clock. I read morning
newspapers or listen to the music. As soon as I get up I air the room, make
my bed. Then I have breakfast. Two hours for getting ready with my home-
work and I’m free. I meet my friends and we discuss our plans together.
theatre, to the museum or the park. In fine weather we also like to go to the
country. We call our friends and hike there. We find a nice place somewhere
in the forest or on the bank of the river. Wc sunbathe, play different games
and swim. In winter my friends and 1 often go to the skating-rink. Skating is
my favourite kind of sport, but I like to ski, too.
abroad. On the way home we usually discuss the films we've seen.
In the evening, all the members of our family get together. Wc have
our supper, make plans for tomorrow, watch TV or read books. Reading is
my hobby. Sometimes we receive guests at our place or go for a walk. I en-
joy my days off very much.
6. Задайте вопросы одногруппнику о его выходном дне.
I. When do you wake up on your day off?
3. What do you do after preparing your home task if the weather is fi-
ne?
4. What do you do in the evening?
7. Составьте видео презентацию о своем выходном дне
УРОК 13
СОЮЗ “neither... nor”
Союз "neither... nor” (uu... ни...) является отрицательным сою-
зом и может соединять однородные члены предложения, выступающие
в любой функции в предложении (подлежащего, сказуемого, дополне-
ния, обстоятельства, определения):
Neither my brother nor my sister is fond of poems, (соединяет под-
лежащие)
- Ни мой брат, ни моя сестра не любим стихи.
They could neither skate nor ski. (соединяет сказуемые)
I like neither rain nor cold, (соединяет определения)
- Мне не нравятся ни дождь, ни холод.
Примечание I. Союз "neither ... пог” чаще всего употребляется
для соединения подлежащих, при этом сказуемое предложения согла-
суется (т. е. стоит в том же лице и числе) с ближайшим подлежащим.
Однако в современном разговорном английском языке это правило не
всегда соблюдается, и глагол употребляется во множественном числе.
Neither his parents nor he intends to stay here for another week.
- Ни его родители, ни он не собираются оставаться здесь еще на
неделю.
(Neither he. nor his parents intend to...)
Примечание 2. В английском языке в предложении может быть
только одно отрицание, в данном случае "neither... пог”, следователь-
но, сказуемое стоит всегда в утвердительной форме. (См. приведенные
’ стоять перед глаголом-сказуемым предложе-
I neither liked the entertainment it nor the club itself.
- Мне нс понравилось ни представление, ни сам клуб.
Но, если в предложении уже есть отрицание, то в значении
This book isn’t very interesting and that one isn't very interesting ei-
- Эта книга не очень интересная и та не очень интересная также.
I. Перепишите предложения, вставляя, где необходимо, too,
either, neither ... пог, и переведите предложения.
1. I'm a college boy and ту friend is a college boy .... 2.... I... my
sister knew that. 3. Streets were not cleaned in the morning and squares
were not cleaned .... 4. I’m not on the seaside and in the cinema .... 5.1
... know German ... French. 6. Ann is a second-year student, her friend is
a second-year student....
2. Прочтите и переведите текст.
Hobbies
A hobby is a favourite pastime of a person. Hobbies differ like tastes.
If you have chosen a hobby to your liking, lucky you are: you have made
Numerous hobbies can be subdivided into four large classes: doing
things, making things, collecting and learning things.
The most popular of all hobby groups is doing things. It includes a
wide variety of activities, everything from gardening to travelling, from
chess to volleyball. Gardening is one of the oldest man's hobbies especially
in some countries (Britain, for example). A relatively new hobby, which is
becoming more popular, is computer games.
Making things includes drawing, painting, making sculpture, design-
ing costumes, and handicrafts. Some hobbyists write music. Two of the most
famous hobby painters were President Eisenhower and Sir Winston Chur-
chill.
Almost everyone collects something at some period in his life:
stamps, coins, matchboxes, books, records, postcards, toys, and watches.
Some collections have no real value. Others become so large and so valu-
able that they are housed in museums and galleries. Many world-famous
collections started in a small way with one or two items. People with a good
deal of money often collect paintings, rare books and other objects. Often
such private collections are given to museums, libraries and public galleries
so that others might take pleasure in seeing them.
No matter what kind of hobby a person has, he always has the oppor-
tunity of learning from it. By reading about the things he interested in, he is
adding to what he knows. Learning things can be most exciting aspect of a
hobby.
Doing things, making things, colic
are the four large classes of hobby.
Vocabulary:
a favourite pastime -
to one's liking -
numerous -
to be subdivided into - подразделяться на (какие-либо классы, подгруп-
включать что-либо (в состав)
широкий круг занятий
компьютерная игра
заниматься скульптурой
разработать модель костюма,
создавать костюм
рукоделие, ручная работа
человек, имеющий хобби
ng, learning things
любимое время провождение
по чьему-либо вкусу
бесчисленные
to include smth. -
a wide variety of activities -
computer game -
to make sculpture -
to design a costume -
a hobbyist -
a hobby painter -
ценный
размещаться в музеях и
галереях
всемирно известная коллекция
начинать с малого
предмет, пункт
собирать картины
редкая книга
предмет искусства
частная коллекция
to have no real value -
valuable -
to be housed in museums
and galleries -
a world-famous collection -
to start in a small way -
an item -
to collect paintings -
a rare books -
an art object -
a private collection -
to have the opportunity of doing smth. - иметь возможность
to take pleasure - получать удовольствие от занятия сделать что-либо
to be interested in smth. - интересоваться чем-либо
to add to smth. - прибавлять, увеличивать
сторона чего- либо
1. What is a hobby?
2. What classes can hobbies be divided into?
3. What activities docs doing things include?
4. What do hobbyists do who prefer making things?
5. What do people collect?
6. How do people learn from his or her hobby?
7. What is your hobby?
4. Переведите предложения.
I. Хобби - это времяпрепровождение, которое человек выбирает
по своему вкусу. 2. Четыре класса, на которые подразделяются хобби -
это делать что-либо, создавать что-либо, собирать что-либо и узнавать
что-либо новое. 3. Люди, имеющие хобби создавать что-либо, рисуют,
создают скульптуру, костюмы и т. д. 4. Коллекции могут не иметь ре-
альной ценности. 5. Коллекции картин, редких книг и других предме-
тов искусства - могут быть настолько ценными, что их размещают в
музеях и художественных галереях.
5. Составьте видео презентацию о своем увлечении.
1. My ... brother is at... school. 2.... school I went to was ... few-
storied building. 3.1 stayed with ... Smiths for... dinner. 4. 1 don’t know...
name of... street. 5. Не is ... friend of... mine. 6. John lives on ... fourth
floor. 7.1 was at... hospital. 8. Lena came ... home at... 10 p.m. 9. Where
is ... vase? ... vase is on ... brown table near ... door. 10. In ... night Ann
likes to look at... moon.
7. Заполните пропуски и переведите предложении.
1. Я буду повторять историю все утро. 2. Где ты живешь? 3. Что
ты сейчас делаешь? - Помогаю жене. 4. Вчера он не гулял по городу. 5.
Он будет заниматься спортом. Я изучал истории марки с 3 до 5 часов.
6. Ты сможешь мне помочь? 7. Джеймс учится или работает? 8. Я не
забуду день нашей встречи.
УРОК 14
СОЮЗ “either... or”
Союз “either... or”- "или... или", "либо... либо" - употребляется
в утвердительных предложениях для соединения однородных членов
предложения, причем, если союз соединяет подлежащие, сказуемое
согласуется с ближайшим подлежащим:
Either your children or my son has broken this vase.
- Либо ваши дети, либо мой сын разбил эту вазу.
We'l I either be going to the theatre or cinema this weekend.
- Мы пойдем либо в театр, либо в кино в конце этой недели.
Союз “either... or” может употребляться также в значении союза
“neither... пог” в отрицательных предложениях:
This old woman never learnt either history or geography.
- Эта старая женщина никогда не изучала ни истории, ни
географии.
1. Продолжите высказывания.
1. Every day my friend ... . 2. It's 8 o'clock in the morning. My friend
and I .... 3. Usually I .... 4. When they came home yesterday I .... 5. Last
Monday we .... 6. Take your umbrella with you. It.... 7. By 6 o'clock tomor-
row she .... 8. I’m going to the south in summer. My friend ... there with me
too. 9. My sister doesn't like.... 11. When I came into the kitchen my mother
.... 12. It’s good....
1. The baby always (to sleep) after dinner. 2. You (to play) chess
now? 3. Where your cousin (to work) last time? 4. He (to work) at hospital.
so
5. She (not to eat) sweets now. 6. Nick (to go) to school every day. 7. Nick
(to go) to school tomorrow. 8. You (not to go) to the cinema in the evening
two days ago? 9. Your brother (to go) to the exhibition next Sunday? 10.
Diner (to watch TV) more three hours yesterday.
З.Прсдставьте, что ваш однокурсник - гость из Англии.
Предложите ему несколько вопросов:
1. Where are you from? 2. Are you a student or a worker? 3. What is
your name? 4. Are you in Russia as a tourist or on business here? 5. Is it
your first visit to Russia? 6. Were you in Russia last year? 7. Where were
you yesterday? 8. Are you busy now? 9. When will you be in the hotel to-
morrow? 10. When will you be free? 11. Did you like our town?
4. Построите все типы вопросительных предложении к пред-
ложениям.
1.1 have summer holidays. 2.1 was going to the cinema when I met
her. 3. My summer holidays lasts for two months. 4. We are playing bad-
grandfather. 6. Sometimes we go fishing. 7. We hike in the forest. 8.1 don't
like summer.
5. Ответьте па вопросы.
1. When did you wake up yesterday?
2. Did you take shower?
3. What did you have for your breakfast у
4. Did you enjoy your breakfast?
5. Who prepared your breakfast for you?
6. Did you turn on the radio or TV then?
7. What did you listen to?
8. What did you do after breakfast?
The Hyde Park Hotel [5]
10th August, 2018.
My dear Sheila,
I'm writing this to you from my hotel. I'll stay here for the next two
weeks, so you can write to me at the above address. At the moment it's rain-
ing.
I arrived late last Tuesday, safe, but tired. Richard met me at the air-
port and drove me to the hotel. It's modem and very comfortable.
restaurant. It was cheap, but pleasant, and the food was excellent. We’ll
probably go there again next week. Tomorrow I'll go to the office and do
some work. I'll probably meet Richard for lunch. He is doing well. He is
happy; he is making a lot of money now. 1 think, he will become rich soon.
I brought a postcard for the children this morning and I will post it
with this letter. I hope everything is all right at home. I'll be back on the 16
th November. Don't forget to send invitation to our friends.
I miss you. All my love.
Paula.
I - -, a, an, the.
I - some, any
-, a, an, the
1.1 see... house
2... . house is number five.
3. The table is in ... middle of ...my... room.
4. Are there ... books here? -
5. Where is ... whisky in the bar?
6. Выберите верный вариант.
a) Do you books read?
Read you books?
Do you read books?
6) Were you there?
You were there?
Was you there?
7. Подберите соответствующие формы глагола:
a) I... my home task when he came. - was doing,-will do,-am doing.
b) You... to the disco next Sunday. — went, - am going, - won’t go.
c) Ann ... about the street when I meet her with flowers. — was going,
-will be going.
d) If you... me up tomorrow, I’ll tell you all about it. - to ring, -will ring, -
ring, -rang.
e) It... nearly 11 o'clock when we began doing this work. - is, -was.
I) Shut the door! The room ... full of smells. - is, -was.
8. Подберите эквивалент модальным глаголам:
a) I could see you there. - am to,- was able to, - had to.
b) You may visit her. - was able to, - are to, - are allowed to.
9. Закончите вопросы:
a) I’m doing the test now,... ?
b) I will be waiting for you,..?
с) I wasn’t there yesterday,...'
-was I, - do not I, - am not I, - won’t I.
82
УРОК 15
СОЮЗ “both... and".
Союз “both... and” (и ... и. как ... так) употребляется в утверди-
тельных предложениях для соединения однородных членов предложе-
ния, причем, если союз соединяет подлежащие, сказуемое всегда стоит
Both ту friend and I like the opera.
- И мой друг и я любим оперу.
They liked both the acting and the music of the play.
- Им понравилось и исполнение и музыка в пьесе.
1. В следующих предложениях употребите по смыслу союзы
"neither... nor”, "either_or”, "both_and”, переведите предложе-
surprised when they saw me at such a late hour. 4. My son and 1 like boating
very much. 5. My friend and I have been to the exhibition. 6. The children
and the parents enjoyed the performance. 7. Arc books and magazines sold
at this shop? 8. A sailing boat and a ship were seen in the distance. 9.1 was
surprised to hear her say that she couldn't read or write.
лы в обороте “there “to be".
1. There ... two sides to every question. 2. There ... no place like
home. 3. There ... a lot of people in the hall yesterday. 4.... there ... news-
papers on the table yesterday? 5. There ... nobody inside when he came. 6.
There ... a concert tonight. 7. ... there ... no books on the shelf before? 8.
There... a telephone in the hall.
I. My sister was reading a book from 6 to 8 yesterday. 2. I was a
good pupil. 3. What were you doing at 6 o'clock? 4. He didn’t want to do
sums. 5. She was not reading when you came. 6. She will be ready in 5 min.
7. They were going to the technical school at 5 o'clock. 8.1 have got many
interesting magazines. 9. I am sitting at the table. 10. Why don’t you like
this cake? 11. He was at home in the evening. 12. Andrei doesn’t do his
morning exercises. 13. My brother was working at the factory at 4 o'clock.
14. We have to read English well. 15. Were they present at the lesson? 16.
When he was going to the cinema he saw his friend?
4 Прочтите н переведите текст.
When we want to buy something, we must go to the shop where it is
sold. In the shop window we see what is sold in the shop. Sugar, tea, coffee,
salt, pepper, ham, bacon, and so on are sold at the grocer’s. Bread is sold at
the baker’s, meat at the butcher’s. We go to the greengrocer’s for vegetables
and to the fruiter’s for fruit. Cakes and sweets are sold at the confectioner’s.
When we want to buy clothes, we go to the men’s and boys* or ladies* and
girls’ outfitters. We buy boots and shoes at the boot and shoe shop. We buy
jewellery and silver and gold watches at the jeweller’s. To buy tobacco and
cigarettes we go to the tobacconist’s. We buy books at the bookseller’s. The
salesman or salesgirl stands behind the counter. The cashier sits at the cash
desk. The customers go up to the counter. At the cash desk we give the bill
and the money to the cashier, who gives us a check and our change.
The salesman wraps up the goods and gives them to us. The customer
Some shops have many departments. We can buy nearly everything
we need there. These are called department stores. In some shops there are
no salesmen or salesgirl, but only cashiers. The customers choose the goods
they want and pay at the cash desk. These arc called self-service shops.
5. Сделайте сообщение о своем посещении магазина.
УРОК 16
“So will I”, “Neither (nor) did he”
Сокращенные утвердительные и отрицательные предложения
УПОТРЕБЛЯЮТСЯ: для
на какое-то лицо
в русском языке: Петр хорошо знает английский язык и Анна тоже.)
Если первое предложение утвердительное, то за ним употребля-
ется сокращенное утвердительное предложение, которое строится при
помощи слова “so” (также), соответствующего вспомогательного
(модального) глагола в требующейся форме и личного местоимения в
именительном падеже или существительного в общем падеже, причем
вспомогательный глагол согласуется с личным местоимением или су-
ществительным в лице и числе:
Му friends enjoyed themselves in the country yesterday. So did I.
- Мои друзья хорошо провели время за городом вчера. И я
Гт fond of reading. So is my son.
- Я люблю читать. И мой сын тоже.
Если первое предложение отрицательное, то второе представляет
собой сокращенное отрицательное предложение, которое строится при
помощи слова “neither” или “пог” (также не), соответствующего
вспомогательного глагола в требующейся форме и личного местоиме-
ния в именительном падеже или существительного в общем падеже:
Му friend сап Ч go to the theatre tonight. Neither can I. (= Nor can 1.)
- Мой друг не может пойти в театр сегодня. И я тоже.
1. Заполните пропуски выражениями, соответствующими
русским сочетаниям слов “и я (он, вы, они и т. д.) тоже".
1. I’m dying of hunger,... .2. We're very grateful to you .... 3. My
brother can't draw .... 4. We’ll be meeting in the hall at half past six.... 5.
meeting .... 7. My sister’s son has made good progress in his English lately
... . 8. We’ll soon join them ... . 9. We didn't enjoy ourselves at all ... . 10.
They enjoyed themselves very much ....
2. Переведите на английский язык следующие предложения,
обращая внимание на употребление союзов “neither ... nor”, “either
1. И старики, и дети защищали свой родной город, 2. Я говорю,
ни читать, ни писать, когда пошел в школу. 5. И ваш сын, и ваш пле-
мянник добились больших успехов за последнее время. 6. И студенты,
и преподаватели заинтересованы в обсуждении этого вопроса. 7. Ни
ветер, ни дождь не могли остановить моряков. 8. Мой сын и я видели
этот фильм. 9. Неужели эта новость нс удивила ни вашу сестру, ни вас?
10. Вы говорите так быстро, что ни я, ни Климов не успеваем вникать в
то, что вы говорите (следовать за вами).
11. Спектакль не понравился ни мне. ни моим друзьям. 12. В этой шко-
ле преподают как французский, так и немецкий.
The computer [6], [7]
85
With the development of science and technology man began to under-
stand that his senses, such as nature had provided him with, were too poor to
serve his purposes. He had invented new machines — the computers — that
could calculate instead of him at a much quicker rate.
The development during the past years of fully automatic high speed
computing machines — the so-called 'electronic brains' — is having a great
effect upon computational methods in scientific work. The speed at which the
calculations can be done has been greatly increased. Recently new and much
more highly perfected machines have been built in which transistors are
used instead of ordinary electronic valves. These machines are much faster
than the previous ones.
Computer is a device for processing information. Computer has no
intelligence by itself and is called hardware. A computer system is a combi-
nation of four elements:
• Hardware
• Software
• Procedures
Software arc the programmes that tell the hardware how to perform a
task. Without software instructions, the hardware doesn’t know what to do.
The basic job of the computer is the processing of information. Com-
puters take information in the form of instructions called programs and
symbols called data. After that they perform various mathematical and log-
ical operations, and then give the results (information). Computer is used to
convert data into information. Computer is also used to store information in
the digital form.
The usage of computers has become part of many technological pro-
cesses. That is why the computer operating is taught at school according
to the Reform.
Vocabulary:
device - устройство
intelligence- разум
hardware -оборудование
software - программы
processing - обработка
procedures - процедуры, операции to store - хранить
various -различные digital - цифровой
manner - манера, способ
perform - выполнять
purpose - цель
to convert - превращать
data -данные
I. What does the term «computer» describe?
3. What are four components of computer system?
4. What is software?
5. What's the difference between the hardware and software?
6. In what way terms «data» and «information» differ?
7. How does computer convert data into information?
3/2. Какие in приведенных ниже терминов имеют аналоги в
русском языке?
computer, diskette, metal, processor, scanner, information, data, mi-
crophone, printer, modem, Internet.
3/3. Ответьте на вопросы.
1. What is the computer? Computers are now widespread (common
place), aren't they?
2. Did you learn about computers through science fiction, paper
backs, and movies like 2001: A Space Odyssey?
3. How old were you when you leamt about the computer?
6. What are your favorite video games (shooter-up, walk-through,
role-playing games (RPG), or intellectual games?
7. How often do you work with the computer?
8. Docs good knowledge of English help to operate the computer
better?
9. Do you agree that English is a lifetime study and may serve a va-
riety of purposes? What aare they?
10. Who can be called a computer wizard? Do you attribute his/her
success to hard work or talent?
11. Under what method do you study computers and English (in
class, at home)? What are your study habits?
12. Why do you think you’ll be good for a computer job?
13. Are you baffled by computer language? Worry of the World
Wide Web? This quiz will help you "hack" terms you may encounter
while surfing the Internet.
Экономический б.ток[8]
4. Прочтите it переведите текст.
Types of proprietorship
A business may be privately owned in three different forms. These forms
are the sole proprietorship, the partnership and the corporation. The sole pro-
87
prietorship is the most common in many western countries. For example, more
than 80 per cent of all businesses in the United States are sole proprietorships.
But it is evident that sole proprietorships do not do the greatest volume
of business. They account for only 16 percent of all business receipts, for exam-
ple, in America. What kind of business is likely to be a sole proprietorship? First
of all, service industries such as laundromats, beauty shops, different repair
shops, and restaurants.
Vocabulary:
business
sole proprietorship
partnership
corporation
volume
receipt
- владеть
- частная собственность
- партнерство
- корпорация
- объем,количество
- денежные поступления
to account for
repair shop
4/1. Ответьте на вопросы по тексту.
1. What arc three different ways that a business can be privately owned?
2. What forms do most European countries have?
3. What forms do the businesses in the USSR have?
4. Name some businesses that are likely to be sole
proprietorships. Why do you think so?
5. Name some businesses that are not likely to be sole
proprietorship? Wiry do you think so?
4/2. Подберите слова ио смыслу и вставьте в предложения:
Receipts, business, service, privately, corporation, forms, account
I. Small... are very often service industries. I
2. Tire... industries don't produce material goods.
3. More than 80 per cent of all... are not from sole proprietorships.
4. Less than 20 per cent of European businesses are partnerships or...
5. Sole proprietorships... only a small part of all business receipts.
6. Is this bank owned publicly or ... ?
7. There arc three ... of business ownership.
88
УРОК 17
THE Participle II
(The Past Participle)
(второе причастие или причастие прошедшего времени)
ОБРАЗУЕТСЯ: Ill форма глагола, т.е. если глагол правильный
прибавьте суффикс ‘ed’: to receive + ed = received
- если глагол неправильный - смотрите в таблицу неправильных
глаголов в 3-й столбик.
В предложении причастие прошедшего времени может быть:
an unwritten letter, a closed door;
The door is closed.
- обстоятельствам времени:
When asked, she kept silence.
• обстоятельствам условия:
This island, if explored, may be of great interest to science.
Причастие прошедшего времени, употребленное как определе-
ние, может быть простым: a known fact и сложным: a well-known fact.
Результат завершенного процесса Следствия еще длящегося про* цесса
Результат чье- го-либо дейст- вия из вне written - написанный translated - переведенный watched - про- сматриваемый loved - любимый
Результат дей- ствия самого объекта arrived - прибывший escaped - убежавший
Состояние лица: pleased, frightened
1. The teacher asked me at the lesson. 2. The student asked at the les-
son is my friend. 3. He is reading. 4. The reading text isn’t easy. 5. The
book written by Tolstoy was very interesting. 6. The translated text was
long. 7. She was sitting, looking throw the window. 8. The examining
teacher is in the room. 9. She was crying looking at the leaving train. 10.
The watched film was the worst.
Технический блок [9]
2. Прочтите и переведите текст.
WHAT IS HARDWARE? (I часть)
Webster's dictionary gives us the following definition of the hard-
ware — the devices composing a computer system.
Computer hardware can be divided into four categories:
I) input hardware
2) processing hardware
3) storage hardware
4) output hardware.
Input hardware collects data and converts them into a form suitable
for computer processing. The most common input device is a keyboard. It
looks very much like a typewriter. The mouse is a hand-held device con-
nected to the computer by a small cable. As the mouse is rolled across the
desktop, the cursor moves across the screen. When the cursor reaches the
desired location, the user usually pushes a button on the mouse once or
twice to give a command to the computer.
Another type of input hardware is optic-electronic scanner. Micro-
phone and video camera can be also used to input data into the computer.
Processing hardware
Processing hardware directs the execution of software instructions in
the computer. The most common components of processing hardware are
the central processing unit and main memory.
The central processing unit (CPU) is the brain of the computer. It
reads and interprets software instructions and coordinates the processing.
Memory is the component of the computer in which information is
stored. There are two types of computer memory: RAM and ROM.
RAM (random access memory) is the memory, used for creating,
loading and running programs
ROM (read only memory) is computer memory used to hold pro-
The more memory you have in your computer, the more operations
you can perform.
90
input hardware -устройства ввода л
to convert - преобразовывать
suitable - подходящий, пригодный
mouse - «мышь»
to roll - катать, перекатывать
с execution — выполнение
to direct — управлять
central processing unit (CPU)
brain — мозг
to interpret — переводить
интерпретировать
keyboard — клавиатура
to reach — достигать
cursor — курсор
processing hardware — устройства обработки данных
RAM — ОЗУ (оперативное запоминающее устройство)
ROM — ПЗУ (постоянное запоминающее устройство)
2. What groups of hardware exist?
4. What is the mouse designed for?
5. What is processing hardware? What are the basic types of memory used
in a PC?
3. Переведите диалог.
Jim Hi, Alice. How are you getting on?
Alice Fine, as usual, thanks, Jim. What about you?
Alice You too. I'm glad you arc not in a hurry and we have time to talk
today.
Jim Sure.
Alice Can you give me a piece of advice?
Alice You know I've been always good at cooking. It interests me. I am
thinking of starting my own business - cafe.
Jim It might be a good idea.
Alice I guess I must learn about the responsibilities of going into business.
Jim Are you going into this business by yourself?
decisions and where I control the profits.
You seem to be resolute so I'll try to help you. If you go into business
alone, it is called sole proprietorship. In such case you needn't consult a
lawyer to form the business. You can start or you can stop your business
whenever you like.
Alice It sounds encouraging. What else can you tell me?
Jim There is no need to consult partners or a board of directors. So you can
put your policies into effect quickly. You decide on your vocation, hours,
salary, hiring and firing.
Alice Well, that's not bad.
Jim Wait a moment. I believe I have to tell you about the risk involved.
Alice What do you mean?
Jim First of all, the most important risk is that you have unlimited liabil-
ity. It means that you are responsible for all your business debts.
So if the business fails, I have to declare personal bankruptcy,
Jim That's what I mean. You can lose your personal assets.
Alice Well, it's rather disappointing. What other things should 1 know?
You won't get tax benefits which partnerships or cotporations can
get.
I know about it. By the way, do you know of a good accountant to
do my taxes?
Jim Of course. You'll also have to hire a good book-keeper if you can’t
do your books yourself.
Alice I can't say anything definite about that. I have to think it over. What
Jim Well, 1 am a bit hungry, why don't we have a
snack together and discuss the things in the cafe.
Alice You are right as usual. Let's go.
Vocabulary:
piece of advice -
can you give me a piece -
I am thinking of starting -
my own business-
responsibility -
to make decisions -
to control the profits -
sole proprietorship -
не могли бы вы дать мне совет
of advice
я думаю о том, чтобы
начать свое даю
ответственность
принимать решения
контролировать прибыль
to need a lawyer-
it sounds encouraging -
to consult partners.-
board of dircctors-
to put policies into effect -
quickly -
to decide on vacation, hours, -
salary, hiring and firing-
to have unlimited liability -
to be responsible for all -
business debts -
to declare personal bankr
personal asset -
tax benefits -
to get tax benefits -
accountant -
book-keeper -
to do books -
консультироваться с партнерами
совет директоров
быстро достичь
хороших результатов
нанимать
увольнять
решать вопросы, связанные с отпуском,
продолжительностью рабочего дня,
зарплатой, наймом, увольнением
иметь неограниченную юридическую ответ-
ственность
нести ответственность
за производственные долги
льготы по налогообложению
получить льготы по налогообложению
бухгалтер, счетовод
бухгалтер, счетовод
вести бухгалтерский учет
1. Мне нужен совет. 2. Я сам контролирую прибыль своею пред-
приятия. 3. Если вы хотите заняться частным предпринимательством,
обратитесь к юристу. 4. Директор решает вопросы, связанные с
наймом и увольнением. 5. Я боюсь иметь полную юридическую ответ-
ственность. 6. Я не отвечаю за производственные долги. 7. Малые
предприятия имеют льготы по налогообложению. 8. Хороший бухгалтер
сможет вести дела лучше, чем вы. 9. Мне нужно нанять бухгалтера. 10.
Мне нужно проконсультироваться с юристом.
УРОК 18
ГРУППА Perfect
УПОТРЕБЛЯЕТСЯ: для передачи результата действия, по-
этому на русский язык переводится глаголами совершенного вида.
ОБРАЗУЕТСЯ: to have + Participle II (от глагола по смыслу).
Запомните наречия, которые типичны для Perfect:
ever (?) - когда-либо (?) - уже
93
/(?) - разве уже...?
already
\(+)- уже
Present Perfect Tense
(настоящее совсршсннос/закончсннос время)
На русский язык переводится глаголом прошедшего времени СО-
ОБРАЗУЕТСЯ: Берем вспомогательный глагол to have (has - в
3-ем л. ед. ч.) + Participle 11.
ПРИМЕР:
1.1 have written a letter.
Я написал (уже) письмо.
2. You have written a letter.
3. She has written a letter.
1. Wc have written a letter.
2. You — have written a letter.
3. They have written a letter.
B разговорной речи часто употребляется сокращенная форма:
1 have repaired his computer. - "I’ve repaired his computer."
УПОТРЕБЛЯЕТСЯ: Для описания недавно законченных действий:
I have just broken my computer down. - Я только что сломал мой ПК.
-Время в которое совершилось действие еще не закончилось: се-
I've cleaned the mess this week. - Я убрал беспорядок на этой недели.
- Когда хотим подчеркнуть результат действия (добились чего-
то) без точного указания времени:
1 have done my homework. - Я сделал мою домашнюю работу.
- С наречиями, характерными для группы Perfect:
Have they ever been to London? - Они когда-либо были в Лондоне?
I have never seen him. - Я никогда не видел его.
Has he typed the letters already? - Разве уже он написал письмо?
I have already done all. -
Has she left yer? -
Wc haven't metyet-
I have just feet it.-
Я уже все сделал.
Она уже ушла?
Мы еще нс встречались.
Я только что покормил его.
ОТРИЦАТЕЛЬНЫЕ ПРЕДЛОЖЕНИЯ
I have not (haven’t) finished my home-work.
- Я не закончил мою домашнюю работу.
ВОПРОСИТЕЛЬНЫЕ ПРЕДЛОЖЕНИЯ
Так как в Present Perfect уже есть вспомогательный глагол (to
have), то он ставится на первое место в предложении.
I have written a letter already. - Я уже написал письмо.
1. Общий вопрос.
Have you written a letter already? Yes, 1 have. No, I have not.
2. Специальный вопрос.
What have you written already? Who has written a letter?
3. Вопрос выбора.
Have you or Sergey written a letter already?
You haven't written a letter already, have you?
1. Переведите предложения, определяя видовременные
формы глаголов.
а) 1. I have seen the film and 1 think it's dull. 2. Don’t go to the
baker’s. I’ve bought bread. 3. Ann has read this book. 4. Ann read this
book last month. S. We have lived in Moscow since my family moved here
in 1970. 6. We have already come Io a definite conclusion. 7. I have seen
b) I. Я написал письмо в то утро. 2. Вчера я познакомился с хо-
рошим человеком. 3. Я знаю его всю жизнь. 4. Я только что установил
новую программу. 5. Два года тому назад мы окончили школу. 6. Я
никогда не решал таких сложных задач. 7. Вчера я встретил его в ка-
бинете нашего директора. 8. Студенты уже вернулись в общежитие.
выходной день.
Технический блок [11]
3. Прочтите и переведите текст.
WHAT IS HARDWARE? (II часть)
The purpose of storage hardware is to store computer instructions
and data and retrieve when needed for processing. Storage hardware stores
data as electromagnetic signals. The most common ways of storing data are
Hard disk, floppy disk and CD-ROM.
Hard disk is a rigid disk coated with magnetic material, for storing
programs and relatively large amounts of data.
Floppy disk (diskette) — a thin, usually flexible plastic disk coated
with magnetic material, for storing temporary computer data and programs.
There are two formats for floppy disks: 5.2 5' and 3.5*.
3.5* disks are formatted 1.4 megabytes and are widely used.
CD-ROM (compact disc read only memory) is a compact disc on
which a large amount of digitized data can be stored. CD-ROMs are very
popular now because of the growing speed which CD-ROM drives can
provide nowadays.
Output hardware
The purpose of output hardware is to provide the user with the means
to view information produced by the computer system. Information is in
either hardcopy or softcopy form. Hardcopy output can be held in your
Softcopy output is displayed on a monitor.
Monitor is a display screen for viewing computer data, television
programs, etc. Printer is a computer output device that produces a paper
copy of data or graphics.
Modem is an example of communication hardware — an electronic
device that makes possible the transmission of data to or from computer via
telephone or other communication lines.
Hardware comes in many configurations, depending on what you are
going to do on your computer.
Vocabulary:
storage hardware - устройства хранения данных
to retrieve — извлекать
hard disk — жесткий диск, «винчестер»
CD-ROM — накопитель на компакт-дисках (CD)
CD-ROM drives — дисководы CD-ROM
digitized — в цифровом виде
graphics — графика
temporary — временный
output hardware — устройства отображения информации
printer — печатающее устройство, принтер
scanner - сканирующее устройство, сканер
modem — модем
purpose — цель
to connect — соединять
to affect — влиять
amount — количество
3/1 Ответьте на вопросы:
1. What is storage hardware?
2. What is CD-ROM used for?
3. Can a user record his or her data on a CD?
4. What kind of storage hardware can contain more information: CD-ROM,
RAM or ROM?
5. What is modem used for? Can a PC user communicate with other people
without a modem?
1. The purpose of the input hardware is to collect data and convert them into
a form suitable for computer processing. Scanner is used to input
graphics only.
2. CPU reads and interprets software and prints the results on paper.
3. User is unable to change the contents of ROM.
4. Printer is a processing hardware because it shows the information.
5. Modem is an electronic device that makes possible the transmission of
data from one computer to another via telephone or other communica-
tion lines.
6. The purpose of storage hardware is to store computer instructions and
Экономический блок [12J
4. Прочтите и переведите текст.
PARTNERSHIPS
A partnership is an association of two or more persons to carry on a
business for profit. When the owners of the partnership have unlimited lia-
bility they are called general partners. If partners have limited liability they
arc "limited partners". There may be a silent partner as well - a person who
is known to the public as a member of the firm but without authority in
management. The reverse of the silent partner is the secret partner - a person
such professional fields as medicine, law, accounting, insurance and stock-
brokerage. Limited partnerships are a common form of ownership in real
estate, oil prospecting, quarrying industries, etc.
Partnerships have more advantages than sole proprietorships if one
needs a big capital or diversified management. Like sole proprietorship they
are easy to form and often get tax benefits from the government.
Partnerships have certain disadvantages too. One is unlimited liabil-
ity. It means that each partner is responsible for all debts and is legally re-
sponsible for the whole business. Another disadvantage is that partners may
disagree with each other.
Vocabulary:
Partnership -
to carry on a business -
general partner -
партнерство
вести дело
прибыль
общий партнер (несущий полную юридиче-
скую ответственность за дело)
secret partner -
insurance -
stockbrokerage -
real estate -
oil prospecting -
quarrying industries -
advantage -
disadvantage -
to be legally responsible -
секретный партнср(с правом голоса, но не-
известный
зд. юриспруденция
страхование
недвижимость
добывающие промышленности
преимущество
недостаток
быть юридически ответственным
4/1. Ответьте на вопросы:
1. What is the difference between a general partnership and a limited part-
nership?
2. Is there any difference between a .silent partner and secret partner? What
is this difference?
3. In what professional fields are the partnerships found?
4. In what businesses is the partnership a common form?
6. Discuss the disadvantages of a partnership. Would you prefer partnership
or sole proprietorship for business? Give your reasons.
4/2. Прочтите диалог.
Maurice Haven't seen you for a long time. What have you
been busy with?
Susan I've been pretty busy. Do you know my friend
Nora? 1 went into business with her.
Maurice Really? How is it going on?
Susan Fine, thanks. We get along very well, and the shop is attracting
more and more customers.
Maurice It sounds well. How many partners arc there in your
business?
Susan There arc two of US and I atn very pleased about it.
I've made a right choice. Nora's background is in
accounting. She is very good at keeping the books.
Maurice And you?
Maurice Well, it sounds interesting. I believe you don't run a risk in your
business.
Susan We haven't had many problems, although I suppose
all business can be risky. As partners we arc both liable.
Maurice Did you both put the same amount of money into
your business? Do you mind my asking?
Susan No, we didn't invest the same amount of capital. But I think
Maurice It seems realty so. Thai is one advantage of general partnership.
You cart invest less capital than your partner - even no money at all.
But you as a partner can contribute important services or skills, some-
times just a name or a reputation.
Susan Indeed.
Maurice How did you arrange to distribute profits and losses?
Susan We share them equally. We hope to be in business for a long
Maurice Nice for you. Now you seem to know a lot about
business.
Susan Not everything yet but the subject becomes quite technical.
Vocabulary:
to be busy with - заниматься чем-либо
99
to go-in to business - заниматься бизнесом ладить
to get along well - друг с другом
to attract customers - привлекать покупателей
to make a right choice - сделать правильный выбор
background - зд. рабочий опыт
accounting - бухгалтерский учет
to run a risk - рисковать
to be liable - нести юридическую ответственность
amount of money - сумма (количество) денег
to put an amount of money - вложить сумму денег в бизнес
into business
to combine resources - комбинировать ресурсы
advantage - преимущество
to contribute services, skills - делать вклад, содействовать
the subject becomes quite technical - это становится уже делом техники
deal - сделка
4/3. Переведите предложения.
ность. 2. Партнер с ограниченной юридической ответственностью не
управлении, но он не известен общественности. 4. Я хочу вложить
деньги в недвижимость. 5. Партнерство имеет много преиму-
ществ. 6. Партнерство часто получает налоговые льготы от правитель-
ства. 7. Мы хорошо ладим с партнером. 8. Наше кафе привлекает все
больше и больше клиентов. 9. Я сделал правильный выбор. 10. Это де-
ло приносит много прибыли. 11. Мой рабочий опыт связан с менедж-
ментом. 12. Она хорошо разбирается в бухгалтерском деле. 13. Мы
вкладываем в бизнес одинаковый капитал.
УРОК 19
1. Раскройте скобки, определите видовременные формы гла-
1. Yesterday after my lessons I (to go) to the college’s hall. There (to
friends every day? 5. She (not to want) to get up every morning. 6. He (to
take) a shower now. 7. Your brother and your sister (to be) at home now? 8.
My elder brother was going to his work when I (to meet) him. 9. Bob always
(to take) a taxi to get to the college. 10. I (to ring) you yesterday but (not
can) get through. 11. Every time we (to speak, to write, to read) English at
the lesson. 12. When (to come) to my place?
2. Прочтите и переведите текст.
WINDOWS
Windows is an operational system based on the expanding windows
principle which uses icons to graphically represent files. It's very easy to use
Internet if you have Windows on your computer.
Windows makes the way you and your computer interact with Inter-
pie, the second mouse button has become a powerful weapon. Recycle Bin
makes it easier to recover accidentally deleted files. Your computer proba-
bly will crash less with Windows. Microsoft says that it is moving forward
to the time when we will all think more about our data and less about the
programs used to create them. Window plug-and-play capability makes it
easy to upgrade your computer hardware. Л new Windows shortcuts capa-
bility makes it easy to reach frequently used files.
icons — иконки
represent — представлять
to interact — взаимодействовать
weapon — оружие
Recycle Bin — корзина
to recover — восстановить
deleted files — удаленные файлы
to crash — зависать, давать сбои
plug-n-play — подключай и работай
upgrade — апгрейд (увеличение возможностей компьютера)
support — поддержка
necessity — необходимость
shortcut capability — возможность нахождений
frequently — часто
im
2/1. Ответьте на вопросы.
l.What is Windows?
2. Is it very easy to use Internet if you have Windows?
3. How was the mouse changed?
4. What have we to think more about?
5. Windows shortcuts capability makes it easy to reach frequently used files,
doesn’t it?
Экономический блок [14]
THE FUNCTIONS OF AN EXECUTIVE
Dialogue
Anna is having lunch with her sister Barbara. Anna has just accepted
a position as an Administrative Assistant. Her boss is an executive with af-
firm that manufactures heavy machinery used in construction.
Barbara Tell me a lew words about your boss. What does he
do?
Ann Well, he is one of the vice presidents of the company,
so lie's rather important. He is an executive.
Barbara Do you know the difference between an executive, a
manager and an administrator?
Ann I am afraid I can hardly tell you the difference. I think these words are
interchangeable and they really aren't different in many companies.
Barbara What about your company?
Ann In our company the top officers are called administrators. The next
highest group - the vice presidents, the heads of major departments and
branch plant managers - are executives like my boss.
Barbara Is that all?
Ann The group below consists of managers, they are
general managers and foremen.
Barbara So I see that an organization has a number of
positions and some people have more authority
than others.
Anna You arc right.
Barbara But it would be interesting to know more about the
objectives, coordinates work, delegates authority, makes hiring, fir-
ing, evaluating and just general leading.
Barbara It seems to be important.
Anna It is important. It's evident that making careful
decisions is the basis of good management.
Barbara But do, you work under much pressure?
Anna Barbara, you know I am quite used to working under
pressure from my last job. I am also accustomed to lots of paper work
and red tape.
Anna And what's more important I feel that I can leant a lot because
my boss is very competent.
Barbara Good, I think we'd be in a hurry not to get late for the work.
Vocabulary:
an executive - руководитель, администратор
vice president - вице-президент
head of department - руководитель отдела
foreman - мастер, руководитель
position - должность
to set objectives - ставить цели
to delegate authority to - распределять обязанности
work under pressure - работать по принуждению
red-tap - зд. бюрократическая, канцелярская работа
to be competent - быть компетентным
3/1. Ответьте на вопросы.
1) What working position is the best for you?
2) Arc you accustomed to working under pressure?
3) Are you accustomed to a red-tape job?
4) Do you want to be an executive or an administrator of the big company?
What should you do for it?
5) What qualities do you need to be an executive of the company?
6) What does it mean to be a competent manager?
3/2. Переведите предложения
1. Его должность в компании очень важна. 2. Администрация
ставит цели, принимает на работу, увольняет. 3. Она не любит работать
по принуждению. 4. Я привычен к канцелярской работе. 5. Управ-
103
опытом. 10. Мы должны рассмотреть два вида характеристик. 11. Кан-
дидаты на должность должны послать резюме. 12. Вы найдете всю ин-
формацию в отделе кадров. 13. Обратитесь в агентство по най-
му. 14. Наниматель должен обратиться в консультационную фирму.
УРОК 20
1. Переведите на английский язык предложения, обращая
внимание на то, где надо употребить Past Indefinite, Past Con-
tinuous или Present Perfect.
1. Когда ты пришел, я читал интересный журнал. 2. Вчера Сер-
гей получил приглашение на открытие выставки. 3. Встретил ли ты
свою подругу? 4. Я только что узнал эту новость. 5. Прошлым летом
мы отдыхали на морском побережье. 6. Где ты был вчера в 9 часов ве-
был концерт. 9. Был ли ты в Москве в этом году? 10. Мы познакоми-
лись на дискотеке.
The Past Perfect Tense
(Прошедшее совершенное время)
УПОТРЕБЛЯЕТСЯ: Когда точно известно время, к которому было
совершено действие, или когда одно действие предшествовало дру-
Может употребляться как в простых, так и в сложноподчинен-
ных предложениях с придаточным времени.
ОБРАЗУЕТСЯ: вспомогательный глагол had + Participle II
(от глагола по смыслу).
ПРИМЕР:
2. You had written a letter by 6 o’clock.
З. Нс had written a letter by 6 o’clock.
She had written a letter by 6 o’clock.
1. We had written a letter by 6 o’clock
2. You had written a letter by 6 o’clock.
3. They had written a letter by 6 o’clock
В сложноподчиненных предложениях с придаточным времени.
ЗАПОМНИТЕ: то действие, которое произошло раньше - Past
Perfect, то действие, которое произошло затем - Past Indefinite.
104
Ann had written a letter before John came.
Past Perfect Past indefinite
. когда ,
Анна написала письмо, (жон пришел.
В отрицательных предложениях "not" ставится после вспомога-
тельного глагола:
I had not done my work when he came.
ВОПРОСИТЕЛЬНЫЕ ПРЕДЛОЖЕНИЯ
Так как в Past Perfect уже есть вспомогательный глагол, то ста-
вим его на первое место:
1.Общий.
Had Ann written a letter when John came? Yes, she had. No, she hadn't.
4. Разделительный.
Ann had written a letter when John came, hadn’t she?
Ann had;: 7 written a letter when John came, had she?
2. Определите видовременные формы глаголов, укажите ин-
A) 1. He had left by the 1st of June. 2. Helen has just taken a bath. 3.
I had never seen him before yesterday. 4. I saw him yesterday. 5. Are you
ready for the lesson? 6. They had already gone all their task when I arrived.
7. Nelly woke up at 7 o’clock. 8.1 can completely rely on my friends. 9. My
father had visited London before so the city was known him. 10. It wasn't
new to him.
В) 1. Я все сделал к 9 часам. 2. Когда ты мыла посуду, я читал
интересную статью. 3. Мы будем болтать весь вечер. 4. Он уже решил
все проблемы. 5. К тому времени как закончился фильм, дождь закон-
чился. 6. Когда ты закончил писать картину? 7. Сколько тебе
надо времени загрузить компьютер? - Я загрузил его до твоего прихо-
да. 8. Ты заменил жесткий диск?
1. Му grandmother (not to work). 2. Nick (to go) to school tomorrow.
3. Your brother (not to play) football now. He (to do) his homework. 4.
105
When I (to meet) Tom, he (to eat) an ice-cream which he (to buy) at the cor-
ner of the street. S. Where your aunt (to work)? - She (to work) at a hospital.
6. They (to sleep) when you came home? 7. My father (not to work) on
Sunday. 8. What you (to do) in the country next summer? 9.1 (not to eat)
ice-cream yesterday. 10. John (to go) to school last Sunday?
4. Переведите предложении на английский язык.
1. К вечеру все уже выехали из гостиницы. 2. Давай встретимся
после обеда. 3. Когда я вышел из дома, я встретил друга. 4. Сергей не
сможет тебе помочь, ты должна решить свои проблемы сама. 5. Обыч-
но я возвращаюсь домой в 2 часа. 6. Я вернулся очень поздно и не смог
помочь тебе. 7. Когда ты вошла в его спальню, он уже спал? 8. Я про-
говорил с моим другом весь вечер.
Our town
some large squares in it. There are many trees in the streets, and the town is
like a garden. There is a river running through our town with a new bridge
across it. There are some textile factories and machine building plants in
our town. There arc some cinemas, clubs, and parks there, too. And there is
a large stadium where the young people of our town often go. It is here that
we watch football matches and other sport events. There is quite a good
basketball team at our college that takes part in town sport events.
In the main street, which is quite wide, there are always many cars,
buses, and trolley buses. Near the shop windows there are always many
people. Some go to the main department store, others to smaller shops.
Some go to the baker’s shop, some to the milk shop, some to the circus or to
the cinema. In the main street there is a large new comfortable cinema, the
Sputnik. Young people like to go there.
There are many schools, colleges and higher-schools in our town, so
young people can work and study. There are veiy good libraries where they
can read books, magazines, and newspapers. I like our town very much. I
think it is very good.
6. Составьте видео презентацию о вашем родном городе (де-
106
УРОК 21
The Future Perfect Tense
(Будущее совершенное время)
УПОТРЕБЛЯЕТСЯ: Когда нам точно известно время, к кото-
рому будет закончено действие, получен результат.
ОБРАЗУЕТСЯ: Вспомогательный глагол Will + have + Partici-
ple II (от глагола по смыслу)
ПРИМЕР:
I will have written a letter by 6 o’clock.
Я выполню мою домашнюю работу к 6 часам.
сложноподчиненном предложении с поидапючном времени:
VII have done my home work when y0U come.
Future Perfect before Present Indefinite
В вопросительных предложениях порядок слов обратный:
Will you have written a letter by 6 o’clock?
A) 1. Before you come I will have cleaned all dishes. 2. She will be
will come from school at 3 o’clock. 5. By 5 I’ll have tested my computer.
6. Don’t worry, I’ll help you. 7. They arc celebrating the holiday together. 8.
I’ve never met her in our town.
B) 1. Все будет сделано, когда он приедет к нам. 2. Через 3 дня я
поговорю с моим другом. 6. Я буду лежать на писке, и смотреть как ты
плывешь в океане. 7). Мы посмотрим фильм, перед тем, как поужи-
нать. 8. Когда ты купишь билет, нас уже здесь не будет.
Moscow
Moscow is the capital of our Motherland, it’s administrative centre.
It is the largest political, scientific, cultural and industrial centre too. Its
107
population is over ten million and total area of the city is about 900 thousand
square kilometres.
It is one of the oldest Russian cities. Moscow was founded in 1147 by
Yuri Dolgoroki. The oldest part of Moscow is the Kremlin. It is situated on
the bank of the Moskva River.
The present day Moscow is the seat of the government of Russian
Federation and President of the state lives and works here.
Moscow is a major industrial city. Its leading industries are engineer-
ing, chemical and light industries.
The Moscow Metro is the most beautiful metro (underground) in the
world. Moscow is famous for its theatres and museums. St. Basil’s Cathedral,
a masterpiece of Russian architecture, was built in 1555-60 under Ivan the
Terrible. The Bolshoi Theatre was opened in 1825. The Moscow University
named after M. V. Lomonosov was founded in 1755. The Tretyakov Gallery
and Russian art museum after Pushkin arc devoted to the Russian national art.
3. Задайте вопросы одногруппнику.
1. What is Moscow?
2. What is population in Moscow?
3. Why Moscow is the political (industrial, political, scientific) centre?
4. Составьте видео презентацию о Москве
5. Составьте утвердительные и отрицательные высказыва-
ния, употребляя следующие глаголы.
То bring, to buy, to come, to go, to help, to like, lose, to play chess, to
- С одним и тем же глаголом вы можете составить несколько вы-
сказываний, употребляя различные времена, например:
- 1 read newspapers every day.
- My sister read a newspaper yesterday.
- We'll read a newspaper tomorrow.
- Yesterday when I came home my father was reading a newspaper.
- 1 am reading a newspaper.
6. Ответьте па вопросы.
1. Do you speak English? 2. Did your friend come to your place on
Sunday? 3. Were you speaking with your friend over the telephone when I
came home yesterday? 4. Docs your sister like music? 5. Does your friend
English last year? 8. Does your friend speak English? 9. Did your sister go
108
to a concert on Friday? 10. Will you help me to translate this article tomor-
row? 11. Are you reading an English or a Russian book now? 12. Are you
going to St. Petersburg next summer? 13. Do you like music? 14. Was your
friend playing chess when you rang him up? 15. Did you go to England?
УРОК 22
ОБОРОТ "to be going to..."
ОБРАЗУЕТСЯ: глагол “to be” изменяется в зависимости от
времени и лица + going to (be)
УПОТРЕБЛЯЕТСЯ:
I. Кто-то планирует, или планировал совершить что-то в ближайшем
будущем:
Не is going to start own business. - Он собирается начать свое де-
Не was going to start own business. - Он собирался начать свое
2. Нечто вскоре должно произойти:
She is going to have a baby. - У нес скоро будет ребенок.
3. Кто-то предвидит или предрекает что-то:
It's going to rain. - Собирается дождь.
The winter is going to be frosty — Зима будет холодной.
I'm going to be a doctor. — Я собираюсь стать врачом.
Если после оборота необходимо употребить глагол "to go", то он
сокращается и получается:
I am going to the cinema tonight.
- Я собираюсь идти в кино сегодня вечером.
a) 1. I'm going to buy a newspaper. 2. My friend is going to translate
an English article into Russian. 3.1 was going to visit her. 4. They are not
going to take part in the conference. 5.1 am not going to touch upon this
problem in my report. 6. It was going to snow when we went out.
6) 1. Я собираюсь взять книгу в библиотеке. 2. Они собирались
встретиться на улице. 3. Завтра будет дождь. 4. Ты собираешься воз-
вратить мне деньги? 5. На каникулах я собираюсь поехать за границу.
6. Бобби и Анна собираются дружить. 7. Погода изменится (собирается
измениться). 8. Где ты проведешь сегодняшний вечер?
2. Прочтите и переведите текст.
109
Our Country. Russia. General Information
Russian Federation is our Motherland. This is a very large country. Its
territory covers half Europe and half Asia. Russian territory occupies 17,075
square kilometres. There are many forests and steppes, mountains and hills,
rivers and lakes in Russia. It borders on 12 seas. There are 1030 towns and
cities in our country. Railways, waterways and airways connect the cities
and towns of Russia from the cold Arctic seas to the warm Black Sea and
from the East to the West. Our country is rich in natural resources. We have
oil and coal, iron, timber and natural gas needed for our industry. Russia is a
multinational state. The population of our country is about 157 million peo-
ple, 81 percent of them are Russian.
Some words about Russian climate. Winters are cold and summers
arc hot here. Many different animals live on the territory of Russia. Three-
quarters of the country's minerals are concentrated in Siberia, and the Far
East.
There are many villages in Russia famous for their specific crafts.
The capital of Russia is Moscow about 11 million people live there.
3. Задайте вопросы одногруппнику:
1. What territory docs Russia occupy?
2. Which countries docs Russia border with?
3. What arc the largest rivers and lakes in Russia?
4. What mountains are in Russia?
7. Is our country rich in natural resources?
4. Составьте видео презентацию о России.
5. Раскройте скобки и переведите предложения.
1. Му cousin (not to cook) soup now. 2. She (to lose) the key to the
front door? 3. They (to be) so upset yesterday. 4. What you (to prepare) for
the tomorrow meeting? 5. How you (to help) your granny last summer? 6.
She (to read) an English book the whole evening yesterday. 7. Your boy-
friend (to go) to the country with us next Sunday? 8. We (to travel) around
Europe this year. 9. I (to stand) at the tram-stop when it (to begin) raining.
10. When she (to spend) all her money, she goes home?
УРОК 23
ГРУППА Perfect Continuous
ОБРАЗУЕТСЯ: to have + been ^-Participle I (от глагола по
смыслу)
УПОТРЕБЛЯЕТСЯ: когда нам известны две временные точки
PRESENT PERFECT CONTINUOUS
(настоящее совершенное длительное время
или настоящее перфектно-длительное)
ОБРАЗУЕТСЯ: have (has) + been +Participle l (от глагола no
смыслу)
Как форма Present, она выражает сообщение, связанное с
Как форма Perfect, она выражает действие, протекающее в
предшествующем моменту речи периоде.
Как форма Continuous, она выражает процесс дейст-
УПОТРЕБЛЯЕТСЯ:
Начало действия может быть обозначено предлогом (союзом)
‘since ' ‘с тех пор ’ ('как ):
I have been writing a letter since — Я пишу письмо (уже) с утра.
morning.
Я читаю (уже) полчаса.
В этом значении глагол в Present Perfect Continuous может быть
взаимозаменяем глаголом в Present Perfect, хотя Present Perfect Con-
tinuous выражает длительность действия более эмоционально.
Не забывайте, что с глаголами, выражающими состояние или
восприятие. Continuous не употребляется. В этом случаи берем Pre-
sent Perfect:
She has been ill since childhood. - Она больна с самого детства.
Период времени, в течение которого происходило действие,
может быть выражен предлогом 'for', словосочетания: all day long -
весь день, the whole month - целый месяц, lately - недавно, за по-
следнее время и др. Present Perfect Continuous переводится на
t.k. действие еще продолжается:
She has been working all day long. - Она работает целый день.
Вопрос к обстоятельству времени в этих случаях начинает-
How long have they been - Сколько (как долго) они
talking ? уже разговаривают?
2. Если вы хотите подчеркнуть, что действие завершилось только
что, было длительным и результат его налицо, то тоже используется
Present Perfect Continuous. В этом случаи глагол в Present Perfect
Continuous переводится на русский язык глаголом несовершенно-
го вида в прошедшем времени:
"What’s the matter? Why arc — Что случилось? Почему ты
you so tired?" так устал?
1. Переведите предложения и укажите времена глаго-
А) I. That's what I've been trying to do for you all my life! 2. I
have known this woman since childhood. 3. I've haven’t met her yet. 4.
How long has she been angry with him? 5. I have never been in Italy. 6.
I have been feeding her for 1 hour.
шахматы. 3. Мы не приглашали их. 4. Он уже видел ее здесь. 5.
Все спали, когда зазвонил телефон. 6. Ты смотришь телевизор с
3 часов? 7. Мы изучаем этот предмет с самого утра. 8. Сколько
времени ты стараешься перевести этот текст? 9. Мой сын реша-
ет примеры уже три часа. 10. Она все еще ждет тебя?
2.Прочтите текст.
An English Wedding
This is an English wedding. They are standing on the steps outside
the church. The bride is wearing a long white dress and is holding some blue
flowers in her left hand. The groom is wearing a traditional morning suit and
is holding a top hat in his right hand. They're both smiling because they're
In a few minutes they're going to get into a Rolls-Royce and drive to
a big hotel for the reception. At die reception they're going to cut the cake
112
and drink champagne. Then they're going to open all their presents. Some
people are going to make speeches and both of the mothers are going to cry.
At three o’clock they’re going to leave the reception and drive to
Heathrow Airport. They’re going to fly to Bermuda. They're going to spend
their honeymoon in a villa by the sea. They're going to be happy forever and
have a lot of children.
3. Составьте сообщение о русской свадьбе.
4. Прочтите диалог по ролям.
Charles: Please marry me, Fiona
I want you, I need you.
Fiona: I'm sorry Charles, but I
can't.
Ch: Oh, Fiona. Why not?
I like you a lot..., but I
Ch: But Fiona, love isn't every-
F: Oh, Charles, you don’t under-
stand. For me... love is
Everything.
Ch: Do you love another man.
F: Yes, Charles, I do... James.
Ch: Not James Milton!
F: Yes, James Milton.
Ch: But he doesn't want you.
He's engaged.
F: I Know.
Ch: But Fiona, James isn't
a rich man. I can give you
everything. What do you
want? Clothes? Money?
Travel? A big house?
F: No, Charles. I don't want
113
5. Придумайте концовку диалога.
6. Опишите, пожалуйста:
a) What groom (bride) would you like to have?
(age, height, appearance, character, job)
b) You future wedding.
7. Раскройте скобки и переведите предложения.
1. Yesterday Mr. West (to come) to the house, (to take) the key out of
his pocket and (to open) the door. 2. You (to meet) him last year? 3.1 (to
write) several letters today. 4. Mr. and Mrs. Gray (to be) to the theatre this
week? 5. She (to leave) by the 2-nd of June. 6. She (to feel) better after she
(to cry)? 7. Mr. Brown (to watch) TV when somebody (to call) him. 8.1 (to
talk) to him when you left us? 9. We (not to skate) since last winter.
8. Раскройте скобки и переведите предложения.
1. Columbus (to discover) America 500 years ago. 2. Columbus (not
to know) that he (to discover) America. 3. I already (to read) five English
books. 4. He’ll discuss the problem with a lot of people before he (to take) a
decision. 5. Mother (to bake) a delicious cake! Sit down at the table and let's
eat it! 6. She (to read) an English book the whole evening yesterday. 8. I
never (to be) to Greece. 9. You ever (to be) to the Niagara Falls? 10. At this
time yesterday they (to sit) on the sofa and (to listen) to their grandmother
who (to tell) them fairy-tales. 11. My friend just (to ring) me up from Lon-
don 12.1 was standing at the tram-stop when it (to begin) raining.
УРОК 24
Past Perfect Continuous
(Прошедшее совершенное длительное
время)
ОБРАЗУЕТСЯ: had + been -^-Participle I (от глагола по смыс-
-чу)
УПОТРЕБЛЯЕТСЯ:
1. Для выражения длительного действия в прошлом, которое
продолжалось в указанный период времени до другого действия, (for
some time - в течение какого-то времени, for two hours - в течение
двух часов и т. п. В этом значении предлог ‘for' указывает на пе-
риод времени, в который это действие длилось, a 'since' — на то, с
какого момента оно начало развиваться.) В главном предложении
берем Past Perfect Continuous, а в придаточном - Past Indefinite:
1 had been writing a letter to my - Я писал письмо моему
friend for some hours when he другу уже несколько часов,
phoned. когда он позвонил.
114
When the mother came in, the children - Когда мать вошла, дети
had been playing for an hour.
I thought she had been
waiting for me since 2 o'clock.
2. Для выражения длительного действия в прошлом, кото-
рое закончилось непосредственно перед моментом наступления
другого прошедшего действия:
играли уже час.
Я подумал, что она ждет
меня с 2 часов.
I was very tired when I took Я очень устал, когда
a taxi, because I was been working когда сел в такси, так
hard как я много работал.
1. Переведите предложении и укажите времена гла-
Were you reading this book when he came? 3. I had been sleeping for 3
hours when he came. 4.1 have known this woman since childhood. 5.1 was
looking for her front 5 till 6. 6. They had been laughing for a few hours
when wc came. 7.1 did it last year. I have liked her for 2 years. 8. When I
saw them last time they were going to Dresden.
романов? 5. Я шел по городу уже несколько часов, прежде чем кого-то
встретил. 6. Мы осматриваем достопримечательности с самого утра. 7.
Что ты делала, когда он вошел? 8. Я смотрел телевизор уже 2 часа, ко-
гда меня пригласили на обед.
2. Прочтите и переведите текст.
Space Exploration
Exploration of outer space in the 20th century has produced discover-
ies and inventions that will forever change the way people live, learn and
interact.
The drcam of space travel is as old as history but in the 20th century
aeroplane flight occurred in 1903 and in 1926 the first liquid-fuelled rocket
was launched that travelled 200 feet.
After World War II, the superpower opposition between the USA and
the Soviet Union stimulated rocket research and development. Both nations
realised that large rockets can be used to attack an enemy from thousands of
miles away and that satellites put into orbit around the Earth by rockets
could transmit messages.
The Soviet launch of sputnik, the first man-made object to overcome
gravity, began the space age. The Soviet Union soon achieved many other
firsts. In 1961, the Soviet Union put the first man, Yuri Gagarin, into space.
The first long space flights, a woman in space and space walk were all So-
viet achievements. Our country still retains its leadership in the peacefill
application of space exploration. In its Salyut 6, it investigated such vital
matters as the causes of cancer, since cells are studied in gravity-free space.
The construction of metals that can resist gravity has resulted in tools of
incredible hardness; improved seeds have been developed in Salyut.
In the early 1960s, the United States organized the Apollo space pro-
surface in July 1969.
Since the first moon landing, many nations have developed programs
of space exploration. A network of communication satellites made world-
wide television and telephone service possible. Space shuttles allowed regu-
lar trips between Earth and space. Scientific satellites were put in the Earth's
orbit voyage to Venus were made by the Soviet spaceships, voyages to
Mars, Jupiter and Saturn - by the American spaceships.
This scientific progress has since resulted in hundreds of bead for
mankind, from the weather satellites whose information we see in our daily
newspapers and on TV. to determining from outer space where fish is,
where natural resources are hidden in the earth and in discovering areas
which are becoming deserts.
Vocabulary:
116
to put the first man into space - запустить в «осмос первого человека
to put smth. into orbit by rockets - запустить «гто-лнбо на орбиту
to overcome gravity при помощи ракет - преодолеть земное притяже-
to occur to make world-wide television and telephone service* possible - случаться - сделать возможным междуна- родное телевидение и телефон- ную связь
to make a voyage to - путешествовать, отправиться
io launch a liquid-fuelled rocket топливе
to develop a program of space exploration - разработать программу ис-
to determine from outer space - определять из открытою кос-
to begin the space age to become reality to be put in the Earth's orbit - стать реальностью Земли
to attack an enemy from... miles расстояния в... миль
to allow regular trips - сделать возможным регуляр- ное сообщение
to achieve a first the peaceful application of smth. Space walk launch of sputnik landing a man on the moon gravity-free space - сделать что-либо впервые - .мирное применение чего-либо - выход в космос - запуск спутника - высадка человека на Луну - пространство, где не дейст- вуют силы притяжения
a weather satellite a spaceship a space shuttle • полет на самолете - метеорологический спутник - космический корабль много-
a scientific satellite - научный спутник
a satellite a network of communication satellites a long space flight spacewalk - сеть спутников связи - длительный космический
causes of cancer - причины возникновения рака
117
- научный прогресс
УРОК 25
ОБРАЗУЕТСЯ:
(Будущее совершенное длительное время)
ve been + Participle I (от глагола по смыслу).
УПОТРЕБЛЯЕТСЯ: когда действие будет продолжаться какой-то
период времени до того как совершиться другого действия.
When you came I’ll have been Когда ты придешь, я буду
писать
1. Переведите предложения и укажите время глаголов.
А) 1. Fie will have been reading book for a long time when his friend
comes. 2. We’ll go to the shop when 1 am free. 3. It will be snowing in
summer, when wc go for a walk. 4. How long will you have been looking at
me? 5. They will arrive tomorrow. 6.1’11 be cooking and you will be setting
up a new program.
B) 1. Дождь будет идти завтра с самого утра, когда я встречу те-
бя. 2. Что ты будешь делать весь вечер? З.Ты будешь меня ждать, если
я опоздаю? 4. Он будет разговаривать по телефону 3 часа, когда они
позовут его к столу. 5. Я буду смотреть на тебя все утро. 6. Давай
встретимся в парке. 7. Снег пройдет, настанет утро. 8. Он сделает до-
машнее задание до 7 часов?
118
Yuri Gagarin
(1934-1968)
Yuri Gagarin's name, the name of the first cosmonaut, is known to
everybody. His life and work are a great example to all young people.
Yuri Alexeyevich Gagarin was bom in the village of Klushino in the
Smolensk region on March 9,1934, into the family of a collective farmer.
In 1951 he graduated from a vocational school in the town of
Lyubertsy, near Moscow, and at the same time he finished an evening
school. When he was a schoolboy, his favourite subjects were physics and
mathematics. He read a lot of books.
Yuri Gagarin began to fly while he was a student of a technical sec-
ondary school in Saratov. He was a member of an aero club.
In 1955 he entered a flying school. Two years later he became a pilot
and soon he joined the first group of Soviet cosmonauts.
On April 12, 1961, Yuri Gagarin flew into space for the first time in
history. He spent 108 minutes there. When he came back in his spaceship
Vostok. he was made a Hero of the Soviet Union and awarded the Order of
Lenin and the Gold Star Medal.
Yuri Gagarin visited many countries. Millions of people saw him and
listened to him. They greeted him as a great patriot of Soviet land. Yuri Alex-
eyevich Gagarin was a commander of the cosmonaut group; he prepared to fly
in a new spaceship. He did not go into space again, but the people will always
remember him as the world's first space pilot, a Russian hero.
3. Расспросите одногруппника о других российских (совет-
ских) космонавтах.
4. Подготовьте сообщение об одном из зарубежных астронавтов.
5. Раскроите скобки, употребляя Present Perfect, Past Perfect
или Past Indefinite, переведите предложения.
An Englishman had a cat which he (to love) very much. When he was
to go away on a trip, he (to call) his cook and (to tell) him to give that cat a
pound of meat every day. After he (to give) the necessary instruction. He (to
leave). The man (to travel) much and, when he (to return), he (to see) that
his cat (to look) very badly. He (to call) the cook and asked him, - “you (to
give) the cat a pound of meat every day? - you (to give) it to him today?”
“Of course, I (to give) it to him,” the cook answered. The man (not to be-
lieve) it. “It is not true!” he shouted. “You (to eat) the meat yourself! I will
“Well,” answered
119
УРОК 26
МОДАЛЬНЫЕ ГЛАГОЛЫ SHOULD и OUGHT(to)
Эти модальные глаголы употребляются для выражения пожела-
ния, совета или предположения, относящихся к настоящему или буду-
Данию.
You should go to bed early, because you’ll get up early tomorrow.
- Тебе следует рано лечь спать, потому что тебе рано завтра
вставать.
You ought to see a doctor.
- Тебе следует посетить врача.
You shouldn't drink coffee too much.
- Вам не следует так много пить кофе.
Не should be at home by now.
- Она, вероятно, уже дома.
Если глаголы should или ought (to) употребляются с перфектным
инфинитивом, то они служат для выражения сожаления, упрека пори-
цания того, что уже сделано (если предложение отрицательное) или нс
They should have been there.
- Им следовало бы быть там.
You ought not to have told me a lie.
- Тебе не надо было лгать мне.
А) 1.1 think we should see our old uncle. 2. Students ought to be po-
lite when speaking with grow-ups. 3. They should better not miss her
speech. 4. You should be more careful. 5. We shouldn’t have told it to
her. 6. Think you ought to read this book. 7. You shouldn’t go out side. 8.
You’d better sit down.
В) I. Тебе нс следует так много есть. 2. Вам следует немного по-
думать о ваших родителях. 3. Было бы лучше вам познакомиться.4.
Джек, тебе не следует столько времени поводить на солнце. 5. Сергей,
вероятно, уже промок - идет дождь. 6. Ей следовало бы позвонить мне,
прежде чем придти. 7. Тебе не следовало бы ее слушать. 8. Ему следо-
вало бы установить новую программу.
120
СУЩЕСТВИТЕЛЬНОЕ В ФУНКЦИИ ОПРЕДЕЛЕНИЯ
ской и научной литературе. Главным словом в такой группе является
последнее и переводится существительным, а все предшествующие
существительные являются определением к нему.
Некоторые существительные-определения могут переводиться
прилагательными, например:
Ваг - стержень, magnet - магнит, bar magnet - стержневой
магнит
Сапе - тростник, sugar - сахар, сапе sugar - тростниковый са-
хар, sugar сапе - сахарный тростник
Machine building industry — машиностроительная промыш-
ленность
Однако подобный способ перевода нс всегда возможен; часто
такие определения приходится переводить существительными в кос-
венных падежах или предложными оборотами; при этом целесообразно
ниями и определяемым словом. Перевод следует начинать справа на-
лево с последнего существительного, а существительные, стоящие пе-
ред ним в роли определения, нужно переводить на русский язык суще-
ствительными в косвенных падежах (чаще в родительном) или пред-
ложным оборотом:
expansion ratio — коэффициент расширения
products price decrease — снижение цен на продукты
Связь между определениями устанавливается, исходя из контек-
the electric equipment supply— питание электро оборудования.
В данном случае первое слово (electric) в свою очередь является
определением второго (equipment).
time and power settings —установка времени и мощности.
Часто в подобную группу слов входят прилагательные, причас-
тия, например: stainless steel top cover — верхняя крышка из нержа-
Проанализируйте следующие термины.
control desk - пульт управления; transistorized current generator
генератор тока, собранный на полупроводниках
2. Переведите на русский язык.
the control system, semiconductor industry, measuring equipment,
life time, room temperature, body temperature, rubber industry, normal op-
eration conditions
3. Вставьте, где необходимо, предлоги и переведите предло-
1. I phoned ... him ... Monday morning, ... the 24th February .
11 o'clock. 2.1 went... her office... the 7th floor. 3. The manager arrived...
3 o'clock and the secretaty accompanied him ... the office. Then she showed
a few visitors ... the office. 4. The visitors came ... New York ... last Mon-
day. They arrived ... Kennedy Airport and went... the Willington Hotel ...
taxi. In a few days they will leave... New York ... Madison. They will stay
... Madison ... a few days. 5. I'd like to speak ... Mr. Brown instead ... Mr.
A) 1. The table is in the room. 2. What docs he do? 3. He was in the
park. 4. Nick has done his homework. 5. I’ll be a third-ycar student next
year. 6. We’re full-time students.
7. He was wrong. 8.1 couldn’t help you. 9. I’m reading a book. 10. I'll come
back. 11. We’ II have come back before the rain finish. 12. My sister has just
gone shopping. 13. He was going to the cinema when met him. 14. Jane had
5 lessons. 15. My father hasn’t eaten yet.
16. He likes books on history. 17. When we want to know the time, we ask
somebody about.
В) I. В спальне две кровати. 2. Что он сейчас делает? 3. Как дол-
го ты решаешь эту задачу? 4. Он был в парке. 5. Здесь можно припар-
ковать машину? 6. Она придет, когда все уже будут спасть. 7. Мы бу-
дем вместе ждать, когда поезд прибудет. 8. На следующий год я буду
третьекурсником. 9. Я был неправ. 10. Мне не следовало бы говорить с
тобой. 11) Он шел в кино, когда они встретились. 12) Я обещаю, к
утру все сделаю.
5. Выполните тест.
1. Where ... you from?
2. How old ... your friend?
3.1 ... hot.
- ат,- аге,- is.
122
4. He... in Moscow.
6. It... often rain in summer.
7.1... stay at home on Sunday.
8. He... much money.
9. Pat’s mother... students.
teaches.
10. Bob ... what you want?
knows.
11. Why ... you crying?
12. Listen! Somebody... a lovely song
Is your sister waiting for you?
Is waiting your sister for you?
b) Can you to drawn?
Can draw you?
Can you draw?
c) Have she come?
Has she come?
- am,- was,- are.
- don’t, -doesn’t,-
- don’t, -doesn’t,-
- don’t, -doesn’t,- am
- don’t, -hasn’t,- ha-
- to teach, - teach, -
- do, - does; - know, -
- do, - is, - arc.
- am not
Come she have?
14.1 am walking....?
am I not.
15 .1 don’t know Spanish, but I... it now. - learn, - learns, am
learning.
16. Granny ... from the village two days ago. - comes, - is com-
ing; - came.
17. He ... his work in the plot yet.
do.
- hasn’t done; didn’t
18 My father... home when all....
came...were sleeping.
19.Who ... the vase?
- comc...slcpt;-
- broke, - did break.
— will visit, - visit, -
, to, in, at, on; -
, a, the; to, in,
.to, in, at, on; -
.to, in, at, on; -
21.1 go......home.
22.Marry is... doctor... hospital.
23.She is going.....town’s ... park.
.... a. the.
24.Take... book......shelf.
.... a. the.
25.Укажите какую функцию выполняет "to have": смыслово-
го, вспомогательного или модального глагола:
a) We will have a party tomorrow.
b) We have invited our friends.
c) We'll have to prepare for the party.
УРОК 27
МОДАЛЬНЫЙ ГЛАГОЛ “NEED”
Модальный глагол need обычно употребляется с отрицанием и
выражает отсутствие необходимости, нецелесообразности что - либо
делать:
Wc need not write them. - Нам нет необходимости писать им.
Need I help you? - No, you needn't. 1’11 do it myself.
- Тебе нужно помочь? - Нет. Я сделаю сам.
Отличие от ‘must’, который выражает долженствование:
Her.
инфинитивом. В сочетании с перфектным инфинитивом глагол “need"
с отрицанием означает, что действие, которое совершилось, не требо-
валось. не было необходимым:
You needn't have kept him waiting all this time.
- Тебе не за чем было охранять его, ожидая все это время.
1. Переведите предложения.
1. Must I come to you place? - No. You needn’t if you don’t wont. 2,
If you want your employees to be motivated and hardworking, you should
set an example. 3. Must she send me a letter? - No, she needn’t. 4. You
shouldn’t watch such terrible films? They are for growing up persons. 5.
124
To accomplish my goals I must feel confident. 6. They needn't visit them. 7.
You must get the new program for your computer. - No. 1 needn’t. I can
work without it. 8. He needn’t go to see a doctor.
В) I. Тебе не следует есть столько много мороженного. 2. Тебе
нет необходимости проводить много времени за компьютером. 3. Дол-
жен ли я встретить тебя? - Нет, спасибо. Нет необходимости. 4. Вам не
надо было принимать столько таблеток! 5. Джон, вероятно, уже при-
шел. 6. Я должен был поговорить с ней? - Нет. 7. Нам не следовало бы
ждать ее вчера. 8. Тебе следовало бы хорошо подготовиться к вчераш-
нему экзамену.
2. Определите видовременные формы глаголов, укажите
их инфинитив. Переведите предложения.
1. I am a student. 2. I had to be there at 4. 3. He was writing at 3
o’clock yesterday. 4.1 have never been to Italy. 5.1 was able to cross the
Hopyor. 6. The train had left when the taxi came to the station. 7. Does
Mike study well? 8. She arrived three day ago. 9. Has he read the book?
10. Alex will have to help me. 11. Don’t ask her about! 12. You forgot to
take the pills, didn’t you? 13. Every time when 1 met him, he was up set. 14.
Where arc you going this summer? 15. I’m going to talk to you.
Технический блок [15]
3. Прочтите н переведите текст.
COMPUTER OPERATIONS.
Much of the processing computers can be divided into two general
types of operation. Arithmetic operations are computations with numbers
such as addition, subtraction, and other mathematical procedures. Early
computers performed mostly arithmetic operations, which gave the false
impression that only engineers and scientists could benefit from computers.
Of equal importance is the computer’s ability to compare two values to de-
termine if one is larger than, smaller than, or equal to the other. This is
called a logical operation. The comparison may take place between num-
bers, letters, sounds, or even drawings. Tire processing of the computer is
based on the computer's ability to perform logical and arithmetic operations.
Instructions must be given to the computer to tell it bow to process
the data it receives and the format needed for output and storage. The ability
to follow the program sets computers apart from most tools. However, new
tools ranging from typewriters to microwave ovens have embedded comput-
ers, or built-in computers. An embedded computer can accept data to use
several options in its program, but the program itself cannot be changed.
125
This makes these devices flexible and convenient but not the embedded
computers itself.
Types of data
With the advent of new computer applications and hardware, the def-
inition of data has expanded to include many types.
Numeric data consists of numbers and decimal points, as well as the
plus (+) and minus (-) signs. Both arithmetic operations and logical opera-
tions are performed on numeric data. This means that numbers can be used
for calculations as well as sorted and compared to each other.
Text, or textual data, can contain any combination of letters, numbers
and special characters. Sometimes textual data is known as alphanumeric
Various forms of data that we can hear and sec make up audio-visual
data. The computer can produce sounds, music and even human voice. It
Physical data is captured from the environment. For example, light,
temperature and pressure arc all types of physical data. In many large build-
ings, computer systems process several kinds of physical data to regulate
operations. Computers can set off security alarms, control temperature and
humidity, or turn lights on and off, all in response to physical data. These
applications increase people's safety and save the time and money.
Vocabulary:
data — данные
comparison — сравне-
value — величина
tool — инструмент
microwave oven — микро-
to divide — делить
to compute — вычислять
computation — вычисление
волновая печь
arithmetic operation — арифметическая ot
встроенный
logical operation — логическая операция
addition — сложение
менчивый
subtraction — вычитание
ерация embedded-
accept — принимать
flexible — гибкий, из-
advent — приход
to expand — расши-
126
equal — равный
to determine — определять
тичная точка
to compare — сравнивать
экономить
3/1. Ответьте на вопросы:
1. In what two major parts could be computer operations divided?
2. What are arithmetic operations?
3. What arc logical operations?
4. Can computer compare two graphical objects?
5. What makes computer so different from other tools?
6. What is embedded computer?
7. What modem devices have embedded computers?
8. How many are types of data?
9. What is physical data?
3/2. Какие из приведенных ниже утверждении вер-
ны/неверны. Аргументируйте свой ответ, опираясь на
текст.
1. Arithmetic operations are operations with numbers — subtrac-
tion and division.
2. Early computers gave false impression about their capabilities.
3. Logical operations are computer's ability to compare two values.
4. The major difference between the computer and tools lies in the
flexibility of the program.
5. Embedded computers are found only in typewriters and ovens.
6. Microwave oven's program is flexible and could be
changed because of the embedded computer.
7. Numeric data consist of numbers, decimal points and
the (+) and (-) signs.
8. Computer can accept human speech as an audio-visual
input data.
127
4. Прочтите и переведите текст.
LINE AND STAFF POSITIONS
In business, organization structure means the relationship be-
tween positions and people who hold the positions. Organization
structure is very important because it provides an efficient work
system as well as a system of communication.
Historically, line structure is the oldest type of organization
structure. The main idea of it is direct vertical relationships be-
tween the positions and tasks of each level, and the position, and
tasks above and bellows each level. For example, a sale manager
may be in a line position between a vice-president of marketing
and a salesman. Thus a vice president of marketing has direct au-
thority over a sales manager. A sales manager in his turn has direct
authority over a salesman. This chain of command simplifies the
problems of giving and taking orders.
When a business grows in size and becomes more complex.
There is a need for specialists. In such case administrators may or-
ganize staff departments and add staff specialists to do specific
work. These people are usually busy with services; they are not
tied in with the company product. The activities of the staff de-
partments include an accounting, personnel, credit and advertising.
Generally they do not give orders to other departments.
Vocabulary:
relationship -
to hold a position -
organization structure -
sales manager -
кетингу
salesman -
to nave direct authority over smb.- иметь прямую власть над
кем-либо
staff -
to give orders -
взаимоотношение
занимать должность
организационная структура
управляющий по торговле, мар-
продавец, торговец
отдавать приказы
128
4. Прочтите и переведите текст.
LINE AND STAFF POSITIONS
In business, organization structure means the relationship be-
tween positions and people who hold the positions. Organization
structure is very important because it provides an efficient work
system as well as a system of communication.
Historically, line structure is the oldest type of organization
structure. The main idea of it is direct vertical relationships be-
tween the positions and tasks of each level, and the position, and
tasks above and bellows each level. For example, a sale manager
may be in a line position between a vice-president of marketing
and a salesman. Thus a vice president of marketing has direct au-
thority over a sales manager. A sales manager in his turn has direct
authority over a salesman. This chain of command simplifies the
problems of giving and taking orders.
When a business grows in size and becomes more complex.
There is a need for specialists. In such case administrators may or-
ganize staff departments and add staff specialists to do specific
work. These people are usually busy with services; they are not
tied in with the company product. The activities of the staff de-
partments include an accounting, personnel, credit and advertising.
Generally they do not give orders to other departments.
Vocabulary:
relationship -
to hold a position -
organization structure -
sales manager -
кетингу
salesman -
to nave direct authority over smb.- иметь прямую власть над
кем-либо
staff -
to give orders -
взаимоотношение
занимать должность
организационная структура
управляющий по торговле, мар-
продавец, торговец
отдавать приказы
128
different department services.
7. Му friend works in a.......... he is
responsible for the company product.
7 a staff
depart-
УРОК 28
Passive Voice
(страдательный /пассивный залог)
объект совершает действие, а над ним совершается действие.
Сравните:
-Джеймс ремонтирует компьютер.
(активный залог)
- Компьютер ремонтируется Джеймсом.
пассивный/страдательный залог)
ОБРАЗУЕТСЯ: Берем вспомогательный глагол "to be" в нужной
форме (в зависимости от времени) + Participle II (от глагола по смыслу).
Предлог ’by’ употребляется перед словом, обозначающим испол-
нителя, совершившего действие.
Предлог ‘with* ставится перед словом, обозначающим орудие, по-
срсдствам которого совершено действие.
The computer is repaired by James. A letter is written with a pen.
(Компьютер ремонтируется Джейсоном (всегда).
Past Indefinite Passive Voice.
ОБР: was, were + Participle II
The computer was repaired with tools.
The computer will be repaired by James.
(Компьютер будет отремонтирован Джеймсом.)
Present Continuous Passive Voice
ОБР: am, are, is + being + Participle II
The bridge is being repaired now.
(Мост сейчас чинят.)
Past Continuous Passive Voice.
ОБР: was, were + being + Participle II
The,
' typed when I came.
Future Continuous не употребляется в страдательном залоге.
Present Perfect Passive Voice.
ОБР: have (has) + been + Participle II
The umbrella has been lost.
(Зонт был утерян.)
Past Perfect Passive Voice.
ОБР: had + been + Participle II
He said his car had been repaired.
(Он сказал, что его машину отремонтировали.)
Future Perfect Passive Voice.
ОБР: will + have + been + Participle II
Will the work have been done by you? - Yes, it will. It will have
been done by me.
глаголов.
1. A lot of new houses are built in Voronezhh every year. 2. I was
asked at the last lesson. 3. The houses will be built next year. 4. The under-
ground is being built in Minsk. 5. The underground was being built when I
lived in the Moscow suburb. 6. A new stadium has already been built. 7. The
2. Переведите предложения.
1. Я рассказываю интересные истории. - Мне рассказывают инте-
ресные истории. 2. Утром дворники убрали мусор. - Мусор убран двор-
никами утром. 3. Ты напишешь письмо. - Тебе напишут письмо. 4. Сер-
гей читает сейчас книгу. - Сергею читают сейчас книгу. 5. Я уже написал
сообщение. — Мне уже написали сообщение. 6. Она делает покупки в ма-
Технический Люк [17]
Types of Software
A computer to complete a job requires more than just the actual
equipment or hardware we sec and touch. It requires Software — programs
for directing the operation of a computer or electronic data. Software is the
final computer system component. These computer programs instruct the
hardware how to conduct processing. The computer is merely a general-
purpose machine which requires specific software to perform a given task.
Computers can input, calculate, compare, and output data as information.
Software determines the order in which these operations are performed.
Programs usually fall in one of two categories: system software and
applications software.
System software controls standard internal computer activities. An
operating system, for example, is a collection of system programs that aid in
the operation of a computer regardless of the application software being
used. When a computer is first turned on, one of the systems programs is
booted or loaded into the computer’s memory. This software contains in-
formation about memory capacity the model of the processor, the disk
drives to be used, and more. Once the system software is loaded, the appli-
computcr activities. User needs to install a specific driver in order to acti-
vate his or her peripheral device. For example, if you intend to buy a printer
or a scanner you need to worry in advance about the driver program which,
though, commonly goes along with your device. By installing the driver you
«teach» your main board to “understand” the newly attached part.
Applications software satisfies your specific need. The developers of
application software rely mostly on marketing research strategies trying to
do their best to attract more users (buyers) to their software. As the pro-
ductivity of the hardware has increased greatly in recent years, the pro-
grammers nowadays tend to include all kinds of gimmicks in one program to
make software interface look more attractive to the user. These class of pro-
grams is the most numerous and perspective from the marketing point of
view.
Data communicatii
died by system software.
Communications software transfers data from one computer system
to another. These programs usually provide users with data security and er-
ror checking along with physically transferring data between the two com-
puter's memories. During the past five years the developing electronic net-
and between computers systems is han-
various communication software, such as Web-Browsers for Internet.
to conduct-проводить
to complete - завершать
equipment -оборудование
internal - внутренний
to require - требовать
но, несмотря на
peripheral — периферий-
to boot — запускать
to handle — управлять
gimmick — зд. приманка
regard -отношение
regardless - безотноситель-
spccific - конкретный, определенный
переносить
general-purpose — многоцелевой
to install - устанавливать,
встраивать,
инсталлиро-
to transfer - переводить,
to secure — обеспечивать безопасность
to develop — развивать, проявлять
to check — проверять
Web-browser —«броузер» (программа,
security — безопасность
developer — разработчик
attach — присоединять
Позволяющая пользователю
льной электронной сети Inter-
3/1. Ответьте на вопросы:
I. What is software?
2. In what two basic groups software (programs) could be divided?
3. What is system software for?
4. What is an operating system — system or application software?
5. What is a «driver»?
6. What is application software?
7. What is application software for?
8. What is the tendency in application software market in recent years?
9. What is the application of the communication software?
Эконо мический блок [18]
4. Прочтите диалог.
133
Peggy Forman is talking with Jeff Downing, another administrative
assistant in her company.
Jeff " ' “
How are you today, Peggy?
Oh, fine, thanks.
Glad to hear that. By the way, are you familiar with the organiza-
tional chart for the company?
No, I am not. What is it like actually?
Jeff
Peggy
Jeff Well, the chart shows how the employees are divided into groups. It
gives one an overview of the chain of command in the company.
I see. The positions can be line and staff ones.
Yes. The subject is not new to you. What else do you know about
Peggy
Jeff
As far as I know a worker in a line position receives orders from his
immediate subordinate.
Jeff
Peggy
Jeff
A worker in a staff position reports directly to a line worker but he
neither gives nor receives orders for line workers. Am I right?
Yes, you arc. But someone may have line authority over people in
his department and not be considered a line administrator.
How can it be?
That's possible when a whole department is a staff department. For
example, in our company the head of the credit department or the
personnel department can hardly ever be president of the company.
....... And what do the people in staff departments do, how is their work
different?
Jeff
Peggy
Jeff
Peggy
Jeff
agers directly.
Peggy
Jeff
Well, they are usually busy with services and they could do the
same service for any company. So they are not in the line.
It seems to be rather complicated.
It only seems so, I think the chart should help.
Oh, sure. But, Jeff, would you explain me what span of control is?
Oh, span of control refers to the number of people whom one man-
Can you give me an example?
Well. The President of our company directly managers the Vice
President of Production, the Vice President of Marketing and the
Comptroller. Thus, his span of control includes three people.
Yes, now I sec. Thank you for your help.
Not at all. Why don't we go to the coffee stall and have a snack to-
Jeff
gether?
134
organizational chart — организационная схема
tine position - линейная должность
staff position - штабная должность
immediate superior - непосредственный начальник
immediate subordinate - непосредственный подчиненный
line chain of command - линейная структура подчинения
to report - зд. сообщить
credit department - кредитный отдел
span of control - сфера непосредственного подчинения
vice-president of production - вице-президент по производству
vice-president of marketing - вице-президент по сбыту
comptroller - главный финансист
4/1. Ответьте на вопросы:
2. What position in your company do you want to hold?
3. Do you want to be a sales-manager or a vice president of marketing? Give
your reasons.
4. Over what positions do you have direct authority in your company?
5. What do you like more: to give orders or to receive orders?
6. Do you want to work in a staff department or in a line department? Give
your reasons.
УРОК 29
ПРИЧАСТИЕ
ВИДЫ И ФОРМЫ ПРИЧАСТИЙ (Participle)
Причастие - это безличная форма глагола, которая обладает
свойствами глагола, прилагательного и наречия. В английском языке
причастия кроме времени (Participle I и Participle II), передает еще вид
и залог. Также причастие может выполнять функции деепричастия.
Active Passive
Present writing being written
Perfect having written having been written
Past written
135
Обратите внимание на способы перевода на английский
язык русских причастий и деепричастий
С действительный залог несовершенный бросающий бросавший throwing нельзя
совершенный бросивший нельзя
страдательный залог несовершенный бросаемый thrown
совершенный брошенный thrown
I 1СИС1ВИ1 несовершенный бросая throwing
совершенный бросив thrown
страдательный залог несовершенный будучи бросаемым thrown
совершенный будучи брошенным thrown having thrown
Действительное причастие совершенного вида (а также несовер-
шенного вида прошедшего времени) может быть переведено на анг-
лийский язык только придаточным определительным предложением
1. Переведите следующие русские причастия и деепричастия
па английский язык и составьте с ними предложения.
Приносящий, принесенный, принося, принеся, переводящий, пе-
реведенный, переводя, переведя, читающий, берущий, данный, прочи-
тав, пьющий, сказанный, будучи потерян, нарисовав, написавший, дс-
горящий, беря, написан-
посмотрев, будучи забыт,
строя, строящийся, играя, поиграв, рассказанный, видя, принесший,
будучи принесенным, посеянный, продав.
136
причастными оборотами.
I. All the people who live in this house are students. 2. The man who
is speaking now is our new secretary. 3. Apparatus that stands on the table in
the comer of the laboratory is quite new. 4. The young man who helps the
professor in his experiments is a laboratory worker. 5. People who take
books from the library must return them in time. 6. There are many pupils in
our class who take part in all kinds of activities.
3. Прочтите и переведи!
General education in Russia
In the day nurseries children learn the ABCs of reading, writing and
counting. Children arc divided into three age groups: 3-5 - year-olds, 5-6
However, preschool facilities are still in short supply. Secondary edu-
cation, which is compulsory, now lasts 11 years. It consists of three levels.
The first may start at the age of six or seven and continue for three or four
years. This has been a major innovation for school system which before had
a common school-age limit and course of tuition. This has become basic
schooling for all.
The second level is five years of instruction with a wide choice of
subjects. Parents may choose the curriculum according to the abilities and
inclinations of their children. The third level consists of two years of instruc-
tion. Every pupil can make particular choice which subjects he or she wants
to study: sciences, humanities, biology, linguistics, etc. There are to be no
more than five compulsory subjects: the native tongue, literature, general
and modem history, natural science. Other subjects, like maths, art studies
and physical education are still under debate in the teaching profession.
After getting secondary education you can get secondary special and
higher education. There are thousands of colleges and secondary technical
schools in our country. There are 98 Universities, large academic and re-
search centres, which train specialists in the natural and exact sciences and
the humanities. In the first two or three years there is a common curriculum
for all related faculties. Specialisation usually begins in the third or fourth
year. Economy, philosophy and a foreign language are obligatory subjects at
all higher education establishments. There are physical training and shorts
classes. Under the guidance of their professors students engage in research
work. Training at institutions of higher learning may last from four to six
Russian institutions of higher education and specialised secondary
schools are attended by foreign students from different countries.
4. Ответьте на вопросы
1. What age groups are nurseries children divided into?
2. How do the children learn reading, writing, counting, drawing,
design simple things and so on?
3. How many years does secondary education last?
4. What has a major innovation been for school system?
5. What subjects may pupils and their parents choose to study
wants at the third level?
6. What school subjects do you know?
7. Where can you go on your education after getting secondary
education?
The system of education in Great Britain [19]
The system of education in any country is aimed at developing a per-
sonality for the good of the individual and society as a whole.
Pre-school education in England begins at the age of 3 or 4. Around
half of the children at this age attend nursery schools or playgroups mostly
organized by parents. Children of this age need care as well as education.
That's why kids play a lot, learn to listen attentively and to behave.
Compulsory primary education begins at the age of five in England.
Wales and Scotland and at four in Northern Ireland. Children start their
school career in an infant school. Lessons start at 9 a. m. and are over at 4
p.m. They are taught «3 R's»: Reading, writing, arithmetic. Pupils have a lot
of fun at school: drawing, reading, dancing or singing.
When they are 7 pupils move to a junior school, which lasts four
years till they arc II. They study a lot of subjects: English, Mathematics,
Science, History, Geography along with Technology, Music, Art and Physi-
cal education
Most of children (over 90 per cent) go to state schools where educa-
tion is free. Only a small proportion of them attend private (Public) or inde-
pendent schools. Parents have to pay for the education at these schools. The
fees are high and only some families can afford it. So such schools are for
the representatives of the high class of England. The most notable Public
schools are Eton, Harrow, Winchester, and Rugby.
138
Secondary education begins at 11. The majority of secondary schools
are Comprehensive schools where boys and girls study together. Besides,
parents can take their sons and daughters to Grammar schools or Secondary
Modem Schools.
Grammar schools provide an academic course from II to 18. They
prepare pupils for colleges and universities.
Many children of working class families go to Modem schools. They
give a very limited education. Pupils get instruction in woodwork, metal-
work, sewing, shorthand, typing and cooking. Alter finishing such a school
a pupil becomes an unskilled worker.
The Comprehensive Schools have their own «Grammar school» clas-
ses and «Modern classes».
Every pupil has to choose a set of subjects to learn. If he takes up Art
he will study English Literature, Music, Art, Drama and foreign languages.
If he is good at exact and natural sciences, he will learn Science: Mathemat-
ics, Physics, Chemistry. Biology. Geography, Economics and Technical
The British government encourages careers education in the country.
That's why secondary schools try to break down the barriers between educa-
tion and business. They set up close links with firms to allow their students
to take part in business activities.
At around 16 years old teenagers take some exams and coursework to
get General Certificate of Education. Those who choose to stay on at school
usually study for two further years to pass a level (Advanced level) exams.
These exams will give them a chance to enter the university.
science - естествознание
secondary education - среднее
limited - ограниченный
Vocabulary:
to be aimed to- преследовать цель
pre-school -дошкольное
образование
to attend - посещать
nursery school - детский сад
compulsory - обязательный
primary education - начальное образование
infant school - подготовительная школа to encourage - поощрять
junior school - начальная школа unskilled - нсквалифицнрован-
shorthand - стенография
link - связь
139
6. Ответьте на вопросы:
1. What is a system of education aimed to?
2. When does the pre-school education begin in England?
3. Wales and North Ireland?
4. When does the compulsory education begin in England?
5. What are «3R's» of the infant school?
6. What are the most famous Public schools in England?
7. What are Grammar and Comprehensive schools?
8. What are Modem schools?
9. Are there compulsory subjects in UK?
10. What exams must be taken to enter the University?
7. Раскройте скобки, определите видовременные формы гла-
голов и переведите предложения.
1. When I (to call) Nike yesterday, he still (to read) the poem which
cook) the meat which she (to bought) in the market. 5. When I saw him he
(to cross) the river. 6. Your sister (to return) from school? 7. I already (to
learn) the lesson. 8. When I (to have) dinner, I went outside.
8. Спросите вашего друга.
раз? 6. Был ли он на уроке программирования во вторник? 7. Был ли он
дома в воскресенье? 8. Был ли он в кино в субботу? 9. Был ли в кино
один или с подругой? 10. Интересный ли фильм? 11. Какие будут завтра
у него уроки? 12. Будет ли его сестра дома в воскресенье? 13.
Сколько ей лет? 14. Может ли он познакомить тебя со своей подругой?
УРОК 30
Future-in-the-Past
УПОТРЕБЛЯЕТСЯ: для выражения будущих действий, о кото-
рых шла речь в прошедшем. Эта временная форма употребляется в
изъяснительных придаточных предложениях, когда в главном предло-
жении глагол стоит в Past Indefinite.
ОБРАЗУЕТСЯ: WOULD + глагол по смыслу без “to”.
1 said that I would write a letter to him. I можно сократить: I’d
write...
Past Ind. Fut.-in-thc - Past
140
They were afraid I would lose my way in the dark.
-Они боялись, что я потеряю дорогу в темноте
1. Переведите предложения.
A) 1. They thought they would meet near the shop. 2. I thought I’d
never see him. 3. We hoped she'd take part in the concert. 4. They wrote our
park would be remolded. 5. She knew she would not be back by 7 o'clock. 6.
You were sure you would get five.
B) 1. Он написал, что он не поедет на экскурсию. 2. Виктор ска-
зал, что он придет домой после уроков в 4 часа. 3. Я боялся, что не пе-
реведу этот трудный текст. 4. Он не знал, что автобус отправится через
5 минут. 6. Я полагаю, что здесь будет красиво.
2. Прочтите диалог, а затем разыграйте подобную ситуацию.
At the customs.
Customs Officer. Good morning. Can I see your passport?
Man: Certainly. Here it is.
М: Yes, I have.
С.О.: What have you got?
M: I've got some whisky and some cigarettes.
C.O.: How much whisky have you got?
С.О: That's all right. And how many cigarettes have you got?
C.O.: Fine, what about perfume? Have you got any perfume?
M: Er... No, I haven't.
C.O.: Good. Open you case, please.
M.: Pardon?
C.O: Open it now! Oh, dear! Look at this! You've got three bottles
of whisky, four hundred cigarettes and a
lot of perfume!
- Придумайте концовку диалога.
3. Переведите предложения, укатывая видовременные фор-
мы глаголов:
I. Jimmy was like his father. 2. My wife is at home. 3. Don’t walk
about the town in that dirty dress! 4. Dale was asked at the lesson. 5.1 have
never seen him before. 6. Has she been bought bread? 7. Will you meet me?
8. He often has to sit there all days long. 9. Have you decided your matter?
141
10. Aren’t you to study well? 11. The bird was flying about the room and
wouldn’t return to its cage. 12. She felt ashamed when she was scolded in
public.
4. Прочтите и переведите текст.
Mikhail Lomonosov
Mikhail Lomonosov was bom in 1711 in the family of a fisherman in
the northern coastal village of Denisovka not far from Archangelsk. When
he was ten years of age his father began to take him sea fishing. The danger-
ous life of a fisherman taught him to observe the natural phenomena more
closely. During the long winter nights young Lomonosov studied his letters
grammar and arithmetic diligently.
Being the son of a peasant, he was refused admission to the local
school. After some years, through concealing his peasant origin, he gained
admission to the Slavonic-Greck-Latin Academy and for five years lived a
hand-to-mouth existence on three kopecks a day. The noblemen so studying
After five years came the chance of entering the Academy of Sci-
ences as there were not enough noble-bom students to fill the quota. His
ability and diligence attracted the attention of the professors and as one of
three best students he was sent abroad. He spent all his time there studying
the works leading European scientists in chemistry, metallurgy, mining and
mathematics. On his return to Russia in 1745 he was made a professor and
was the Russian scientist to become a member of the Academy of Sciences.
his ideas and discoveries only won recognition in the nineteenth century. He
was the first to discover the vegetable origin of coal, for instance, and as a
poet and scientist he played a great role in the formation of Russian literary
language, eliminating distortions and unnecessary foreign words. He died in
1765. His living memorial is the Moscow University, which he founded in
1755.
Vocabulary:
to be bom -
to observe the natural phenomena -
to be the son of a peasant -
to be refused admission to smth. -
to conceal one's peasant origin-
ждение
родиться
наблюдать явления природы
быть сыном крестьянина
получить отказ в принятии
скрыть свое крестьянское происхо-
142
to live a hand-to-mouth existence - noblemen- to make rapid progress- to enter the Academy of Sciences- to fill the quota- ability and diligence.- to be sent abroad.- works in chemistry, metallurgy, - mining and mathematics for versatility- to have no equal in smth. - a discovery.- to win recognition - the vegetable origin of.- to play a great role in smth. - the formation of the Russian literary language - to eliminate distortions - едва сводить концы с концами знать, знатные люди делать быстрые успехи вступить в Академию наук обнаружить нужное кол-во способность и учтивость послать за границу работы по химии, металлургии, горному делу и математике по количеству открытий не иметь равных в чем- либо открытие получить признание растительное происхождение ... играть большую роль ч.- л. f -формирование русского литературного языка устранять диспропорции
5. Подготовьте сообщение об одном из российских ученых.
УРОК 31
DIRECT AND INDIRECT SPEECH
(прямая и косвенная речь)
Если прямая речь преобразовывается в косвенную (т.с. действие
передастся от третьего лица), то:
- если в словах автора употреблено Present Indefinite, то при
She says, 'I am right’. — She says that she is right.
При присоединении косвенной речи к словам автора союз
“что” - “that” может опускаться
Marry tells, ‘John has already - Marry tells (that) John has already
come’. come.
- если в словах автора Past Indefinite, то происходят
следующие замены времен:
В прямой речи В косвенной речи
Present Indefinite -> Past Indefinite
143
Past Indefinite Past Perfect
Future Indefinite Future-in-the-Past
Present Continuous Past Continuous
Present Perfect Past Perfect
Past Perfect Past Perfect
в прямой речи в косвенной речи
this that
these -i those
now then
here -i there
today that day
tomorrow the next day
the day after tomor- > two days later, in two days
yesterday -> the day before
the day before yester- day two days before
ago before
Главное Предложение Придаточное предложение
[ said. "I write letters once a week." Pres. Ind.
hat 1 wrote letters once a week. Past Ind.
”1 wrote letters yesterday." Past. Ind. 'hat I had written letters the day before. Past Perf.
Нс said. "I am writing letters now." Pres. Cont. that he was writing letters then. Past Cont.
She said, '7 have already written letters.” Pres. Perf. that she had already written letters. Past Perf.
They said, 'We will write letters tomorrow.” Fut. Ind. 'hat they would write letters the next day. Fut.-in-the-Past
Вопросительные предложения
Общий вопрос при переходе из прямой речи в косвенную при-
соединяется к словам автора с помощью союза 'if (whether), а далее
слова, а далее следует прямой порядок слов.
Главное предложение Придаточное предложение
He asked me. "Do you write letters?" if (whether) I wrote letters.
He asked me, "Who will write letters?" who would write letters.
He asked me, "When will you write letters?" when I would write letters.
145
Предложения с noae.'iumcibiiuM iiaicioueiiiieji при переходе из
прямой речи в косвенную присоединяется к словам автора с помощью
инфинитива, а далее следует прямой порядок слов.
Главное предло- жение Придаточное предложение
Не told me, "Please, write me a letter."
Не told me, to write him a letter.
She said to us, “Don't write me any letters.”
She ordered us. not to write her any lessons.
1. А) Трансформируйте примут речь в косвенную.
1. ‘I’ll do it tomorrow’ he promised. 2. ‘I'm starting the day after to-
morrow' he said. 3. She said ‘My father died a year ago’. 4. He said ‘She is
coming this week’. 5. Bob said ‘I bought these pearls for my mother’. 6.
‘Who lives next door?’ She asked. 7. Helen asked ‘Are we in the station?’ 8.
‘What has happened?’ Sandy asked. 9. He said ‘Mary, when is the next
train?’ 10. He asked me ‘What have you got in your bag? 11. ‘Do you know
Bill?’ he asked Lora.
В) Переведите предложения, трансформируя прямую речь в
1. Сергей говорит: «Завтра я куплю новые часы». 2. Вчера я ус-
лышал: «Мы едем в Лондон через 3 недели?» 3. «Вчера мы были еще
незнакомы», - сказал Сергей. 4. Журналист спросил: «Сколько вам бы-
ло лет в то время?». 5. «Не слушай его!» - попросила Кристина. 6. Лена
удивилась: «Ты слышал когда-нибудь эту глупую историю?».
Victory Day
The most important holiday in Russia is anniversary of the Great Vic-
tory in World War II.
The World War II ended in May 1945. That spring day of May 9
went down in the history of our country as Victory Day. This victory over
fascism is celebrated by people of different countries.
146
Usually the centre of the festival is Red Square in Moscow. Red
Square is the traditional place for military parades and working people's
demonstrations on national holidays. But this military parade took place in
Poklonnaya Gora.
In every town and village people take part in the meetings and put
flowers to the foot of the monuments for solders who didn’t come back from
the battle-fields.
In performing this feat of heroism the Soviet people played the deci-
sive parting liberating humankind from the danger of fascism. More than 20
million Soviet soldiers and people gave their lives for the sake of the free-
dom of many foreign countries. It was a victory won by the Soviet people
who rose to the defence of their Motherland.
The main lesson of the victory over fascism is that all people of the
world must fight against a new war. The victory in the Great Patriotic War
was won by Soviet people in the name of peace and life on Earth.
чается праздник «День Побс-
b) tonight
c) by Monday
4. Выпазимте тест.
1. В каком слове звук, передаваемый звукосочетание «а1», отли-
чается от остальных?
call, tall, ball, calm, hall, all, walk.
2. Подберите обстоятельства времени:
a) I was last there...
b) He has been very busy...
c) She promised to come and see us ...
d) What are you doing ...
e) I hope the telegram will have arrived ...
f) Have you had your dinner...
g) I had stayed with her...
e) a month ago
f) one of the days
g) till 3 yesterday
- is playing, - is being played.
- be seeing, - being seen, -was see-
4. I’ll... you tomorrow.
5. Nick... for a whole hour.
- was being examined.
6. The house... built by now.
- were examining, - will examining,
- is being, - has been, -was being.
_ lere. - is being, - has been.
8. When she entered the room she... to give her name. - asked,
- was asked, - will ask.
147
- asked,- will ask,- was
9. She opened me door and... who I was.
10.1 have ... colour TV set.
11. ... TV-set is on... little table in.comer of... room. - a, - the, -
12. What.. .colour is your new ... hat? - a, - the, -
13. You don't have to worry. He can take care of .... - him,- he self,
- him self.
15.1 don't believe it unless I see... myself.
16.... knows what is it?
- by, - on, - for.
- who, - which, - what.
- it, - there.
- less,- smaller,- lest.
- old, - older, - oldest.
•will warn, had been warned,
18.... is never late to study.
19.. .. is no place like home.
20.. .. is pleasant to walk in the woods.
21. Her baby is ...than mine.
22. Her husband is twice as... as she is.
23. We asked if she... to join us.
24. He wanted to know where she... her holidays. - would spend,
- spends, - will spend.
25.1 thought that you ....
-have been wanted.
26. She said it... hard. - is raining, - was raining, - will be raining.
27. Выберите верный вариант.
Who did write this poem? Who wrote this poem? Who write this poem?
28. We didn't know she was so young,....? - was she, - wasn't she,
- isn't it, - am not I, -
29. I’m your teacher,
aren't I, - am I.
30. Постройте все типы вопросов к тексту в виде плана:
They speak the language that no other country in the world uses. They live
in small villages. Their houses made of timber. They do not wear many
clothes but a lot of decorations. Their food is fruit, fish and meat.
Some tribes use elephants as more working force. The climate is dry and
hot. They like music, dancing, telling stories, which pass from generation to
generation.
148
УРОК 32
The Infinitive
ИНФИНИТИВ
ИНФИНИТИВ - начальная (неопределенная) форма глагола,
которая отвечает на вопрос: «Что делать?».
Показателем инфинитива является частица “to”
to read, to sleep
читать, спать
На русский язык инфинитив переводится существи-
тельным или инфинитивом.
- В предложении может выполнять различные функции: подле-
жащего, дополнения, обстоятельства, определения.
Подлежащего'. То read the text is our home task.
Дополнения: 1 want to read this text.
- Я хочу прочитать этот текст.
Обстоятельства: (придаточное цели):
1 went to the library to read the article.
- Я пошла в библиотеку, для того чтобы прочитать статью.
Определения (придаточное определительное):
- Термометр - это прибор, который показывает температуру.
1. Переведите предложения и определите функцию инфинитива.
Л) 1. Нс wanted to study English. 2. You must learn the new words
to translate the text. 3. She helped me to translate the text. 4. The lesson to
be read at home is not difficult. 5. He has to inspect the work of this branch
once a year. 6. He has to get up early every morning. His work starts at 8
o'clock.
7. You’ll have to go on business next month. 8. You don’t have to drive to-
B) I. Приходи ко мне посмотреть новую операционную систему.
2. Чтобы знать много, ты должен много читать и практиковать.
3. Фотография - это предмет, который останавливает время. 4. Кричать
- не лучший способ разговаривать с родителями. 5. Я хочу, чтобы ты
верил мне. 6. И не думай рассказать ему об этом.
Технический блок
2. Прочтите и переведите текст [20]
149
Operating systems
When computers were first introduced in the 1940’s and 50’s, every
program written had to provide instructions that told the computer how to
use devices such as the printer, how to store information on a disk, as well
as how to perform several other tasks not necessarily related to the program.
The additional program instructions for working with hardware devices
were very complex, and time-consuming. Programmers soon realized it
would be smarter to develop one program that could control the computer’s
hardware, which others programs could have used when they needed it.
With that, the first operating system was bom.
Today, operating systems control and manage the use of hardware
devices such as the printer or mouse. They also provide disk management
by letting you store information in files. The operating system also lets you
run programs such as the basic word processor. Lastly, the operating system
provides several of its own commands that help you to use the computer.
DOS is the most commonly used PC operating system. DOS is an
named Microsoft. MS-DOS is an abbreviation for «Microsoft DOS». When
IBM first released the IBM PC in 1981, IBM licensed DOS from Microsoft
for use on the PC and called it PC-DOS. From the users perspective, PC-
DOS and MS-DOS are the same, each providing the same capabilities and
commands.
The version of DOS release in 1981 was 1.0. Over the past decade,
DOS has undergone several changes. Each time the DOS developers release
a new version, they increase the version number.
Windows NT (new technology) is an operating system developed by
Microsoft. NT is an enhanced version of the popular Microsoft Windows
3.0, 3.1 programs. NT requires a 386 or greater and 8 Mb of RAM. For the
best NT performance, you have to use a 486 with about 16 Mb or higher.
Unlike the Windows, which runs on top of DOS, Windows NT is an operat-
ing system itself. However, NT is DOS compatible. The advantage of using
NT over Windows is that NT makes better use of the PC’s memory man-
agement capabilities.
V-OS/2 is a PC operating system created by IBM. Like NT, OS/2 is
DOS compatible and provides a graphical user interface that lets you run
programs with a click of a mouse. Also like NT, OS/2 performs best when
you arc using a powerful system.
Many IBM-based PCs are shipped with OS/2 preinstalled.
UNIX is a multi-user operating system that allows multiple users to ac-
cess the system. Traditionally, UNIX was run on a larger mini computers to
which users accessed the systems using terminals and not PC's. UNIX - al-
lowed each user to" simultaneously run the programs they desired. Unlike NT
and OS/2, UNIX is not DOS compatible. Most users would not purchase
UNIX for their own use.
Windows 95 & 98 are the most popular user-oriented operating sys-
tems with a friendly interface and multitasking capabilities. The usage of
Windows 95 and its enhanced version Windows 98 is so simple that even little
kids learn how to use it very quickly. Windows 95 and 98 are DOS compati-
ble, so all programs written for DOS may work under the new operating sys-
tem» Windows 95 requires 486 with 16 megabytes of RAM or Pentium 75-90
with 40 megabytes of free hard disk space.
Vocabulary:
complex — сложный
to consume — потреблять
consumer — потребитель
compatible — совместимый
access — доступ
to allow — позволять
top — верх, вершина
simultaneously — одновременно
decade — декада, десятилетие to desire — желать
version — версия multiple users — многочисленные пользо-
ватели
to enhance — расширять, увеличивать
on top of DOS — «сверху», на основе ДОС
2/1. Ответьте на вопросы:
1. What problems faced programmers in the 1940's and!950's?
2. Why first programs were «complex» and «time-consuming»?
3. What are the basic functions of operating system?
4. What does DOS abbreviation means?
5. What company developed the first version of DOS operating system? For
what purpose?
6. Was the new operational system successful?
7. What is the difference between the PC-DOS and MS-DOS?
8. What docs the abbreviation NT stand for? Is it DOS-compatible?
9. What are the basic requirements for NT?
10. Who is the developer of OS/2?
11. What makes UNIX so different from the other operational systems?
12. What are the i
; of Windows 95?
151
2/2. Заполните пропуски:
I. Like NT,... is DOS compatible and provides a graphical user in-
terface that lets you run programs with a click of a mouse.
2.... is the most commonly used PC operating system.
3.... is a multi-user operating system that allows multiple users to ac-
cess the system
4. ... is an operating system developed by Microsoft, an enhanced
version of the popular Microsoft Windows programs.
5. The usage of... is so simple that even little kids learn how to use it
very quickly, a) UNIX b) DOS c) NT
Экономический блок [21]
3. Прочтите и переведите текст.
partment records and measures the activity of a business making reports on the
effects of the transactions on the firm’s financial condition. Accounting rec-
ords give a very important data. It is used by management, stockholders,
creditors, independent analysis, banks and government.
Most businesses prepare regularly the two types of records. That is the
income statement and balance sheet. These statements show how money was
received and spent by the company.
One major tool for the analysis of accounting records is ratio analysis.
A ratio analysis is the relationship of two figures. In finance, we operate with
three main categories of ratios. One ratio deals with profitability, for example,
the Return on Investment Ratio. It is used as a measure of a firms operating ef-
ficiency.
The second set of ratios deals with assets and liabilities. It helps a com-
pany to evaluate its current financial position. The third set of ratios deals with
the overall financial structure of the company. It analyses the value of the owner-
ship of the firm.
Vocabulary:
Accounting -
Record -
to record -
to measure -
бухгалтерский учет
документ, запись, протокол
записывать, регистрировать
измерять
to provide data - обе
152
creditor - кредитор
independent- независимый
income statement- отчет о доходах
balance sheet- балансовый отчет
to receive - получать
to spend - тратить
ratio analysis - анализ коэффициентов
profitability - прибыльность
Return on Investment Ratio - коэффициент возвращения инвестиций
efficiency- ’ '
to evaluate -
ownership -
overall financial structure - полная финансовая структура
эффективность, производительность
оценивать
ценность, стоимость
собственность
3/1. Заполните пропуски подходящими но смыслу словами
правого столбика. 1. An accounting helps... the activity of a business. 2. Do you know the effect of your last... on financial condition of the firm? 3. Accounting records provide ...for stock-holders, independent analysts. 4. The second type of ratio helps the company... its current financial position. 5. ... is one the two main records which most of the businesses prepare regularly. 1 to profit 2 profit 3 efficiency 4 owner- 5 to evaluate
6. The... of the company includes real estate in California. 7. I am sure of the... of this transaction. 8. Our company's current.., is very high. 9. They... from the association with that statement corporation. 6 transaction 8 income 9 to meas-
153
creditor - кредитор
independent- независимый
income statement- отчет о доходах
balance sheet- балансовый отчет
to receive - получать
to spend - тратить
ratio analysis - анализ коэффициентов
profitability - прибыльность
Return on Investment Ratio - коэффициент возвращения инвестиций
efficiency- ’ '
to evaluate -
ownership -
overall financial structure - полная финансовая структура
эффективность, производительность
оценивать
ценность, стоимость
собственность
3/1. Заполните пропуски подходящими но смыслу словами
правого столбика. 1. An accounting helps... the activity of a business. 2. Do you know the effect of your last... on financial condition of the firm? 3. Accounting records provide ...for stock-holders, independent analysts. 4. The second type of ratio helps the company... its current financial position. 5. ... is one the two main records which most of the businesses prepare regularly. 1 to profit 2 profit 3 efficiency 4 owner- 5 to evaluate
6. The... of the company includes real estate in California. 7. I am sure of the... of this transaction. 8. Our company's current.., is very high. 9. They... from the association with that statement corporation. 6 transaction 8 income 9 to meas-
153
only sound (to hear) was the snoring grandfather in the bedroom. 8. Her ring
was believed (to lose) until she happened (to find) it during the general
2. Переведите предложения.
I. Мы ходим в магазин, чтобы покупать продукты. 2. Маша за-
шла к подруге показать ей новое платье. 3. Мы часто хотим знать то,
что может быть не надо знать. 4. Ребенок в детском саду учится писать,
читать и считать. 5. С пятого класса мы начинаем изучать такие пред-
меты как географию, историю и другие предметы. 6. Мы зашли на пять
минут, чтобы поздравить тебя с днем рождения и пожелать здоровья,
счастья и любви.
3. Вставьте частицу ‘to’ перед инфинитивом, где необходимо,
н переведите предложения.
1. 1 was planning... do a lot of things yesterday. 2. I’d like... speak to
you. 3. I think I will be able ... solve this problem. 4. What makes you ...
him ... enter the room. 10. She did not let her mother... go away. 11. Do
you like... listen to good music? 12. Would you like... listen to good music?
ИМЕНИТЕЛЬНЫЙ ПАДЕЖ С ИНФИНИТИВОМ
Именительный падеж с инфинитивом вводится безличным обо-
1 типа: ‘Говорят, что ...*, ‘Известно, что ...’, 'Предполагают,
подлежащее сказуемое инфинитив второстепенные члены
предложения
She is said to visither parents very often.
Говорят, что. она ходит в библиотеку.
I. Не is said to be a well-known person in Moscow. - Говорят, что
он известный человек.
2. Нс is known to dance in Bolshoi theatre. - Известно, что он тан-
цует в Большом театре.
3. The students were supposed to do this work. - Предполагали, что
4. Переведите предложения.
а) 1. Many students are known to go in for sports. 2. She is said to
be a good student. 3. The text is said to be quite easy. 4. They are sure to
bring their books here. 5. The doctor is supposed to come in 2 hours.
b) 1. Объявили, что поезд отправляется в 15-30 ч. 2) Говорят, что
завтра будет дождь. 3) Известно, что чтобы стать хорошим специали-
стом, надо много трудиться. 4) Обещают, что разберутся в этом деле. 5)
Видели, как двое вышли из машины.
COMPLEX OBJECT /Сложное дополнение/.
ОБРАЗУЕТСЯ: подлежащее + глагол + объект + инфинитив
Complex object на русский язык переводится придаточным до-
полнительном предложением. Придаточное предложение вводится
союзами: «как», «что», «чтобы».
Если мы в Complex Object в английском языке применяем инфи-
нитив, мы подчеркиваем однократность совершаемого действия.
I want you to write me a letter. — Я хочу, чтобы ты написал мне
Complex object часто встречаются после глаголов, выражающих:
1. Желания и потребности: to want, to wish / to desire - желать, to
like - нравиться, would like - хотел бы и др.
I wish you to be happy. - Я желаю, чтобы ты была счастлива.
2. Предположения или осведомленность, знание: to expect — ожи-
знать, to report — сообщать.
to think - думать и др.
I believe our children to be at school. - Я считаю, что наши дети в
школе.
I know him to study well. - Я знаю, что он учится хорошо.
3. Приказ, разрешение, просьбу: to order - приказывать, to allow -
разрешать, to forbid - запрещать и др.
4. Физическое восприятие и ощущение: to see - видеть, to watch -
смотреть, to feel - чувствовать, to hear - слышать, to observe - наблю-
I heard her to feel bad. - Я слышал, что она чувствует себя
156
5. Переведите предложения.
Л) I want her to make (cook) breakfast. 2. My father would like his
son to be to a doctor. 3. I would like my friends to be happy. 4. Don’t let
him lie to you. 5. He reported (declared) the train to arrive at 5.6.1 consider
(believe) this book to be interesting.
В) 1. Он хотел, чтобы она познакомилась с его родителями. 2.
Инспектор хотел бы, чтобы вы все ему объяснили. 3. Я видел, что дети
играли в парке. 4. Я слышал ее пение. Я предупреждаю, что бы ты не
потерял ключи. 5. Он хочет, чтобы ты не была грустной. 6. Я слышал
как он постучал в дверь.
Технический блок (22]
6. Прочтите и переведите текст.
INTRODUCTION ТО THE WWW AND THE INTERNET
Millions of people around the world use the Internet to search for and
retrieve information on all sorts of topics in a wide variety of areas including
formation and make commercial and business transactions. All this activity
is possible because tens of thousands of networks are connected to the Inter-
net and exchange information in the same basic ways.
The World Wide Web (WWW) is a part of the Internet. But it's not a
collection of networks. Rather, it is information that is connected or linked
together like a web. You access this information through one interface or
tool called a Web browser. The number of resources and services that are
part of the World Wide Web is growing extremely fast. In 1996 there were
more than 20 million users of the WWW, and more than half the infor-
mation that is transferred across the Internet is accessed through the WWW.
By using a computer terminal (hardware) connected to a network that is a
part of the Internet, and by using a program (software) to browse or retrieve
information that is a part of the World Wide Web, the people connected to
the Internet and World Wide Web through the local providers have access to
a variety of information. Each browser provides a graphical interface. You
move from place to place, from site to site on the Web by using a mouse to
click on a portion of text, icon or region of a map. These items arc called
hyperlinks or links. Each link you select represents a document, an image, a
157
video clip or an audio file somewhere on the Internet. The user doesn't need
to know where it is, the browser follows the link.
All sorts of things are available on the WWW. One can use Internet
for recreational purposes. Many TV and radio stations broadcast live on the
WWW. Essentially, if something can be put into digital format and stored in
a computer, then it's available on the WWW. You can even visit museums,
gardens, cities throughout the world, learn foreign languages and meet new
friends. And of course you can play computer games through WWW, com-
peting with partners from other countries and continents.
Just a little bit of exploring the World Wide Web will show you what
a much of use and fun it is.
Vocabulary:
retrieve - извлекать
variety - спектр
recreation - развлечение
site - страница, сайт
to link - соединять
hyperlink - гиперссылка
to compete - соревноваться
access - доступ
web - паутина
browser - броузер (программа поиска информации)
to provide - обеспечивать чём-либо
provider - провайдер (компания, предоставляющая доступ к WWW через
broadcast live передавать в прямом эфире
6/1. Ответьте на вопросы:
1. What is Internet used for?
2. Why so many activities such as e-mail and business transactions are pos-
sible through the Internet?
3. What is World Wide Web?
4. What is a Web browser?
5. What does user need to have an access to the WWW?
6. What are hyperlinks?
7. What resources arc available on the WWW?
8. What arc the basic recreational applications of WWW?
158
2. There is information on all sorts of topics on the internet, including edu-
cation and weather forecast. -
3. People can communicate through e-mail and chat programs only.
4. Internet is a tens of thousands of networks which exchange the infor-
mation in the same basic way.
5. You can access information available on the World Wide Web through
the Web browser.
6. You need a computer (hardware) and a special program (software) to be a
WWW user.
7. You move ftom site to site by clicking on a portion of text only.
8. Every time the user wants to move somewhere on the web he/she needs to
step by step enter links and addresses.
9. Films and pictures are not available on the Internet.
10. Radio and TV-broadcasting is a future of Internet. It's not available yet.
Dialogue
(Peter and Karen work in a large company. They are having dinner in the
company cafe).
Peter
Hi, Karen. Glad to meet you. You looked very busy this morning.
There were so many statements on your table.
Oh, Peter. This is the end of the year. The accounting department
Peter
Karen
Peter
Karen
Karen
1 know. We are all very busy, totaling accounts. But I've already
turned in the report on my department.
Good.
So, how's business.
I don't know everything, I am busy with some records and state-
ments. I don't have the whole picture. Bui I think the company is
doing very well.
I am sure of it, we have to keep our creditors and investors happy.
Well, the balance sheet and profit and loss
statement are ready. It is the end of the fiscal year. So everybody
can check out the assets and liabilities, net worth and profit posi-
tion of the company in the financial statements.
Why are you asking?
Peter I thought you could explain me the big difference be-
tween my gross pay and my net take-home pay.
Karen The explanation takes only one word-taxes.
Actually the salaries are done through the computer.
Peter Really?
Karen Sure. We can't handle any volume in a large
company without computers.
Peter You are right. Thank you for very interesting
information.
Karen Oh, it’s my pleasure. Let's go to get some dessert.
Vocabulary:
accounting department -бухгалтерский отдел
to total accounts- суммировать счета
to turn in the report- сдать отчет
creditor- кредитор
investor- инвеститор
profit and loss statement — отчет по прибыли и убыткам
net worth - а) стоимость имущества за вычетом обязательств
б) собственный капитал предприятия
a financial statement - финансовый отчет
a pay check - платежный чек
gross - валовой, брутто
net pay - плата бет вычетов
tax - налог
salary - зарплата
fiscal year - фискальный (бюджетный) год
7/1. Представьте, что главный бухгалтер фирмы. Ответьте на во-
1. Бухгалтерский учет представляет данные для кредиторов и вкладчи-
2. Они готовят отчет о доходах и балансовый отчет в конце финансово-
го года.
3. Мы определяем эффективность производства с помощью анализа
коэффициентов.
4. Недвижимость является собственностью корпораций.
5. Мы проверим актив и пассив и определим стоимость имущества за
6. Мы платим большие налоги.
7. Сколько ты получаешь без вычетов?
7/2. Переведите предложения.
1. Бухгалтерский учет представляет данные для кредиторов и вкладчи-
ков. 2. Они готовят отчет о доходах и балансовый отчет в конце финан-
сового года. 3. Мы определяем эффективность производства с помо-
щью анализа коэффициентов. 4. Недвижимость является собственно-
стью корпораций. 5. Мы проверим актив и пассив и определим сто-
имость имущества за вычетом обязательств. 6. Мы платим большие
налоги. 7. Сколько ты получаешь без вычетов?
УРОК 34
1. Составьте рассказ о вашем техникуме по плану:
1. Where do you study?
2. Where is your technical secondary school situated?
3. What professions can we get in our technical secondary school?
4. Are daytime and correspondent causes here?
5. What subjects do first your students study?
6. When do students begin to study special subjects?
7. What special subjects do students study?
КОНСТРУКЦИЯ "USED ТО+ипфинитив"
Эта конструкция употребляется только в прошедшем времени.
I. Означает некогда существовавшие привычки и состояния
в противовес настоящим:
Не used to take a bus now he drives his own car.
Когда-то/некогда он ездил на автобусе, теперь он ездит на собст-
венной машине.
Нс used to drink black coffee, now he drinks coffee with milk.
Раньше он пил черный кофе, а теперь пьет кофе с молоком.
2. Конструкция также употребляется для описания обычных,
When he was little, he used to play toy-cars.
Когда он были маленьким, он бывало играл в игрушечные
машинки.
Вопросительная форма - "USED" - ставится на первое место.
Used she to study well at school? - Училась ли она хорошо в
Однако в разговорной речи в вопросительных и отрицательных
предложениях чаше употребляется вспомогательный глагол "Did”.
Did she use_ to study well at school?
She didn't use_ to study well al school.
ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ: Если в английских предложениях нет необхо-
димости добавлять наречия времени, то при переводе на русский оно
добавляется: когда-то/некогда/раиьше или бывало.
А) I. I use to live in Moscow but now in Volgograd. 2. There used to
be a lot of trees in our town. 3.1 didn’t use to drink milk. 4. She used to go
shopping near her place but that shop is closed. 5. Did you use to cat a lot of
cakes? 6.1 used to travel a lot. 7. Used you to fish?
смотрел все фильмы по телевиденью. 5. Раньше она никогда нс зани-
малась спортом, а теперь увлекается теннисом, (to go in for sports). 6.
Вы ездили раньше за город по выходным, когда у вас не было детей?
КОНСТРУКЦИЯ ‘to be used to doing'
УПОТРЕБЛЯЕТСЯ: для рассказа о том, что нам привыч-
ОБРАЗУЕТСЯ: глагол ‘to be’ (в соответствующей форме) +
used to + ипговая форма глагола (зд. герундий)
- You are used to waking up early - Ты имеешь привычку просы-
паться рано. (Это твоя привычка.)
- Are you used to waking up early or late? - У тебя привычка про-
сыпаться рано или поздно?
- I’m not used to waking up early. - У меня нет привычки просы-
паться рано.
- Then I was used to getting up early. - Тогда у меня не было при-
вычки просыпаться рано.
1. Му son is used to driving to his work. 2. He used to spend a lot of
162
ans are used to eating spicy food. 5. In my restaurant I used to cook myself.
But now I have a cook. 6. John was used to eating a lot.
КОНСТРУКЦИЯ -to get used + to doing’
УПОТРЕБЛЯЕТСЯ: при сообщении о формировании привыч-
ОБРАЗУЕТСЯ: 'to get (меняется в зависимости от времени и ли-
ца) used to -I- ииговая форма глагола (зд. герундий.)
'То get used to doing’ переводится как “привыкать к чему-либо".
- 1 am getting used to waking up early -я сейчас привыкаю просы-
- I was getting used to waking up early - Я привыкал просыпаться
рано (был процесс)
- 1 have to get used to.... - я должна привыкнуть
- 1 got used to waking up early. - Я привык просыпаться рано
(привычка сформирована).
4. Переведите предложения.
4. Я привык ездить на новой машине. 5. Бывало, я ездил на старой ма-
шине, а теперь я купил новую. 6. У меня привычка водить хорошие
машины.
4. Переведите предложения.
французски. 3. Он говорит, что эта гостиница более комфортабельная.
4. Я надеюсь, что Вы поговорите с коммерческим директором (a sales
manager). 5. Кто говорит, что это самый важный вопрос? 6. Он говорит,
что это самый интересный фильм, который он когда-либо видел. 7. Я
говорил Вам об этой проблеме, не так ли? 8. Я никогда не говорил с
Вами об этом?
5. Расспросите соседа по парте о его детстве и привычках с ис-
пользованием конструкций 'Used to + Infinitive' и 'to be used to doing’.
6. Определите видовременные формы глаголов. Переведите
предложении.
1.1 don’t like to ask questions. 2. He must be still reading. 3. I will
be glad to study at a musical school. 4. How do you think 'Arc you claver?’
5. My wish is to read much. 6. Why are you crying? 7. John goes to the
reading-hall to read books. 8.1 seem to have been invited to the discussion.
9. There were a lot of girls in the disco club. 10. She had bought it before us.
УРОК 35
Conditional Sentences
/Условные предложения/
I-ii тип. Условные предложения реальной ситуации. Относится к бу-
ОБР.: [Future Indefinite |if[Present Indefinite]
Главное предложение Придаточное предложение
настоящему и будущему времени.
ОБР.: [would + ал. </ф.| If | Past Indefinite)
Главное предложение Придаточное
Пример: She would write tomorrow if she had time.
- Она бы написала завтра, если бы у нее было время.
- Если в придаточном предложении надо взять глагол 'to be’ в
форме ‘was’, то он меняется на ‘were’
III-й тип. Нереальность If I were you I shouldn’t do so. - На Вашем
выполнено в прошлом.
Главное предложении Придаточное
Пример: She would have written yesterday if she had had time.
- Она бы написала вчера, если бы у нее было время.
- Запятая между главным и придаточным предложением ставится
в том случаи, если придаточное предложение находится перед глав-
1. Переведите предложения.
А) 1. They will ring me back if they want me. 2. If we bought tickets
wc would go to the opera. 3. If I had been free yesterday I would have done
this work. 4. What would you do if you found million dollars?
я бы поехал туда следующим летом. 3. Если
164
узнает его адрес?
2. Прочтите и перескажите текст.
Cambridge
Cambridge is an old university town in England. There is a river, the
Cam, which is not wide, and many gardens in that town. The university was
founded in 1209. Today there are 29 colleges in Cambridge. 18 of them are
for men, 5 - for women, and only 6 mixed, where men and women can
study together.
The buildings of many colleges are red. Some are five hundred years
old. College buildings at Cambridge are fine examples of English architec-
ture from the 15-th century up to our days.
There arc many students in the streets. The students have special
caps and special light bluejackets, called blazers. At Cambridge the students
4. Переведите предложения.
1.1 don’t know where you live. 2. If I sec him tomorrow I’ll ask him
about. 3. She is said to be a good student. 4. He said he felt tired. 5. How
he did it is difficult to say. 6. He won’t go there if he isn't invited. 7. She sat
body admired him. 9. Leave the door opened so that the light may show you
the way. 10. To read the text was difficult
Урок 36
The subjunctive mood
(Сослагательное наклонение)
УПОТРЕБЛЯЕТСЯ: - для выражения пожелания, мысленно
допустимых фактов (я бы ...)
ОБРАЗУЕТСЯ: - WOULD + глагол по смыслу без ‘to’.
I would like to meet you. - Я хотел бы с вами познакомиться.
совершить ошибку.
В разговорной форме часто сокращают: Не would = He'd
1. Переведите предложения:
1. It wouldn't do you any harm if you did this exercise a second time.
165
2. You'd never say he was gloomy if you knew him better.
3. If this book were more interesting, it would be in greater demand.
4. If my friend were in Moscow now, he could show me the city.
КОНСТРУКЦИЯ "BUT FOR"
Конструкция ‘but for’ (если бы...) является разновидностью ус-
ловных предложений.
УПОТРЕБЛЯЕТСЯ: когда выполнение одного действия за-
висит от другого действия: Если бы не деньги, я бы купил себе само-
лет (но денег нет).
ОБРАЗУЕТСЯ: BUT FOR ...+ сослагательное наклонение.
1. But for the rain we would go to the country.
-Если бы не дождь, мы бы поехали за город.
2. Если действие могло произойти в прошлом, бери сослагатель-
ное наклонение + Perfect:
и ‘might*, которые не будут терять свою модальность:
But for his help I could have many problems.
2. Переведите предложения.
A) 1. But for you I wouldn't know what to do. 2. But for your advice
we would have been at the concert on time. 6. But for a computer we
couldn’t know so new.
В) I. Если бы не фильм, я бы не прочитал эту книгу. 2. Он бы не
встретил тебя, если бы ты не позвонила. 3. Если бы ты поискала в сло-
варе, ты бы знала эти слова. 4. Если бы не Олег, он бы не думал о ней
так плохо. 5. Сергей не стал бы хорошим программистом, если бы не
случай. 6. Если бы не сообщение в телефоне, я бы никогда об этом не
вспомнил.
3. Прочтите и переведите текст.
London and finance [24]
London, the capital of the United Kingdom, is a political, cultural,
London is one of the world's financial capitals. The business centre of Lon-
166
don is the City, where numerous banks, various exchanges, insurance of-
fices, shipping and other companies have their head offices.
At the heart of the City is the London Stock Exchange where millions
of shares and securities are traded daily. There are also exchanges in several
other cities of the United Kingdom, but the London Stock Exchange is the
most important. Here through the Exchange members the investor can buy
or sell shares in any of the thousands of companies which are quoted on the
Exchange and many more companies which are quoted. On recognised ex-
changes overseas, the London Stock Exchange offers the largest range and
number of securities quoted on any Stack Exchange in the world. In volume
of business it ranks third to New York and Tokyo.
London is also the headquarters of many prominent international
banking and insurance concerns which deal in foreign shares, insurance and
bonds and handle English investments in other countries.
The central feature of government finance is the Bank of England,
tary policies and acts as the "banker's bank" for privately owned banks and
other Commonwealth nations.
Most domestic banking operations of the United Kingdom arc carried
on by the commercial clearing banks. The main commercial banks arc
Lloyds Bank, Barclays Bank, Midland Bank and National Westminster
Bank, often referred to as "the Big Four".
Paper currency in circulation is issued by the Bank of England. The
monetary unit is the pound sterling equal to 100 pence.
Vocabulary:
exchange - биржа
торговые дела
metal exchange - биржа металлов
тролировать
bonds - облигации, боны,
sugar exchange - сахарная биржа
рактерная черта
commodity exchange- товарная биржа,
фондовая биржа
to deal in smth. - вести
to handle -управлять, кон-
feature- особенность, xa-
stock - акция, акции
royal - королевский
stock exchange - акционерный капитал charter-хартия, грамота;
loan - заем
stock shareholder-акционер, владелец
тавлять заем
securities - ценные бумаги
act - закон, постановление
выполнять
to trade- торговать
нежный
to Unde with smb.- торговать с к. л.
to trade in smth. - торговать чем-либо
investor - вкладчик
обладать
to invest in - помещать капитал в
вложения
to quote - котировать, давать расценку .privately owned banks-
банки, находящиеся
to grant a loan. - предос-
акций
to carry out - проводить,
monetary - монетный, Re-
валютный
to act - действовать
investment - капитало-
собствен.
overseas - за границей
ры, ценные
volume - объем
ги, основанные
clearing - расчет за това-
бумаги и оказанные услу-
headquarters - штаб-квартира, центр
выдающийся
concern - концерн
ращение
circulation - денежное об-
КОНСТРУКЦИЯ / wish + ... - жаль, что ...
УПОТРЕБЛЯЕТСЯ: дли выражения сожалении.
ОБРАЗУЕТСЯ: 1. Для выражения
сожаления в настоящем времени:
1 wish I knew it. - Жаль, что я не знаю этого.
I wish I bought these glasses. - Жаль, что я нс покупаю эти очки.
Обратите внимание на перевод: нс смотря на то, что в англий-
ском предложении во второй части нет отрицают, на русский язык
будет во второй части, то в русском варианте его не будет:
168
Запомни: В данной конструкции глагол * to be' употребляется в
форме ‘were’ в не зависимости от лица подлежащего:
1 wish I were there. - Жаль, что я не там.
Для передачи прошедшего времени используется Past Perfect:
I wish I had bought these glasses. - Жаль, что я не купил эти очки.
him to tell her it. 3.1 wish my son could buy a new car. 4. I wish I hadn’t
known it. 5. Would you go to swim if the weather were fine? 6.1 wish the
weather were not bad. 7.1 wish 1 could use your computer.
B) 1. Жаль, что он живет так далеко. 2. Жаль, что они нс пришли.
3. Я хотел бы чашечку кофе. 4. Жаль, что я не могу писать по-немецки.
УРОК 37
СОСТАВНЫЕ ПРИЛАГАТЕЛЬНЫЕ
Составные прилагательные по форме похожи на причастие про-
шедшего времени. Они образуются: прилагательное + существительное
+ суффикс '- cd’: a grey-eyed woman. Сравните с русским: сероглазый,
a girl with blue eyes,
a boy with dark hair,
a child with long legs
a blue-eyed girl.
a dark-haired boy.
a long-legged child.
1. Переведите предложения.
1) A well-known Italian singer gave a concert last night; 2) The
above-named village is situated at the seaside. 3) The poem, named by
the teacher, was known to the whole class. 4) The newly-built bridge
across the Volga near Saratov is wide and long. 5) This radio set seems
169
2. Прочтите и составьте рассказ о достопримечательностях
Лондона.
London’s places of interest
The Houses of Par-
Once a royal palace the
Houses of Parliament are now the
seat of the Government and the
head of the Commonwealth.
In 1834 The Houses of Par-
liament with exception of West-
minster Hall were destroyed. The
new building was built in 1840-
1852. This enormous edifice, probably the largest in the world contains
170
Nowadays the Tower is a museum, housing the Nation Collection of
Armour
and the Crown Jewels and Royal Regalia. The Tower is still
guarded by the Yeomen Warders, the famous Beefeaters, who wear a tradi-
tional sixteenth-century uniform.
Tower Bridge
Tower Bridge takes its
name from the Tower of Lon-
don. The hydraulic mechanism
in about one and half minutes.
The covered walkway between
the two towers is open to the
public and offers spectacular
view of London.
St. Paul’s Cathedral
The British Museum
The British Museum is one of the
largest museums in the world. It is fa-
The City’s greatest
monument, St. Paul’s Cathe-
dral, was built by Sir. Christo-
pher Wren. It is the second of
size only to St. Peter's in
Rome. Between the two west
towers rises the famous dome.
It’s 365 feet high and beneath it
is the celebrated “Whispering
Gallery”.
Trafalgar Square
Trafalgar Square is named in
memory of Nelson’s great naval victo-
ry. In the middle of the square stands
the famous Nelson’s Column with the
statue of Nelson on the top of it. It is a
traditional place of mass meetings.
(to be) a much better student. 4. If I (not to be) present at the lesson, I should
not have understood this difficult rule. 5. You (not to miss) the teacher's
explanation if you had arrived in time. 6. If she (to ask) me yesterday, I
should certainly have told her all about it.
William Shakespeare
(1564-1616)
Of course, you know the name of William Shakespeare very well. He
was one of the world's greatest writers. He was born in 1564 in Stratford-on-
Avon, a small English town. The Stratford school was a difficult place at
that time. The pupils had to be at school at six in the morning in the warm
seasons and an hour later in winter. School-days were long, and only in the
holidays could William Shakespeare had a real rest. He went to the woods
and to the river Avon. But the best thing of all in Will’s life was a group of
actors who visited Stratford from time to time. He watched them and knew
that he wanted to be an actor. When William was twenty-one, he went to
London. He became an actor there and later he began to write plays. Shake-
speare watched the new life and he showed how differently people under-
great plays. In all, he was the author of over thirty plays, two poems and 154
sonnets. Together they are the most remarkable body of work that ever came
from a human mind. Shakespeare's heroes are still on the stage.
6. Сделайте сообщение о жизни и творчестве об одном совре-
менных нз Британских писателей или поэте.
УРОК 38
ТИПЫ ПРИДАТОЧНЫХ ПРЕДЛОЖЕНИЙ
Как и в русском языке, так и в английском, существуют сложно-
нательные и обстоятельственные. Придаточные предложения в них
отвечают нате же вопросы, что и сами члены предложения.
Придаточные определительные
Придаточные определительные отвечают на вопросы: what?
who? whose? which? и присоединяются к главному предложению, чаще
всего, с помощью союзных слов: who (whom), what, which.
He presented me the biggest toy-bear which was in the shop.
- Он подарил мне самого большого игрушечного мишку.
- Человек, который был здесь вчера, известный художник.
Придаточпые изъяснительные
Придаточные изъяснительные отвечают на вопросы косвенных
They sow (that) it was very far.
- Что известно то, что известно.
Придаточные оостоятельственные
Придаточные обстоятельственные выполняют функцию различ-
13a действия, yc-
венные времени, места, прич
тупительные, цели, условия.
Придаточные времени отвечают на вопросы: when? since off?
how long? Они присоединяются к главным предложения союзами:
when, whenever (всякий раз), while, as soon as, as long as, after, since,
before, till, until, by the time (that).
I have been waiting for him since 5.
173
- Я жду его с 5 часов. We removed here when / >ra.r a child. - Мы переехали сюда, когда я был ребенком. Согласование времен происходит так же как и в сложно подчи-
ненн ых предложениях с придаточными условия. Придаточные места отвечают на вопрос: where? Они соединя-
союзными словами where, wherever. Where you like there live better. - Где нравится, там жить лучше. Придаточные причины отвечают на вопрос why? К главному
пред Shcs ложснию присоединяются с помощью союзов because, as, since как, поскольку), for (так как), now that (теперь когда). studies here because she would like to become a book keeper. • Она учится здесь, потому что хотела бы стать бухгалтером. Придаточные условия Сложноподчиненные предложения с придаточными условия
подр обно рассматриваются в уроке 35. 1. Переведите предложения, определите тип придаточных
пред ложепнн. 1. Не won’t go there unless he is invited. 2. If I sec him tomorrow,
ГН а: Thel sk him about. 3.1 gave him the textbook so that he might learn the les- 4. There were few people in the streets in spite of the fact that it was nine o'clock. 5. The box was blocking the way so (that) one could not 6. The book isn’t so interesting as you think. 7. Where the river is :r it makes least noise. 8. When I come back, I’ll call you. 9. Children live by the sea usually begin to swim at an early age. 10. I don’t know e you live. 11. The season for coming is that I hoped to see you. 12. look she gave me is very interesting. 2. Переведите на английский язык, соблюдая правило согла-
сова 1. Мы вчера узнали, что она больна. 2. Он думал, она не придет в
ty. 3. Я знал, что моя сестра изучает французский язык, и думал, >на поедет в Париж. 4. Мне сказали, что ты мне звонил. 5. Я ду- что ты в Москве. 6. Я нс знал, что ты уже вернулся в Санкт- рбург. 7. Я боялся, что заблужусь в лесу. 8. Она знала, что мы ни- it не видели ее картины. 9. Ученый был уверен, что найдет реше- ароблемы. 10. Я знал, что приехал в Санкт-Петербург, и полагал,
174
Мы надеялись, что поедем в Лондон. 13. Учитель сказал, что наши
друзья прислали письмо из Лондона. 14. Она сказала, что ее подруга
пригласила ее в театр.
3. Раскроите скобки, употребляя глаголы в требующейся
форме.
1. If my sister does not go to the south, we (to spend) the summer in
St. Petersburg together. 2. If they (not to go) Moscow last year, they would
not have heard that fame musician. 3. If you (not to get) tickets for the Phil-
harmonic we will stay at home. 4. If you were not so careless about your
health, you (to consult) the doctor. 5. You (not to miss) the teacher's expla-
nation if you had arrived in time. 6. You would have understood he rule if
you (not to miss) the teacher's explanation.
Holidays in the USA
Every country has its own holidays. They reflect the history of the
country and its cultural and religious traditions. Some religious holidays arc
common in different countries. They are Christmas and Easter.
Americans celebrate Christmas on the 25<h of December. They buy a
lot of presents for each other, for their parents, children and friends.
The New Year’s Day, the Is* of January is not so widely celebrated in
the United States as we do it in Russia.
Of course, the most important holiday in America is the 4й1 of July,
the Independence Day. People like to watch colourful fireworks in the even-
ing. The 4"1 of July is the day-off and people don't go to work.
The holidays when people don't go to work are: Martin Luther King's
day on the 20lh of January, Labour Day on the 7'h of September and Thanks-
giving on the last Friday of November. On Thanksgiving Americans usually
eat turkey. This holiday reminds the time when the first colonists (pilgrims)
from England came to America in 1620 and could survive in the unknown
land. There is still a big white stone on the shore in Plymouth in Mas-
sachusetts that the pilgrims landed on. It is called «The Plymouth Rock».
The 31st of October is the children's most favourite holiday — Hal-
loween. On this day children, dressed in funny dresses visit their neighbours
175
The rest of the holidays are usually on weekends. They are: the Flag's
Day, Mother's Day, Armed Forces Day. Americans also celebrate Lincoln's
birthday, Washington's birthday, President's Day in February.
The 14th of February is Valentine's Day or as it is called «All lovers
Vocabulary:
to reflect - отражать fireworks - фейер-
верх
Christmas - Рождество turkey - индейка
Easter - Пасха to remind - наломи-
widely celebrated -широко празднуется
to survive - выжи-
5. Задайте вопросы одногруппнику:
1. What do the holidays reflect?
2. When do Americans celebrate Christmas?
3. Is Iм of January widely celebrated?
4. What is the most important holiday in USA?
5. What arc the holidays when people stay off work?
6. What is and where is Plymouth Rock?
7. What's children most favourite holiday?
6. Прочтите и сделайте сообщение по содержании, текста.
English traditions
Every country and every nation has its own traditions and customs.
You cannot speak about England without speaking about its traditions and
customs. Englishmen arc proud of their traditions and carefully keep them
up.
The English are stay-at-home people. "There is no place like home",
they say. When they don't work, they like to spend their days off at home
with their families. Englishmen are very fond of fire-place, that's why many
of them prefer the open fire to central heating. They like to live in small
houses with a small garden. People all over the world know the saying "The
Englishman's home is his castle".
They say that English people keep to their traditions even in meals.
Porridge is the dish Englishmen are very fond of. Many of them cat porridge
with milk and sugar for breakfast. As for the Scotch, for example, they never
put sugar in their porridge, they always put salt in it. By the way, breakfast
176
time in England is between seven and nine. Then, between 12 and 2p.m.,
there comes lunchtime. In some English houses lunch is the biggest meal of
the day - they have meat or fish, vegetables, fruit or pudding. In the after-
noon, at teatime the English likes to have a cup of tea with milk. Some Eng-
lishmen have their dinner late in the evening. For dinner they have soup, fish
or meat, vegetables, pudding or fruit. For supper they usually have a glass of
milk and a cake or a cup of tea and sandwich.
УРОК 39
1. Вставьте местоимения some, any, по.
1. There are... discs for the programme. 2. Have you... books on the
shelf? 3.1 bought... English books. 4. Give me ... advice! 5. Have you
written ... lines? 6. As a pity, you have ... friends! 7. Please, bring me...
pan apples. 8.... persons are next to me.
Ever в сочетании с такими словами, как what, who. where и т. д.,
часто соответствует русскому бы (ни), например: whatever — что бы
ни; whoever — кто бы ни; wherever — куда бы ни.
2. Переведите предложения.
I. Whatever he did was always good. 2. Who ever thought that
he could do it? 3. Whenever I come, she is always away. 4. Wherever I
go, I often meet him.
The Verbal Noun
(Отглагольное существительное)
ОБРАЗУЕТСЯ: Берем глагол в 1-й форме +’- ing'.
to read (читать) —> the reading (чтение)
to втоке(курить) —> the smoking (курение)
I like the singing of this actress.
- Мне нравится пение этой артистки.
All these shuttings and openings of the door disturb me greatly. -
- Все эти открывания и закрывания дверей страшно мне мешают.
ПРИЗНАКИ ОТГЛАГОЛЬНОГО СУЩЕСТВИТЕЛЬНОГО.
3. Определение
4. Предлог 'of после существительного
3. Прочтите н переведите текст. Составьте 10 вопросов к тек-
The United States of America
The United States of America is another important English-speaking
country. On the East, it is washed by the Atlantic Ocean and on the West-by
the Pacific Ocean. The United States consists of fifty different states joined
together under one government.
At first it was consisted of only 13 states on the Atlantic coast of
America that had been English colonies, but they had fought against Eng-
land and in 1776 became an independent country. Alaska, a great territory in
the North-west of the American continent, was bought from Russia in 1867
for 7 million dollars.
The USA is governed by the Congress and the President. The Con-
gress consists of the Senate (100 senators - 2 from states) and the House of
Representatives (435 Congressmen). The President, who is also the head of
elected evety four years.
The capital of the United States is Washington. It is situated on the
Potomac River not far from the Atlantic coast. It is in the District of Colum-
bia, which docs not belong to any one state, but to all the states. The city
itself is named after George Washington - the first president of the United
States.
The centre of the city is the Capitol Building. From the Capitol to the
White House (the official residence of the President) runs a broad Pennsyl-
without skyscrapers.
There are many interesting and beautiful monuments in Washington.
Of these the most well-know are: the Washington Monument - a tall obelisk,
the highest stone structure in the city, the Lincoln Memorial.
4. Прочтите и перескажите текст.
1 have a boyfriend. His name is Philip. He is 19. He is a musician. I
met him through my practical work about a year ago and we began going
out together. Wc share so many things together. Nowadays young people
don't like classical music. They prefer pop music. Some years ago, I pre-
ferred pop music too. Philip invited me to some very good concerts of clas-
sical music. It was great. I'm very grateful to Philip because now I under-
178
or to see our friends. Next weekend we are going to see a detective film in
the cinema that is just opposite my house.
Last winter Philip and I decided to spend a holiday together. We
planned to go to Saint-Petersburg. We had never been there before. But we
didn't go there because of accommodation problems. All the hotels are very
expensive and unfortunately we don't have any friends there.
As you see we have a very good time together.
УРОК 40
THE GERUND (Герундий)
- это неличная форма глагола, имеющая признаки глагола и су-
ществительного. Может переводиться как глаголом, так и существи-
тельным.
ОБРАЗУЕТСЯ: Берем глагол без частицы ‘to’ + 'ing'
Reading books is necessary for anyone - Любому человеку необходимо
читать книги.(глагол)
Reading is necessary everybody. - Чтение необходимо каждому.
(существительное)
Отрицательная форма герундия.
I was angry with you for not coming on time. - Я злился на тебя за
Герундий может быть:
1. частью сказуемого-, глагол to be + герундий
His hobby is learning English. - Его увлечение — изучение анг-
лийского языка.
My brother always prefers telling the truth. - Мой брат всегда пред-
ет говорить правду.
I agreed on (to) his coming. - Я согласился на его приход.
Thank you for writing me a letter. - Спасибо за то, что ты написала
мне письмо.
3. определением:
I don't like his mener of speaking. - Мне не нравится его манера
4. в составных существительных:
я A child does his home work at the writing desk. - Ребенок делает домашнее зада- ние за письмен- ном столом. 5. обстоятельства: On coming home he had his lunch. - Придя домой, он пообедал. Обратите вниманне: Есть ряд глаголов после, которых употребляется герундий: Не didn't stop smoking - Он не перестал курить, хотя although I asked him to. просил его это сделать. He's already finished - Он уже закончил читать
эту reading this book. книгу. Do you mind talking - Вы не имеете против того,
to me? поговорить со мной? Отличие герундия от отглагольного существительного. ГЕРУНДИЙ ОТГЛАГОЛЬНОЕ СУЩЕСТВИТЕЛЬ- НОЕ 1. Нет артикля 1. Есть артикль. Smoking is harmful. The smoking is harmful. 2. Нет множественного числа. 2. Есть множественное число. I like his talkings. 3. Her предлога 'of 3. Есть предлог 'of по- носле герундия. существительного отглагольного. Reading _ books is useful. The reading of books is useful. 4. Может быть предлог перед 4. Предлога перед
180
герундием.
отглагольным суще-
5. Переводится суще-
I like the singing
On coming home he saw friends.
5. Переводится инфинитивом, сушест-
ствительным вительным, деепричастием, при-
of this actress.
даточным предложением,
этой актрисы.
Не began reading his paper. Он начал чтение (читать) свою газету.
-Мне нравится пение
1. Переведите предложения и укажите, к какой части речи
относятся выделенные слова.
А) I. Нс began doing his home work after reading an interesting
book. 2. Running short distances is my hobby. 3. Asking her about help-
ing he forgot about the time. 4. All women like shopping. 5. He doesn't like
7.1 knew of his coming here. 8. The beginning of the lesson will be at
10 o'clock.
В) 1. Кипение воды было быстрым. 2. Описание Москвы мы
должны начать с Красной площади. 3. Изучение языков очень полезно
для мозга. 4. Она знала его, будучи студентом. 5. Мы ждем его прихо-
да. 6. Вернувшись домой, он перевел две статьи. 7. Мы нс перестаем
2. Прочтите и переведите текст. Задайте 10 вопросов к
тексту.
The United States is a federal union, which is made up of fifty states
and one independent district - the District of Columbia. The District Colum-
bia is the territory of the national capital of the USA, Washington, with its
own laws and regulations. Washington, D.C. is situated on both bank of the
Potomac river, between the two states, Maryland and Virginia.
This place was chosen by the first American President George Wash-
ington. The plot of land at a hundred square miles was bought in private
owners by the state. In 1790 George Washington laid the corner-stone of the
Capitol where the Congress sits. The place was called the District of Co-
lumbia in honour of Columbus, the discoverer of America. The capital got
the name of Washington after the name of its founder. Washington has been
the federal capital since 1800.
181
Washington is sometimes called the heart of America. It is the place
where the federal government works and where each President of the United
States lives. Washington is smaller in size than the largest cities of the USA,
such as New York, Chicago, Detroit or Los Angeles. The population of
Washington is about I million people. The buildings in Washington are not
very tall because no building must be taller than the Capitol. But, in political
sense, Washington is the centre of the country and the most important city of
the United States.
Vocabulary:
- to be made up of smth. -
Independent -
the District of Columbia -
with its own laws and rcgulations-
to be situated on both banks -
of the river -
a plot of land -
the state -
to lay the corner-stone -
the Capitol •
the Congress -
of honour of smbd. -
a discoverer -
after the name of smbd. -
a founder -
the federal capital -
to be smaller in size than -
in political sense -
независимый
округ Колумбия
co своими собственным зако-
нами и установлениями
быть расположенным по
государство
заложить (о городе)
Капитолин
Конгресс
в честь кого-либо
федеральная столица
быть меньше по размеру, чем
в политическом смысле
3. Ответьте на вопросы по тексту.
I. How many parts is the USA made up of?
2. What is the District of Columbia?
3. How was Washington, D.C. founded?
4. What is Washington famous for?
5. In what sense is Washington the most important city in the USA?
Mr. Harding is in the plane. He is reading a book.
182
P.: Excuse me. Have you got a light, please? My light doesn't work.
H.: Yes, of course. I have some matchers here.
P.: Thank you. Do you smoke?
H.: Yes, I do.
P.: Would like you a cigarette, then.
H.: No, thanks. I don't like cigarettes. I smoke a pipe.
S.: We’re showing a film now, sir. It's a Western. Your earphones
are under your seat.
H.: I don't like Westerns, thank you.
S.r Do you want any coffee, sir?
H.: Yes, please.
S.: Do you want a biscuit too?
H.: No, thank you. Not for me.
P.: Er... some coffee and biscuits for me, please, and some cigarettes.
S.: Of cause, sir.
H.: Do you often go to London?
P.: No, I don't. My firm sends me once a year.
H.: Do you like England?
P.: Yes, I do.
H.: Is your firm English?
P.: No, it isn't, ifs an American firm...
H.: Wc arc landing. There's the London Airport. I like London in summer.
УРОК 41
1. Вставьте, где необходимо, артикли и переведите.
1. Can you tell me... way to ... nearest underground station? 2. I'm
not sure. I'm ... stranger here. 3. There may be one on ... left opposite ...
traffic lights. 4. Turn left at... crossroads and go straight on. 5. Go straight
on as for as... cinema. 6. Take... third turning on ... right. 7. The res-
taurant's on... comer next to... past office.
ФОРМЫ ГЕРУНДИЯ
Формы герундия
Active
Passive
183
nite Indefi- writing being written
Perfect having written having been written
герундий.
1. Watching football matches can be exciting enough but of course it
is more exciting playing football. 2. She stopped coming to see us, and I
wondered what had happened to her. 3. Can you remember having seen
them before? 4. She was terrified of having to speak to anybody and even
more, of being spoken to. 5. After having corrected by the teacher, the stu-
dents’ papers were turned to them. 6. I wondered at my mother’s having
loved the journey. 7.1 understand perfectly your wish to start the work at
once. 8. At last he broke the silence inviting everybody to walk into the din-
ing-room. 9. Being told the news she turned pale. 10. The place is being vis-
iting.
Техпический блок [26]
3. Прочтите и переведите текст .
Computer systems
Computers can be divided into three main types, depending on their
Main frame computers are the largest and most powerful. They can
handle large amounts of information very quickly and can be used by many
people at the same time. They usually fill a whole room and arc sometimes
referred to as mainframes or computer installations. They arc found in large
usually found in banks and offices. They are becoming less popular as mi-
crocomputers improve.
Microcomputers, commonly known as micros, arc the smallest and
least powerful. They are about the size of a typewriter. They can handle
smaller amounts of information at a time and are slower than the other two
types. They are ideal for use as home computers and are also used in educa-
tion and business. More powerful microcomputers are gradually being pro-
duced; therefore they are becoming the most commonly used type of com-
IS4
A computer can do very little until it is given some information. This
is known as the input and usually consists of a program and some data.
A program is, a set of instructions, written in a special computer lan-
guage, telling the computer what operations and processes have to be earned
out and in what order they should be done. Data, however, is the particular
information that has to be processed by the computer, e.g. numbers, names,
measurements. Data brought out of the computer is known as the output.
EXAMPLE: A computer calculating 34 - 4 = 30 uses the following
program and data:
PROGRAM Add two numbers then display the result.
INPUT DATA 3,4
OUTPUT DATA 30
When a program is run, i.e. put into operation, the computer executes
the program step by step to process the data. The same program can be used
with different sets of data.
the pieces of ec
hardware.
up the computer system are known as
The most important item of hardware is the CPU (Central Processing
Unit). This is the electronic unit at the center of the computer system. It con-
tains the processor and the main memory.
The processor is brain of the computer. It does all the processing and
controls all the other devices in the computer system.
The main memory is the part of the computer where programs and
data being used by the processor can be stored. However, it only stores in-
formation whiles the computer is switched on and it has a limited capacity.
All the other devices in the computer system, which can be connected
to the CPU, are known as peripherals. These include input devices, output
devices and storage devices.
An input device is peripheral, which enables information to be fed in-
to the computer. The most commonly used input device is a keyboard, simi-
lar to a typewriter keyboard.
An output device is a peripheral, which enables information to be
brought out of the computer, usually to display the processed data. The most
commonly used output device is a specially adapted television known as a
monitor or VDU (Visual Display Unit). Another common output device is a
printer. This prints the output of the CPU onto paper.
A storage device is a peripheral used for the permanent storage of in-
These are the main pieces of hardware of any computer system
whether a small "micro" or a large mainframe system.
3/1. Прочтите и переведите текст.
Health and your computer
Can all this computing be good for you? Are there any unhealthy side
effects? The computer seems harmless enough. How bad can it be, sitting in
a padded chair in a climate-controlled office?
Health questions have been raised by the people who sit all day in
front of the video display terminals (VDTs) of their computers. Are comput-
er users getting bad radiation? What is about eyestrain? And what about the
age-old back problem, updated with new concerns about workers who hold
their hands over a keyboard? What about repetitive-action injury also known
as carpal tunnel syndrome? What about the risk of miscarriage?
Unions and legislators in many communities continue to push for
laws limiting exposure to video screens. Many manufacturers now offer
screens with built-in protection.
of themselves. A good place to begin is with an ergonomically designed
workstation. Ergonomics is the study of human factors related to computers.
A properly designed workstation takes a variety of factors into account, such
as the distance from the eyes to the screen and the angle of the arms and
Experts recommend these steps as coping mechanisms:
- Tum the screen away from the window to reduce glare, and cover
your screen with a glare deflector. Tum off overhead
- lights; illuminate your work area with a lamp.
- Put your monitor on a tilt-and-swivel base.
- Get a pneumatically adjustable chair. Position the seat back so your
lower back is supported.
- Place the keyboard low enough to avoid arm and wrist fatigue. Do
not bend your wrists when you type. Use an inexpensive, raised wrist rest.
Do not rest your wrists on a sharp edge.
- Sit with your feet firmly on the floor. Exercise at your desk occa-
sionally rotating your wrist, rolling your shoulders, and stretching. Better
yet, get up and walk around at regular intervals.
186
4. Прочтите и переведите текст.
The economic environment
The economy comprises millions of people and thousands of firms as
well as the government and local authorities, all taking decisions about pric-
es and wages, what to buy, sell, produce, export, import and many other
matters. All these organizations and the decisions they take play a prominent
part in shaping the business environment in which firms exist and operate.
The economy is complicated and difficult to control and predict, but
it is certainly important to all businesses. You should be aware that there are
times when businesses and individuals have plenty of funds to spend and
there are times when they have to cut back on their spending. This can have
enormous implications for business as a whole.
When the economy is enjoying a boom, firms experience high sales
and general prosperity. At such times, unemployment is low and many firms
will be investing funds to enable them to produce more. They do this be-
It naturally follows that the state of the economy is a major factor in the suc-
cess of firms.
However, during periods when people have less to spend many firms
face hard times as their sales fall. Thus, the economic environment alters as
the economy moves into a recession. At that time, total spending declines as
income falls and unemployment rises. Consumers will purchase cheaper
Changes in the state of the economy affect all types of business,
though the extent to which they are affected varies. In the recession of the
early 1990s the high street banks suffered badly. Profits declined and, in
some cases, losses were incurred. This was because fewer people borrowed
money from banks, thus denying them the opportunity to earn interest on
loans, and a rising proportion of those who did borrow defaulted on repay-
ment. These so-called "bad debts" cut profit margins substantially. Various
forecasters reckoned that the National Westminster Bank's losses in the case
of Robert Maxwell's collapsing business empire amounted to over £ 100
million.
No individual firm has the ability to control this aspect of its envi-
ronment. Rather, it is the outcome of the actions of all the groups who make
up society as well as being influenced by the actions of foreigners with
whom the nation has dealings.
187
environment -среда
to comprise - включать в себя, составлять
local authorities - местные органы власти
to take (syn. to make)
decisions - принимать решения
to play a prominent part - играть заметную (значительную) роль
to shape the environment - формировать обстановку, среду, окружение
to predict (syn. to forecast) - предсказывать
to cut back on spending - сокращать расходы
enormous implications - большое значение, смысл, влияние
general prosperity всеобщее процветание
to enable smb to do smth - делать возможным для кого-то, позволять ко-
му-либо что-либо делать
consumers - потребители
a recession - упадок
total spending - общие, суммарные расходы
to decline - снижаться
income - доход
unemployment - безработица
to purchase (syn. to buy) - покупать
to cut expenditure - сокращать расходы
to affect (syn. to influence smb, smth) - влиять
the extent - степень
to some extent - в некоторой степени
the high street banks - центральные банки
to suffer badly - сильно пострадать
profits - прибыль
to incur (syn. to bear, to suffer) losses - нести убытки, потери
to borrow from - занимать, брать взаймы
to deny the opportunity - лишать возможности
to deny - отрицать
to cam interest - получать процентный доход
loans - ссуды, займы
процентов и т. п.)
a debt - долг
188
profit margins - размеры прибыли
the outcome of the actions - результат действий
to make up society - составлять общество
to have dealings - иметь торговые (деловые) связи
assignments (задания)
4/1. Подберите русские эквиваленты из текста
the government and local authorities; firms experience high sales;
their sales fall; total spending declines as income tails; luxuty items; the
high street banks suffered badly; to earn interest on loans; so-called "bad
debts"
4/2. Вставьте необходимые слова и выражения из текста.
1. The economy is complicated and difficult to_.
4. Changes in the state of the economy___all types of business.
5. During a fewer people borrowed money from banks, thus________to
cam interest on______.
6. So-called "bad debts" cut_substantially.
7. The economic___is________of all the groups who make up society as well
as_____of the actions of foreigners with whom the nation____.
1. В этом году
оборудования нс смогли найти для нес рынка сбыта. 3. Эта фирма из-
вестна своей высококачественной продукцией. 4. Производство нового
самолета начнется в следующим году. 5. Они работают очень много, но
все их усилия не слишком продуктивны. 6. Руководство ищет эффек-
4/4. Прочтите и переведите текст.
Measuring economic activity [28]
There are a large number of statistics produced regularly on the oper-
ation of the world's major economies. The UK's economy is no exception in
this respect. You will probably have noticed that often the headlines in
newspapers or important items on television news programs relate to eco-
example of this occurs when interest rates are increased: the media responds
ers with mortgages.
Data is provided on a wide range of aspects of the economy's opera-
tion. Statistics are available to show.
* the level of unemployment
* the level of inflation
* a country's trade balance with the rest of the world
* production volumes in key industries and the economy as a
whole
* raw material prices, and so forth.
The main statistics illustrating the economy's behaviour relate to the
level of activity in the economy. That is, they tell us whether the economy is
working at full capacity using all or nearly all, available resources of lo-
level of activity. As the economy moves towards a recession and a lower
level of prosperity it is likely that unemployment figures will rise. An alter-
native measure of the level of activity is national income statistics, which
show the value of a nation's output during a year. Economists use the term
ot such key data have great significance for businesses, as we will see later.
There are numerous sources of data on the economy of which we can
make use. The government publishes much through the Treasury, Depart-
ment of Trade and Industry, the Bank of England and the Department of
Employment. The Central Statistical Office, which was established during
the Second World War, publishes about half of the government's economic
Much of this is contained in its annual publication, "The Annual Ab-
stract of Statistics". It also publishes the equally valuable "Social Trends"
annually. Additionally, private organizations, such as the banks, building
societies and universities, publish figures on various aspects of the econo-
my's performance.
Economic statistics arc presented in many forms, the most common
being graphs and tables. Although these statistics can be valuable in assist-
future trend of the economy and thus helping the business to take effective
decisions.
190
Vocabulary:
economic activity - экономическая деятельность
is no exception in this respect - в этом отношении не является исклю-
чением
important items - важные вопросы, проблемы
to relate to - относиться к чему-либо, иметь отношение; рассказывать
by highlighting the adverse affects on... - в первую очередь освещая не-
благоприятное влияние на...
householder - домовладелец, домохозяин
household - домашнее хозяйство
mortgage - закладная
data - данные
on a wide range of aspects - по самым разнообразным аспектам
statistics arc available to show - статистика показывает
trade balance - торговый баланс
wages - заработная плата (рабочих)
salary - оклад, жалованье (служащих)
raw material prices - цены на сырье
at full capacity - на полную мощность
available resources - доступные, имеющиеся в наличии ресурсы
labour - труд
machinery - оборудование
factors of production - производственные факторы, факторы производ-
ства (труд, земля, природные ресурсы, капитал)
to be under-utilized - не использоваться полностью un-
employment figures — количество безработных
indicator — показатель
national income - национальный доход
the value of a nation's output - оценка объема производства страны
Gross National Product (GNP) - валовой национальный продукт (ВНП)
trend - направление, тенденция, тренд
the Tresuary - Государственное казначейство, Министерство финансов
the Department of Employment - Министерство по вопросам занятости
the Central Statistical Office - Центр
to contain - содержать
graphs and tables - графики и таблицы
to assist - помогать, оказывать помощь
they should be treated with some caution - к этим данным следует отно-
ситься с некоторой осторожностью
4/5. Переведите па русский язык.
important items on TV programmes relate to economic data and the
effects; householders; statistics are available to show; available resources of
labour; at full capacity; key industries; key data; the value of a nation's out-
put; the Treasury; building societies; they should be treated with some cau-
tion; trend (find it in 3 sentences).
.____the headlines in newspapers often_economic data and__
. they should
2. the statistics tell us whether the economy is working_using all or
nearly all, resources of labour, machinery and other factors of production
or whether these resources are being.
3. Economists use the term__to describe the value of a nation's output
during a year.
4. although these statistics can be_in assisting it
_____with__when_____the future trend of the economy.
4/7. Переведите на английский язык.
много (многочисленные); в этом отношении; средства массовой
информации; подчеркивать, выделять; закладные; объем производства;
сырье; не полностью используется; уровень занятости; валовой нацио-
нальный продукт; опубликовать в каких-либо источниках.
УРОК 42
I. В каком из следующих слов звук, передаваемый буквосочета-
нием "оо", отличается от остальных?
1) cool, 2) room, 3) roof, 4) zoo, 5) troops, 6) flood, 7) too, 8) soon,
9) moon, 10) tooth.
2. Выберите правильный модальный глагол:
1) The weather... change tomorrow. - may, - must,- should.
2) She... to finish school in a year. - may, - has, - are.
192
3) The water is cold, you... swim. - can, - can’t, - must.
4) I... to cover the whole distance on foot. - can, - have, - must.
3. Выберите правильную форму инфинитива:
1) You may ring them up, they must.... - return, - have returned.
2) Why didn't you ask me? I might... you. - be helping, - have
helped.
3) It must... urgently. - be done, - have done.
4) They are... on Monday. - to arrive, - to have arrived
4. Подберите соответствующие формы глагола:
2) She... 9 hours.
3) She ... on the sofa was a little girl,
ing.
4) She... before somebody awakes her.
5) She wants....
vas sleeping, will be sleep-
I) She couldn't come on time.
2) She should have come on time.
3) She мау have come.
4) She must have come.
5) Could she come?
6) She had to come time.
7) She should come on time.
8) She need't соме.
b) Ей пришлось придти вовремя.
с) Она не могла придти вовремя.
d) Ей следует приходить вовремя.
h) Она может не приходить.
6. Выберите правильную форму глагола:
2) If we get the tickets, we... on Monday. - leave, - will leave.
3) When the delegation ... you will have to work with them. - arrives,
- will arrive.
6) If I... Chinese 1 should go to China. - know, - knew,
7) If I had had time I... the translation. - would finish,
8) If you had taken my address you... my house easily. - would find,
- would have found.
7. Прочтите текст и ответьте на вопрос:
Three years ago I went with some friends on a skiing holiday in the
Italian Alps. We flew to the Milan airport from London and then took a
coach to Trivera. There was a lot of snow on the mountains and the sun
shone every day. The snow conditions were great. We skied a lot and of
some days, I took lessons in ski school to learn new techniques. In the eve-
nings, we went to the local discotheque. We danced, drank, and met a lot of
people. At the beginning of the holiday, I was an intermediate skier, but
now, after those ten days. I’m an advanced skier.
- How long did he stay in the Alps?
Технический блок [29]
consist of a processor, memory chips, and several smart, programmable,
circuit chips. All the main circuit components make the computer work arc
located all the system board; other important parts arc located all expansion
boards, can be plugged into the system board.
The system board contains the microprocessor, which is tied to at least 64
KB of memory; some built-in ROM programs, such as BASIC and the ROM
BIOS; and several very important support chips. Some of these chips control
external devices, such as the disk drive or the display screen,
and others help the microprocessor perform its tasks.
In this section, we discuss each major chip and give a few important tech-
nical specifications. These chips are frequently known by more than one
name. For example, some peripheral input/output hardware is supervised a
chip known the 8255. This chip is also referred to as the
8255A and the 8255A5. The suffixes A and 5 refer to revision numbers and
to parts rated for operation at different speeds. For programming purposes,
any Intel chip part number that starts with 8255 is identical to any other chip
part number starts with 8255, regardless of the suffix. However, when you
replace one of these chips on a circuit board, note the suffix. If the suffixes
arc different, the part may not operate at the proper speed.
processor, microprocessor - процессор
memory, storage - память
194
smart - гибкий, разумный; интеллектуальный
programmable - программируемый
to locate - располагать, размещать
to allocate, alloc - размещать, определять место, распределять, назна-
board, bd - плата
system board - системная плата
expansion board - плата расширения
motherboard - материнская плата
to plug into - вставлять
to tie - связывать
built-in встроенный
ROM (Read Only Memory) - ПЗУ (постоянное запоминающее устройст-
support - поддержка, средства обеспечения
to support - поддерживать, обеспечивать
input/output, - I/O ввод/вывод
to supervise - руководить, управлять
to refer - ссылаться
be referred to рассматриваться
to run (program) - выполнять, прогонять программу, может быть, одно-
1/1. Задайте вопросы одногруппнику.
1. What main parts does a computer consist of from the programmer's point
of view?
2. What board is additional circuits located on?
3. What does the system board of a computer contain?
4. What tasks do support chips perform?
5. Why is it necessary to note the chip suffix when replacing a chip?
1/2. Переведите предложения.
1. Все компьютеры состоят из процессора, схем памяти и не-
скольких программируемых схем. 2. Все основные схемы располага-
195
1/3. Используя слова из текста, переведите выражения:
с точки зрения программиста; все члены семейства PC; несколь-
ко интеллектуальных, или программируемых, микросхем; основные
компоненты; «заставляют» компьютер работать; располагаются на пла-
те расширения; могут быть вставлены в; по крайней мере, 64 КБ памя-
ти; встроенные программы ПЗУ; управляют внешними устройствами;
технические описания, определения; известны под более чем одним
названием; управляется микросхемой; схема рассматривается как; от-
носятся к пересмотренным номерам; части, рассчитанные для операций
с различными скоростями; для целей программирования; независимо
от суффикса; работать с нужной скоростью.
The role of government
Having mentioned the effect of government tax policy on the income
distribution, it's necessary to examine in greater detail the role of the gov-
ernment in society. In every society governments provide such services as
national defence, police, public education, firefighting services, and the ad-
ministration of justice. In addition, governments through budget make trans-
fer payments to some members of society.
big the provision of any service in return. Examples are social security, re-
tirement pensions, unemployment benefits, and, in some countries, food
stamps. Government expenditure, whether on the provision of goods and
services (defence, police) or on transfer payments, is chiefly financed by
by government borrowing. Table compares the role of the government in
four countries.
Government Spending as a Percentage of National Income
Country Purchase of goods ,llkl SCI К CS Transfer pay- Debt interest Total
UK % 23.0 % 17,2 % % 45.3
.Ijp.ltl 14,9 12,7 » (' 32,2
USA 20.1 12,2 4.S 37.1
Italy 27.0 23.0 9,2 59.4
196
In each case, we look at four measures of government spending as a
percentage of national income: spending on the direct provision of goods
and services for the public, transfer payments, interest on the national debt,
and total spending.
Italy is a "big-government" country. Its government spending is large
and it needs to raise correspondingly large tax revenues. In contrast, Japan
has a much smaller government sector and needs to raise correspondingly
less tax revenue. These differences in the scale of government activity rela-
tive to national income reflect differences in the way different countries al-
locate their resources among competing uses.
Governments spend part of their revenue on particular goods and ser-
vices such as tanks, schools and public safety. They directly affect what is
produced. Japan's low share of government spending on goods and services
in Tabic, reflects the very low level of Japanese spending on defence.
Governments affect for whom output is produced through their tax
the ,
res that the poor are allocated more of what is produced
The government also affects how goods are produced, for example
through the regulations it imposes. Managers of factories and mines must
obey safety requirements even where these arc costly to implement, firms arc
prevented from freely polluting the atmosphere and rivers, offices and facto-
The scale of government activities in the modem economy is highly
controversial. In the UK the government takes nearly 40 per cent of national
income in taxes. Some governments take a larger share, others a smaller
share. Different shares will certainly affect the questions what, how and for
whom, but some people believe that a large government sector makes the
economy inefficient, reducing the number of goods that can be produced and
eventually allocated to consumers.
work. If half of all we earn goes to the government, we might prefer to work
fewer hours a week and spend more time in the garden or watching TV.
That is one possibility, but there is another one: if workers have in mind a
holiday every year, they will have to work more hours to meet this target
when taxes are higher.
Whether on balance high taxes make people work more or less re-
more likely to reduce incentives to work since they actually contribute to
197
target income. If large-scale government activity leads to important disin-
centive effects, government activity will affect not only what, how, and for
whom goods are produced, but also how much is produced by the economy
as a whole.
This discussion of the role of the government is central to the process
by which society allocates its scarce resources. It also raises a question. Is it
inevitable that the government plays a prominent part in the process by
which society decides how to allocate resources between competing de-
Vocabulary:
having mentioned - упомянув, рассмотрев
government tax policy - налоговая политика государства
to examine in greater detail - рассмотреть более подробно
to provide service - оказать услугу
national defence - национальная оборона
to make transfer payments - осуществлять трансфертные платежи
without requiring the provision of any service in return - нс требуя ответ-
ных услуг
social security - социальное обеспечение (за счет государственных на-
логов) retirement pensions - пенсии за выслугу лет
unemployment benefit (syn. dole) -пособие по безработице
to be, live on the dole - жить на пособие по безработице
food stamps - талоны на продовольствие
to impose taxes - облагать налогами
residual component - остаточная часть
to be financed by government borrowing - финансироваться правительст-
венными займами
direct provision of goods and services for the public - прямое (непосредст-
венное) снабжение (обеспечение) граждан товарами и услугами
interest on the national debt - проценты по национальному долгу
correspondingly - соответственно
the scale of government activity - размах (масштаб) государственной дея-
тельности
relative to - в отношении чего-либо
to reflect differences - отражать различия
to affect directly - непосредственно влиять
198
to affect through tax and transfer payments - оказывать воздействие через
to ensure that - обеспечивать такое положение, при котором...
than would otherwise be the case - как было бы в противном случае
to impose regulations - издавать административные положения, поста-
новления, распоряжения
to obey safety requirements - соблюдать требования безопасности
to be costly to implement - использование (применение) обходится доро-
to pollute freely - безнаказанно загрязнять
to ban (syn. to prohibit) - запрещать
residential parts of the city - жилые части города
to be highly controversial - быть крайне неоднозначным
a largc/small share - большая/малая доля, часть
to share - делить, разделять с кем-либо, e.g. 1) to share smb's views, 2) to
делать экономику неэффективной
eventually (at last) - в конце концов, в конечном счете
it's commonly asserted - принято считать, по всеобщему утверждению
the incentive to work - стимул, мотивация к работе
to cam (money) - зарабатывать (деньги)
to earn one's living - зарабатывать на жизнь
at least sufficient to afford a foreign holiday - быть достаточным, крайней
мере, для того, чтобы провести отпуск за границей
to meet a target - достичь цели
on balance - с учетом всего вышесказанного, в конечном счете
welfare payments - государственные пособия (напр., по безработице.
since (syn. as, for, because) - поскольку, так как
to contribute to - вносить вклад в
large-scale government activity - широкомасштабная деятельность пра-
вительства
to raise (syn. to bring up) a question - поднять вопрос
to be inevitable - неизбежно
2/1. Найдите термины в тексте, которые описывают следую-
199
money paid to people without asking for a service in return
money paid to people when they stop working
money paid to people who have no work
money owed by the government of a country
money received by governments from taxation
money a worker keeps after paying taxes
2/2. Найдите в тексте перевод следующих терминов:
пенсии за выслугу лет; пособие по безработице; продовольст-
венные карточки (талоны); облагать налогом; правительственные зай-
мы; налоговая политика правительства; распределение доходов; пере-
водные (трансфертные) платежи; взимать налоги; собирать налоговые
поступления; принято считать (по всеобщему утверждению); умень-
шать заинтересованность в работе; целевой (плановый) чистый доход
после уплаты налогов.
2/3. Ответьте на вопросы:
1. What are transfer payments? Give some examples.
2. Using Table. I compares the UK and the USA on the same basis.
3. In what way can governments affect what and for whom is produced?
4. Why docs a large government sector make the economy inefficient?
5. What are the two possibilities of responding to high tax rates on the
part of workers?
6. What is the possible outcome of large-scale government activity?
УРОК 43
1. Прочтите и переведите текст. [31]
The Microprocessor
In aall PCs, the microprocessor is the chip that runs programs. The
microprocessor, or central processing unit (CPO), carries out a variety of
computations, numeric comparisons, and data transfers in response to pro-
grams stored in memory.
The CPO controls the computer's basic operation by sending and re-
ceiving control signals, memory addresses, and data from one part of the
computer to another along a group of interconnecting electronic pathways
called a bus. Located along the bus are input and output (1/0) ports that con-
nect the various memory and support chips to the bus. Data passes through
200
these I/O ports while it travels to and from the CPO and the other parts of
the computer.
We'll point out the similarities and differences between the different
microprocessors as we describe them.
VOCABULARY:
to process - обрабатывать
to cany out - выполнять
comparison, comp - сравнение
transfer, tr - передача, пересылка, перенос; переход, команда перехода
response - ответ, отклик, реакция
in response to - в ответ на
to send - посылать, отправлять
to receive, rev - получать, принимать
pathway, path - путь, дорожка, тракт, маршрут; цепь, ветвь программы;
траектория
to belong to - принадлежать
to point out - выделять, указывать, показывать, обращать внимание
pointer указатель
similarity сходство, подобие
CPO, Bus, Port
1/2. Выпишите перевод следующих словосочетании,
которые могут использоваться в профессиональном разгово-
ре:
- выполняет множество вычислений_
- сравнение чисел_
- посылая и принимая сигналы_
- группа взаимосвязанных электронных путей_
во время прохождения к и от__
- разница между_
201
Different microprocessors brief history of the Intel architecture
design philosophy of Intel [32]
The 8088 is the 16 bit microprocessor controls the standard IBM per-
sonal computers, including the original PC, the PC/XT, the portable PC, and
the PCjr. Almost every bit of data that enters or leaves the computer passes
through the CPO to be processed.
Inside the 8088, 14 registers provide a working area for data transfer
and processing, internal registers, forming an area 28 bytes in size, are able
to temporarily store data, memory addresses, instruction pointers, and status
and control flags. Through these registers, the 8088 can access 1MB (mega-
byte), or than, one million bytes, of memory.
The 8086 is used in the PS/2 models 25 and 30 (and also in many
IBM PC clones). The 8086 differs from the 8088 in only one minor respect:
it uses a full 16 bit data bus instead of the 8 bit bus that the 8088 uses. (The
difference between 8 bit and 16 bit buses is discussed below.) Virtually any-
thing that you read the 8086 also applies to the 8088; for programming pur-
The 80286 is used in the PC/AT and in the PS/2 models 50 and 60. Alt-
hough fully compatible with the 8086, the 80286 supports extra programming
features that let it execute programs much more quickly than the 8086. Perhaps
the most important enhancement to the 80286 is its support for multitasking.
Multitasking is the ability of a CPO to perform several tasks at a time
such as printing a document and calculating a spreadsheet by quickly
switching its attention among the controlling programs.
The 8088 used in a PC or PC/XT can support multitasking with the
help of sophisticated control software.
However, an 80286 can do a much better job of multitasking because
it executes programs more quickly and addresses much more memory than
the 8088. Moreover, the 80286 was designed to prevent tasks from interfer-
ing with each other.
The 80286 can run in either of two operating modes: real mode or
protected mode. In real mode, the 80286 is programmed exactly like an
8086. It can access the same 1 MB range of memory addresses as the 8086.
1 n protected mode, however, the 80286 reserves a predetermined amount of
memory for an executing program, preventing that memory from being used
by any other program. This means that several programs can execute con-
currently without the risk of one program accidentally changing the contents
of another program's memory area. An operating system using 80286 pro-
tected mode can allocate memory among several different tasks much more
effectively than can an 8086 based operating system.
202
The PS/2 Model 80 uses the 80386, a faster, more powerful micro-
processor than the 80286. The 80386 sup ports the same basic functions as
the 8086 and offers the same protected mode memory management as the
80286.
However, the 80386 offers two important advantages its predcces-
The 80386 is a 32 bit microprocessor with 32 bit registers. It can per-
form computations and address memory 32 bits at a time instead of 16 bits
at a time.
The 80386 offers more flexible memory management than I the
80286 and 3086.
Vocabulary:
to enter - входить, вводить
to leave - покидать, выходить (из программы), оставлять
to provide - обеспечивать, снабжать, предоставлять
internal - внутренний
clone - клон (ветвь, семейство с однородными признаками)
respect - уважение; зд. отношение, касательство
to have to - принимать во внимание
without to - безотносительно
to to - касаться, относиться
application, appl - применение, использование; прикладная задача (сис-
purpose - цель
to consider - считать, рассматривать
compatible - совместимый
although - хотя
perhaps - возможно
features - черты, характеристики
to execute - выполнять (программу, команду), осуществлять
enhancement - модернизация, совершенствование, расширение (напри-
мер, возможностей)
to perform - выполнять, представлять
spreadsheet - крупноформатная электронная таблица, программа для
203
обработки таких таблиц
sophisticated - сложный, тонкий (о приборе, машине, системе и т. д.)
to sophisticate - подделывать, лишать простоты, делать искушенным
to design - конструировать, создавать
to be designed to (+ verb) - предназначаться, чтобы (+ глагол)
to be designed for (+noun) - предназначаться для (+ существительное)
to prevent - предотвращать
to interfere - вмешиваться, взаимно влиять, устраивать взаимные поме-
mode - способ, метод, принцип (работы), режим (работы), состояние,
наиболее вероятное значение
range - область, диапазон, амплитуда, размах, широта распределения
to determine - определять, решать
current /cur/curr - ток, текущая запись (в базу данных), поток; текущий,
to change, chg - изменять, менять
content, cont - содержание, -s - содержимое
to offer - предлагать
advantage - преимущество, польза, выгода
predecessor - предшественник, предок
flexible - гибкий
management - управление
2/1. Переведите на английский словосочетания, используе-
мые в профессиональной сфере:
первоначальные (исходные) PC; проходит через PC для обработ-
способны временно хранить данные; флажки состояния и кон-
троля;
могут иметь доступ; 16 разрядная шина данных; только в одном
незначительном аспекте; считайте их идентичными; дополни-
тельные возможности по программированию; позволяют ему выпол-
нять программу; важное расширение к; поддержка многозадачности;
выполнять несколько задач одновременно; расчет крупноформатной
щее программное обеспечение; адресуется к гораздо большему объему
204
защищенный режим; заранее определенный объем памяти; предохра-
няя память от; выполняться одновременно; распределять память между
несколькими разными задачами; управление памятью в защищенном
режиме: адресовать память 32-мя разрядами; гибкое управление памя-
2/2.Переведите текст.
The Intel 486™ processor added more parallel execution capability
by (basically) expanding the Intel 386 TM processor’s Instruction Decode
and Execution Units into five pipelined stages, where each stage (when
needed) operates in parallel with the others on up to five instructions in dif-
ferent stages of execution. Each stage can do its work on one instruction in
one clock, and so the Intel 486™ processor can execute as rapidly as one
instruction per CPU clock. An 8-KBytc on chip LI cache was added to the
Intel 486™ processor to greatly increase the percent of instructions that
cessor also for the first time integrated the floating-point math unit onto the
same chip as the CPU and added new, bits, and instructions to support more
complex and powerful systems (L2 cache support and multiprocessor sup-
port). Late in the Intel 486™ processor generation, Intel incorporated fea-
tures designed to support energy savings and other system management ca-
pabilities into the 1A mainstream with the Intel 486™ SL Enhanced proces-
sors. These features were developed in the Intel 386 TM SL and Intel 486™
SL processors, which were specialized for the rapidly growing battery oper-
ated notebook PC market. The features include the new System Manage-
ment Mode, triggered by its own dedicated interrupt pin , which allows
complex system management features (such as power management of vari-
ous subsystems within the PC), to be added to a system transparently to the
main operating system and all applications. The Stop Clock and Auto Halt
Power down features allow the CPU itself to execute at a reduced clock rate
to save power, or to be shut down (with state preserved) to save even more
2/3. Сопоставьте части английского предложения и русский
The Stop Clock and Auto Halt Power down features allow the CPU
itself to execute at a reduced clock rate to save power, or to be shut down
(with state preserved) to save even more power.
205
- остановки часов и
- автоматической установки режима пониженного энергопотреб-
ления - при остановке процессора____________
- позволяет ЦП
- работать при пониженной частоте
- для экономии энергии________
- или вообще остановиться
- (с сохранением состояния)___
- для еще большей экономии энергии
Computer studies?
Экономический блок [33]
3. Прочтите и переведите текст.
THE PRODUCTION POSSIBILITY FRONTIER
Let's turn to the most important tool for an economist - the production
put that the economy can produce, if it uses all its available scarce resources.
The easiest way to explain it is to complete a figure. First, the vertical
axis or line, is lapel led "food output'. The units of food output run from
nought at the bottom to 25 at the top, entering the units of food output in
units offilm output. Let's enter in the units of film output in fives again, this
time up to 30.
Suppose we have an economy with only food and film industries.
Now, if we put all the workers into producing food, we will produce 25 units
of food, but no units of film. We can mark this on the diagram with point A
- no film, 25 units of food. It means point A comes on the vertical line at the
number 25. Now, at the other extreme, if the economy puts all its workers
into producing film, it will produce 30 units, but it will not produce any
food. So, the next point is on the bottom, horizontal line, at 30 units. Let's
label it as point E.
These two points, A and E, are the two extreme points of the produc-
tion possibility frontier. Let's put in three more points. Point В is where the
economy is producing 22 units of food and 9 units of film. Point C is where
the economy is producing 17 points of both film and food. And, finally,
206
straight line, it's a concave curve. It is this concave curve that is called the
The production possibility frontier represents a trade-off. More of one
commodity, food or film, means less of the other, and this is because of the
law of diminishing returns. It states that if, in the production of a commodi-
ty, one factor of production is increased by stages while the other factors are
kept unchanged, the stage will sooner or later be reached where each further
addition to the increasing factor will produce a smaller and smaller increase
in output.
curve involve the transfer of one or more workers from one industry to the
other, say, from food production to film production. The number of workers
in the film industry increases, and so docs the film output, but on the whole
each additional worker produces less additional film. That is to say, each
transfer reduces output per person in the film industry. At the same time a
output. That's why a society faces the problem of choosing between different
products, as the scarcity of available resources docs not allow it to increase
the production of one good without decreasing the production of the other.
As all the resources arc scarce, points outside the frontier (point F in the
example) represent the level of production unattainable at the given stage of
development. On the contrary, it is inefficient to produce within the frontier
(point G in the example), as it means poor management of production. By
moving on to the frontier, society could have more of some goods without
having less of any other good.
Vocabulary:
a tool - инструмент
output - объем производства
a figure - чертеж, рисунок
the vertical axis (line) - вертикальная ось
food output - количество произведенных (объем производства) продо-
вольственных товаров
nought - ноль
the horizontal axis (the bottom line) - горизонтальная ось
film output - количество произведенной (объем производства) пленки
at the other extreme - на другом полюсе
to draw a line joining all these points together - провести линию, соеди-
207
a trade-off - альтернатива, выбор
the law of diminishing returns - закон сокращающейся доходности
the production of a commodity - производство товара
by stages - постепенно
each further addition - каждое последующее дополнение
an increase in output - увеличение объема производства
Io involve the transfer - включать в себя, подразумевать перемещение
to reduce output per person - сокращать выработку на одного человека
additional output - дополнительный объем производства
amounts of output - объем производства, количество произведенной
продукции
good - зд. благо
outside the frontier - за пределами границы
the level of production unattainable -уровень производства недостижи-
within the frontier - внутри границы
poor management of production - плохая организация производства
3/1. Вставьте в пропуски слова из текста
I. The production possibility frontier is the most important_for an
economist.
2. This frontier shows the i
my can produce, if it uses________________________________
3. To complete a figure of_we need to draw_____together.
4. The line drawn is not_, it's__. It is this concave curve that is called
ions of____that the econo-
5. The production possibility frontier represents_.
6. More of one___, food or film, means____of the other, and this is
because of______. .
7. It states that if, in__,one is increased while the other factors
are kept__________, the stage will be reached where to the increasing
factor will produce_____.
8. The number of workers in the film industry____, and so docs the film
_____, but on the whole each____worker produces_____additional film.
9. Each transfer____in the film industry.
208
10. That's why a society faces the problem of__________between _______,
as_____does not allow it___the production of one good without____the pro-
duction of the other.
УРОК 44
1. Прочтите и переведите текст.
The Math Compressor
The 8086,80286, and 80386 can work only with integers. To perfotm
floating-point computations on an 8086-family microprocessor, you must
represent floating-point values in memory and manipulate them using only
integer operations. During compilation, the language translator represents
each floating-point computation as a long, slow series of integer operations.
if you have a large number of calculations to perform.
A good solution to this problem is to use a separate math coprocessor
that performs floating-point calculations. Each of the 8086family micropro-
cessors has an accompanying math coprocessor: The 8087 math coprocessor
is used with an 8086 or 8088; the 80287 math coprocessor is used with an
80286; and the 80387 math coprocessor is used with an 80386. (Sec Figure
Each PC and PS/2 is built with an empty socket on its motherboard into
which you can plug a math coprocessor chip.
From a programmer’s point of view, the 8087, 80287, and 80387
math coprocessors arc fundamentally the same: They all perform arithmetic
with a higher degree of precision and with much greater speed than is usual-
ly achieved with integer software emulation. In particular, programs that use
math coprocessors to perform trigonometric and logarithmic operations can
run up to 10 times faster than their counterparts that use integer emulation.
Programming these math coprocessors in assembly language can be
an exacting process. Most programmers rely on high level language transla-
tor or commercial subroutine libraries when they write programs to run with
the math coprocessors. The techniques of programming the math coproces-
sors directly are too specialized to cover in this book.
1/1. Выделите из текста ключевые предложения и постройте
1/2. Переведите предложения.
Сопроцессор - это микропроцессорный элемент, дополняющий
функциональные возможности основного процессора. Он реализует
для пользователей ПК высокоскоростную арифметику с плавающей
запятой, вычисление тригонометрических функций и т. д. Сопроцессор
209
расширяет набор команд, которыми может пользоваться программист.
При надлежащей конструкции основного процессора в системе могут
использоваться два или более сопроцессоров.
1/3. Выпишите из текста сказуемые, выраженные глаголами
в Passive Voice.
1/4 Прочтите и скажите: какие слова заменены подчеркнутыми
местоимениями.
Chip [35]
Chip is an integrated circuit created on a tiny silicon flake. Upon the
flake a large number of gates and paths connecting them are formed. They
are formed by very thin films of metal acting as wires. The chip can be used
as main memory or as a CPU. When both memory and logic capabilities are
contained in the same chip, it is called a microprocessor or a computer on a
chip. It consumes vety little power, is compact and of low cost. It can cur-
rently process as many as a million or more instructions per second. The
chip is used in a wide, ever-increasing variety of devices. They are PCs, cal-
culators, digital watches, robots, and electronic games. Continue the list if
you like.
Экономический блок [36]
2. Прочтите и переведите текст.
Economic systems
There arc a number of ways in which a government can organize its
economy and the type of system chosen is critical in shaping environment in
which businesses operate.
its available resources (land, workers, natural resources, machinery etc.) to
satisfy the demands of its inhabitants for goods and services. The more
goods and services that can be produced from these limited resources, the
higher the standard of living enjoyed by the country's citizens.
There are three main economic systems: planned economics, mar-
ket economics, mixed economics.
Planned economics (Плановая экономика)
Planned economics are sometimes called "command economies" be-
cause the state commands the use of resources (such as labour and factories)
that arc used to produce goods and services as it owns factories, land and
natural resources. Planned economies arc economics with a large amount of
central planning and direction, when the government takes all the decisions,
is obviously veiy difficult, very complicated to do, and the result is that
210
there is no society, which is completely a command economy. The actual
system employed varies from state to state, but command or planned econ-
omies have a number of common features.
Firstly, the state decides precisely what the nation is to produce. It
usually plans five years ahead. It is the intention of the planners that there
should be enough goods and services for all.
Secondly, industries are asked to comply with these plans and each
industry and factory is set a production target to meet. If each factory and
farm meets its target, then the state will meet its targets as set out in the five-
year plans. You could think of the factory and farm targets to be objectives
which, if met, allow the nation's overall aim to be reached.
A planned economy is simple to understand but not simple to operate.
It docs, however, have a number of advantages:
* Everyone in society receives enough goods and services to enjoy
a bask standard of living.
wherever it wants. As a result, it can ensure that everyone receives a good
education, proper health care or that transport is available.
Several disadvantages also exist. It is these disadvantages that have
led to many nations abandoning planned economics over recent years:
* There is no incentive for individuals to work hard in planned
economies.
* Citizens cannot start their own businesses and so new ideas rarely
come forward.
* As a result, industries in planned economies can be very inefifi-
A major problem faced by command or planned economies is that of
deciding what to produce. Command economies tend to be slow when re-
sponding to changes in people’s tastes and fashions. Planners are likely to
underproduce some items as they cannot predict changes in demand. Equal-
ly, some products, which consumers regard as obsolete and unattractive,
may be overproduced. Planners are afraid to produce goods and services
unless they arc sure substantial amounts will be purchased. This leads to
delays and queues for some products.
Vocabulary:
natural resources - природные ресурсы
211
a large amount - большой объем
central planning and direction - центральное планирование и руководство
consumption - потребление
obviously - очевидно
complicated - сложный
to have a number of common features - иметь ряд общих черт
intention - намерение
to comply with - подчиняться
a production target to meet - производственная задача (задание), которую
надо выполнить
an objective - цель, задача
an overall aim - общая цель
to enjoy a basic standard of living - иметь основной уровень жизни
to duplicate production дублировать производство
to divert - отвлекать (напр., ресурсы на другие цели)
changes in tastes and fashions - изменения вкусов и моды
to underproduce - нсдопроизводить
to regard smth. as - воспринимать что-либо, относиться к чему-либо
как... obsolete (syn. out of date) - устарелый, вышедший из употребления
to overproduce - перепроизводить
delays and queues - ад. перебои (с товарами) и очереди
2/1. Переведите выражения:
each factoty is set a production target to meet; to divert resources to
wherever it wants; new ideas rarely come forward; tend to be slow when
responding to changes.
1. The type of system chosen is_____in_____, in which businesses oper-
ate.
2. An economic system is the way in which a country uses its__to satis-
fy the demands of for goods and services.
3. The more goods and services that can be produced, the higher the stand-
5. Planned economies аге economies with_of____, when the government___
all____.decides_____________________________________and_____.
6. The actual system employed__from state to state, but command
planned economies have_____.
7. It is_that there should be enough goods and services for all.
8. Industries are asked_these plans and each industry and factory is set_.
9. The factory and farm targets are_which, if met, allow the nation’s
to be reached.
lO. Nations do not waste resources_.
11 .The state can use its control of the economy_to wherever it
wants.
12. It is____that have led to many nations__planned economies
recent years.
l3. Therc is no_for individuals to work hard in planned economies.
15. Command economies tend to_________when_____to changes in people’s
tastes and fashions.
16. Planners are likely_some items as they cannot__changes in demand.
17. Some__and unattractive products maybe_____.
18. This leads to____for some products.
2/3. Переведите предложения.
плану, в котором государство определяет производственные задачи и
планирует развитие на 5 лет вперед. В плановой экономике покупатели
лишены возможности влиять на Производство товаров.
2. Поскольку значительная доля полученной прибыли должна быть
выплачена государству, то в условиях плановой экономики стимулы
работать эффективно невелики.
3 Промышленность часто выпускает непривлекательные и старомод-
ные товары, поскольку невозможно предсказать изменения моды на 5
лет вперед.
4. Государство в условиях плановой экономики может гарантировать
своим гражданам образование и медицинское обслуживание.
5. Все крупные решения, касающиеся объема используемых ресурсов,
структуры и распределения продукции, производства и потребления.
Принимаются центральным плановым органом.
УРОК 45
1. Выполните тест.
1. Выберите правильную форму глагола:
1) If he... at the concert he would have enjoyed it. -had been, -
2) If we ... that present she would have liked it - had bought, -
2. Соотнесите придаточные предложения с главными:
I) If she knows English well
2) If she knew English well
3) If she had known English well
с) she could have helped you.
3. Выберите правильную форму глагола:
1) I wish he ... with us now. - was, - were, - had been.
2) I wish she ...at the theatre yesterday. - was, - were, - had been.
3) I wish wc ... it before. - knew, - had known.
4) If the weather... tomorrow it’ll be fine. - changes; - changed;
- will change.
5) I don’t know if she... to the patty. - comes; - will come.
6) If you ... at home yesterday, you would have watched that film.
4. Выберите правильную форму глагола:
I) I suggest that you ... the film. - saw, - will see, - would see.
2) It’s nccessaty that
everybody... the meeting.
- attended, - will attend, -
would attend.
5. Соотнесите английские предложения с русскими:
I) I wish I had money.
2) If I had money.
3) If I have money.
4) If I had had money with me;
5) I suggest you should always have money with you.
6) 1 wish I had had money with me.
а) Если бы у меня тогда были с собой деньги!
Ь) Если у меня будут деньги.
d) Я предлагаю всегда иметь с собой деньги.
6. Подберите пары антонимов:
1) unhealthy, 2) unusual, 3) unattractive, 4) unpleasant, 5) un-
lucky;
6) unable, 7) unknown.
7. Расставьте последующие абзацы в нужном порядке, чтобы за-
кончить рассказ.
The Hodja and the pots
One day the Hodge borrowed a big cooking pot from one of his
friends. After a while be took it back to his friend’s house and gave it back
to his friend together with a small pot. “Thank you very much,” said his
friend. “But what about this small pot? It doesn’t belong to me.” “Oh, yes,”
pot is the baby, so it does belong to you. The friend took both pots and left.
a) “Excuse me, but could I have my big pot back?” he asked.
b) But after 3 weeks the Hodja had still not returned the big pot, so
the friend went round to the Hodja’s house.
c) Next day the Hodja asked if he could borrow the big pot again.
Of course, his friend agreed, hoping that he would get another small pot.
d) The Hodja shook his head sadly. “But of course pots die,” he said.
“You believed me when I said your pot had a baby. If pots can have babies
they can certainly die.”
e) “What do you mean?” said his friend. “Pots don’t die. I don’t be-
lieve you. 1 want my pot back."
f) “Oh, dear!” said the Hodja. “I’m afraid I have some very bad
news for you. Your big pot is dead.”
8. Прочтите текст и ответьте на вопрос:
Lunching at a restaurant, I ordered the special low-calorie dish. Then
I ordered apple pie. The waitress told me there was none left. As I got up to
go, I saw the same waitress serving apple pie to another, table. Seeing my
expression, she came over and explained, “I just couldn’t let you cat that pic
Why couldn't the waitress let her eat the pie?
a) To get creamy scrambled eggs, be careful at this stage. As soon as
the egg in the pan is thick and there is almost no liquid egg left, turn off the
215
6. Подберите пары антонимов:
1) unhealthy, 2) unusual, 3) unattractive, 4) unpleasant, 5) un-
lucky;
6) unable, 7) unknown.
7. Расставьте последующие абзацы в нужном порядке, чтобы за-
кончить рассказ.
The Hodja and the pots
One day the Hodge borrowed a big cooking pot from one of his
friends. After a while be took it back to his friend’s house and gave it back
to his friend together with a small pot. “Thank you very much,” said his
friend. “But what about this small pot? It doesn’t belong to me.” “Oh, yes,”
pot is the baby, so it does belong to you. The friend took both pots and left.
a) “Excuse me, but could I have my big pot back?” he asked.
b) But after 3 weeks the Hodja had still not returned the big pot, so
the friend went round to the Hodja’s house.
c) Next day the Hodja asked if he could borrow the big pot again.
Of course, his friend agreed, hoping that he would get another small pot.
d) The Hodja shook his head sadly. “But of course pots die,” he said.
“You believed me when I said your pot had a baby. If pots can have babies
they can certainly die.”
e) “What do you mean?” said his friend. “Pots don’t die. I don’t be-
lieve you. 1 want my pot back."
f) “Oh, dear!” said the Hodja. “I’m afraid I have some very bad
news for you. Your big pot is dead.”
8. Прочтите текст и ответьте на вопрос:
Lunching at a restaurant, I ordered the special low-calorie dish. Then
I ordered apple pie. The waitress told me there was none left. As I got up to
go, I saw the same waitress serving apple pie to another, table. Seeing my
expression, she came over and explained, “I just couldn’t let you cat that pic
Why couldn't the waitress let her eat the pie?
a) To get creamy scrambled eggs, be careful at this stage. As soon as
the egg in the pan is thick and there is almost no liquid egg left, tum off the
215
10. Look out of the window. It... hard. - rains, - is raining, - will rain. 11. My car... at the entrance. - was, -were, -are. 12. We... watching TV at that time yesterday. - was, - were, - will
be. 13. When he came, they... dinner. - will have, - have, - were hav-
ing, - are having. 14. You must put... your coat, it’s cold outside. - out, - at, - on, off. 15. He was bom in... small Russian town. - a, - an, - the, -. 16.... table is in the class. - a, - an, - the, -. 17.... Peter is my... cousin. - a, - an, - the, -. 18.... ice-cream is made of milk and sugar. - a, - an, "the, -. 19.1... to visit her in the evening. -will may, - will be allowed 20. Let’s meet... 5 o'clock. - on; -at; in; for. 21. I'm waiting... you. - for, -at; -on; -in. 22. Задайте 5 вопросов к тексту, в виде плана для пересказа: Jane likes to listen to the music very much. But yesterday she was 5
minutes late for the concert. When she came in to the hall the orchestra was
playing some music. She found her scat and asked her friend: "What arc
they playing?" He looked at her at said: "The Ninth Symphony” Jane liked
the concert.
УРОК 46
Additional Exercise[37]
If you decide to apply for a job in the western countries, you will
probably need to form two documents: a letter of interest and a resume. This
is the way how to do it.
Read the letter of interest and a resume and try to write your own
documents of the same kind.
a ) a letter of interest
Dear sir or madam! I graduated from Voronezh State University in
2012. Now I am finishing my post-graduate studies to defend my candidate
thesis this winter. My major is called the programming, which includes the
study of the Computer Technologies and Foreign Language.
I am interested in working in the technology department of your plant
as a programmer. I gained experiences teaching the programming to stu-
dents in the Voronezh State University.
If you arc interested please write me at the above address. I will look
forward to hearing from you.
217
b) a resume
EDUCATION Voronezh State University, Faculty of Modem
Computer Technologies, Programming Department (2012). Post-
graduate studentship (2017).
EXPERIENCE Voronezh State University State. The Department of
Modem Computer Technologies. I deliver lectures on Modem Computer
Technologies. (Fall 2008 - summer 2012). Summer Courses of Modem
Computer Technologies for Foreign Students. The manager on sale of com-
puter techniques’ of company LG.
ACTIVITIES Firm ‘Intercontact’. Courses of intensive studies of
foreign languages. Teacher of English (Fall 2010 - present). Voronezh State
University Exchange Program BW. Voronezh and Eastern Washington Uni-
versities. Tutor of American post-graduates in Russian conversational skills
(fall 2014 - winter 2016) Private Modem Computer Technologies, (fall 2016
- present).
PUBLICATIONS I am the author of 6 articles published in different
thesis which I am going to defend this winter.
LANGUAGES Russian (native language), English, German.
УРОК 47
ДЕЛОВАЯ ПЕРЕПИСКА
ОФОРМЛЕНИЕ ДЕЛОВОГО ПИСЬМА
КОНВЕРТ [38]
На конверте используется машинопись. Если письмо адресуется
персонально кому-то, то в начале указывается фамилия адресата. Номер
дома пишется перед названием улицы, а город — после улицы и
района. После названия города пишется название страны.
Если письмо адресовано в Лондон, то после слова “London”
ставят сокращенное обозначение соответствующего почтового района
— North West; W.C. — West Central).
Над адресом крупным шрифтом печатаются слова, указывающие
способ отправки, а именно:
Registered (заказное),
Air Mail (воздушной почтой),
Express Delivery (со срочной доставкой),
То be Called for или Post Restante (до востребования).
218
Образцы адресов на конвертах:
Messrs. Smith. & Со., Limited
25 Leaden hall Street,
London, E.G.,
England
The Modem Machine Tool Corporation, Stamp
280 Lincoln Street,
Chicago, Illinois,
U.SA.
Обратный адрес пишется на лицевой стороне конверта или на его
оборотной стороне. Ему часто предшествует надпись: «If not delivered,
please return to...»(далее следует адрес отправителя).
Если письмо адресуется лицу, чей точный адрес вы нс знаете, то
его следует направить в какую-либо организацию, с которой данное
лицо поддерживает деловую связь и которая может передать или псре-
слова “In care of” или “Care of (сокращенно “C/o”). Эти слова означают
мо инженеру импортного объединения, уехавшему в командировку в
Нью-Йорк и связанному по работе с обществом Авторг, может быть ад-
ресовано следующим образом:
Мг. А.В. Ivanov, Stamp
C/o Amtorg Trading Corporation,
20 Madison Avenue,
New York, N.Y.
U.SA.
Если письмо адресуется в США, то необходимо после названия го-
США имеются города с одним и тем же названием. Например, в США
есть пять городов с названием Нью-Йорк
Сокращенные названия американских штатов:
AK (Alaska) KY (Kentucky) NY (New York)
AL (Alabama) LA (Louisiana) OH (Ohio)
AR (Arkansas) МА (Massachusetts) OK (Oklahoma)
AZ (Arizona) MD (Maryland) OR (Oregon)
CA (California) ME (Maine) PA (Pennsylva-
nia) CO (Colorado) MI (Michigan) RI (Rhode Is-
land) CT (Connecticut) MN (Minnesota) SC (South Caro-
lina) DC (District Columt >ia) MO (Missouri) SD (South Da-
kota) DE (Delaware) MS (Mississippi) TN (Tennessee)
FL (Florida) MT (Montana) TX (Texas)
GA (Georgia) NB (Nebraska) UT (Utah)
HI (Hawaii) NC (North Carolina) VA (Virginia)
ID (Idaho) ND (North Dakota) VT (Vermont)
IL (Illinois) NH (New Hampshire) WA (Washing-
ton) IN (Indiana) NJ (New Jersey) WI (Wisconsin)
IA (Iowa) NM (New Mexico) WV (West Vir-
ginia) KS (Kansas) NV (Nevada) WY (Wyoming)
Название города Нью-Йорк в штате того же названия пишется
New York, N.Y. или New York City.
1. Оформите конверт, используя данные, переведите на англий-
ский язык и правильно разместите их.
А) Хьюстон город, компания по продаже легковых автомобилей,
штат Техас, мистеру Блэку, дом 102, улица Эдисона, заказное пись-
мо, США.
В) Объединенное Королевство Великобритании. Англия, город
220
сылторга, Россия. Санкт-Петербург, руководителю от,
2. Прочтите и переведите текст. [39]
BASIC THINGS ABOUT CORRESPONDENCE
Correspondence deals with routine matters, formal instructions, ad-
vises and requests for information.
Much of this is done by special forms.
The growing use of the telephone and telegraph is also reducing the
need for letter writing. But the writing of letters continues in spite of tele-
phone, telex, telegraphic and SWIFT communication; in fact most of tele-
phoned and telegraphed communications have to be confirmed in writing.
Numerous problems and complications of the business done with the use of
letters a necessity too.
Correspondence - переписка, корреспонденция
to deal with (dealt, dealt) - иметь цело с...
routine - обычный, шаблонный
matter - вопрос, дело
formal - официальный
advice - сообщение, авизо
to reduce - сокращать
in spite of... - несмотря на
communication - связь
complication - осложнение
SWIFT (Society for Worldwide Inter bank Financial Telecommunication)
221
УРОК 48
СХЕМА АНГЛИЙСКОГО ДЕЛОВОГО ПИСЬМА [40]
Заголовок (Название и адрес ор- анизации или фирмы, адрес тля телеграмм, номера теле- фонов, названия кодов и т.д.) Дата II. Внутренний адрес III. Вступительное обращение IV. Текст письма V. Заключительное при- ветствие VI. Подпись VII. VNESHNETORGOVOYE 3BJEDINENIJE VNESHNETORGIMPORT (I) Telegrams: Vneshnetorgimport. Moscow Ul. Gogol 23 Codcs:ABC—6th Edition Bentley, Second Phrase Moscow, 5 th Feb., 200... Please refer to No. 115/23456 Messrs. Smith and Co., Ltd., 12 High Street, Liveipool. Dear Sirs, RE: OUR ORDER No 115/23456 We have received your letter of the 6th instant and are sending you herewith Drawing No 22. Please send us your invoice for the machines shipped by s.s. «Sedov». Yours faithfully, V/o Vncshnetorgimport (Signatures)
Деловое письмо должно быть коротким, т.е. оно не должно содер-
жать ничего сверх того, что совершенно необходимо сообщить адресату
письма.
При употреблении вежливых оборотов речи следует избегать за-
мысловатых и вычурных выражений.
Деловое письма обычно пишут по установленной форме на напе-
чатанных типографским способом бланках.
223
2. Дата отправления письма.
3. Название и адрес получателя письма (внутренний адрес).
4. Вступительное обращение.
5. Основной текст письма.
6. Заключительное приветствие.
7. Подпись.
ЗАГОЛОВОК
Заголовок содержит название и адрес организации или фирмы, ко-
торой посылают письмо, а также: адрес для телеграмм, номера те-
лефонов, названия кодов, употребляемых в телефонных разговорах, и
Названия всероссийских экспортных и импортных объединений не
переводятся на иностранный язык, а пишутся лапшским шрифтом. На-
пример, «Внешнеторговое Объединение» — Vncshnctorgovoje
Objcdincnije.
предприятий, банков и т.д. стоит слово Limited (Ltd.). Оно представляет
собой сокращение выражения «limited liability company» — «общество с
ограниченной ответственностью». Это выражение означает, что ответст-
венность членов общества (акционеров) ограничивается суммой при-
надлежащих им акций.
Часто в заголовке напечатано указание на ссылку (reference)
или справочный номер (reference number), которое отправитель письма
1. In your reply, please, mention our reference ...
2. In your reply, please, refer to ...
2. Kindly mention ... in your reply ...
4. Our file No...
5. Please, quote No... when replying.
6. Our reference
- Your reference
В заголовках некоторых фирм можно встретить надпись: «АН
communications to be addressed to the company and not to individuals» —
«Все сообщения должны быть адресованы обществу, а не отдельным
лицам».
223
ДАТА
Дата отправления письма обычно пишется в правом углу под за-
головком, после адреса отправителя. Обозначается, например 17th Oc-
tober, 1999 (читается — the seventeenth of October, nineteen ninety
Правильно следует писать порядковое числительное при по-
мощи цифр и одного из окончаний: st, nd, rd, th. Например, I st, 2nd,
3rd, 4th и т.д. Запятая ставится после названия месяца.
Названия месяцев часто сокращаются. Например, 12th Sept,
Названия месяцев Употребляемые сокращения
January Jan.
February Feb.
March не сокращается
April Apr.
May не сокращается
June не сокращается
July не сокращается
August Aug.
September Sept.
October Oct
November Nov.
December Dec.
1. Напишите нижеприведенные даты так, как это принято в
ерческой корреспонденции, сократив названия месяцев, если
: в английском и
это возможно. Обратите внимание на знаки прелина!
американском образце делового письма.
1. The thirty-first of January, 1999.
2. The twenty-fifth of November, 1999.......etc
224
УРОК 49
ВНУТРЕННИЙ АДРЕС (inside address).
Внутренний адрес представляет собой название или адрес орга-
низации или имя и адрес лица, которой адресуется письмо. Он пишется
на лицевой стороне бланка письма, немного ниже строки, на которой на-
писана дата письма (см. схему и образец письма).
Название организации или имя лица обычно пишется отдельной
строкой.
Если письмо адресуется фирме или организации, то перед ее на-
званием принято ставить слово Messrs [*mesaz]. Оно представляет со-
бой сокращение французского слова «Messieurs» ("господа") и употреб-
ляется обычно в том случае, когда в названии фирмы или организации
имеются собственные имена.
Например: Messrs. А.В. Smith and Sons,
14 High Street,
Manchester.
Например: The Modem Engineering Corporation,
180 West Seventh Street,
Слово Messrs, употребляется больше в Англии, чем в США.
Когда письмо адресуется какому-нибудь лицу, то перед его
Вместо Mr. иногда после фамилии адресата ставится слово Esq.
[is'kwaia ].
Например: Mr. А.В. Smith или
А.В. Smith, Esq.
Слово Esquire употребляется часто в адресах после фамилий
лиц, занимающих видное общественное положение.
Если письмо адресуется должностному лицу в какой-либо ор-
ганизации, то внутренний адрес пишется:
А.В. Smith, Esq.,
Managing Director,
Smith and Company, Limited,
15 High Street,
Glasgow.
225
The Managing Director,
Smith and Company, Limited,
15 High Street,
Glasgow.
Указание должности без фамилии лица, ее занимающего, воз-
можна лишь тогда, когда эта должность является единственной в органи-
зации, указанной в адресе (President, Chairman, Managing Director, Gen-
eral Manager, Secretary, Chief Accountant и т.п.).
В этом случае перед названием должности в адресе ставится ар-
тикль the, который, однако, опускается, если в адресе приведена фами-
лия данного должностного лица.
Перед фамилиями замужних женщин ставится слово Mrs.
['misiz], а незамужних — слово Miss.
Например: Mrs. A.B.Broun. Miss C.D.White.
- При адресации писем руководшслям правительственных учрежде-
ний, членам дипломатического корпуса, судьям и т. п. следует обра-
США правила.
ПРИВЕТСТВЕННЫЕ ФОРМУЛЫ
В настоящее время наиболее распространены следующие форму-
лы приветствий в деловых письмах.
Вступительное обращение — Dear Sirs (в Англии) и Gentlemen (в
США).
Заключительное приветствие — Yours faithfully или Faithfully
yours, или Yours truly, или Truly yours.
В США распространено также заключительное приветствие:
Yours very truly.
2. В письмах к отдельным лицам:
Вступительное обращение — Dear Sir (к мужчинам) и Dear Madam (к
женщинам).
Заключительное приветствие — Yours faithfully или Faithfully
yours, или Yours truly, или Truly yours.
После вступительного обращения ставится запятая (в Англии) и
двоеточие (в США), а после заключительного приветствия — запятая.
Обращение Dear Sir и Dear Madam к отдельным лицам являются стро-
226
организации, то после вступительного обращения (или над ним) ста-
вится следующая надпись:
Attention: Mr. John Brown
Вступительное приветствие в этих случаях всегда пишется во мно-
жественном числе, т.е. Dear Sirs или Gentlemen, поскольку письмо адре-
суется организации, а не лицу.
Messrs. Brown and Smith, Incorporated,
220 Lincoln Street,
Chicago, Illinois.
Dear Sirs,
Attention: Mr. Henry Watson
We have received your letter...
Dear Sirs,
RE: ORDER No. 230
We have received your letter
2. Gentlemen
SUBJECT: ORDER No 230
и теперь употребляется в значении слова «касательно».
УРОК 50
ПОДПИСЬ
Подпись помешается на правой стороне бланка под заключитель-
ным приветствием и занимает не менее двух строк.
Подпись на письме английской или американской фирмы или ор-
ганизации выглядит обычно так:
первая строчка под заключительным приветствием — название
пеля с таким же названием; ниже помещается рукописная подпись
(чернилами) лица, подписывающего письмо от имени фирмы или органи-
зации и рядом или ниже напечатанное название должности лица под-
писавшего письмо.
227
организации, то после вступительного обращения (или над ним) ста-
вится следующая надпись:
Attention: Mr. John Brown
Вступительное приветствие в этих случаях всегда пишется во мно-
жественном числе, т.е. Dear Sirs или Gentlemen, поскольку письмо адре-
суется организации, а не лицу.
Messrs. Brown and Smith, Incorporated,
220 Lincoln Street,
Chicago, Illinois.
Dear Sirs,
Attention: Mr. Henry Watson
We have received your letter...
Dear Sirs,
RE: ORDER No. 230
We have received your letter
2. Gentlemen
SUBJECT: ORDER No 230
и теперь употребляется в значении слова «касательно».
УРОК 50
ПОДПИСЬ
Подпись помешается на правой стороне бланка под заключитель-
ным приветствием и занимает не менее двух строк.
Подпись на письме английской или американской фирмы или ор-
ганизации выглядит обычно так:
первая строчка под заключительным приветствием — название
пеля с таким же названием; ниже помещается рукописная подпись
(чернилами) лица, подписывающего письмо от имени фирмы или органи-
зации и рядом или ниже напечатанное название должности лица под-
писавшего письмо.
227
io refer
referring
— With reference to your telex of 20th February...
— Referring to your advice of August 1st...
Note the spelling of the noun “reference" and the verb “to refer” in
various forms:
reference
referred
Vocabulary:
1 .previous — предшествующий
1. Мы ссыпаемся на Ваше извещение от 5 мая.
2. Ссылка делается на Ваше письмо от 1 октября.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT AND CONFIRMATION
The verbs "to acknowledge» and «to confirm» are sometimes used
at the beginning of letters to confirm the receipt of correspondence, for ex-
ample: - We acknowledge receipt of your fetter..,
— Receipt is acknowledged of your order...
— This letter is to confirm our cable to you this morning...
More often, though, the verbs «to thank» and «to have» are used in-
stead, for example:
— Thank you for your letter of 12th October.
— We have your telex of 3rd December.
to acknowledge — подтверждать confirmation - подтверждение
acknowledgement - подтверждение receipt - получение
to confinn - подтверждать instead of smth. - вместо ч.-л.
2. Translate into English:
1. Мы подтверждаем получение Вашего письма от 10 декабря.
3. Этим письмом мы подтверждаем получение Вашей телеграм-
мы от
3 июня.
4. Благодарим за Ваше письмо от I января.
229
УРОК 51
INFORMING AND ADVISING
The verbs «to inform» and «to advise» correspond to the Russian
«сообщать», «информировать» and are often used at the beginning of a
letter or inside it, for example:
— We are informing you that...
— We are informing you about...
— We are informing you of...
— We wish to inform you...
— We ate pleased to inform you...
— We regret to inform you...
— We wish to advise you that..,
— We wish to advise you of...
Here are a few examples of how the verbs «to inform» and «to advise»
arc used inside letters:
— Our clients inform us that they have received a cable from the cus-
tomers.
— We are pleased to inform you that we have credited your account
with us with the sum of USD 100.
— We regret to inform you that your statement of our account dated
June 30th does not correspond with our books.
— Please be advised that on 11/29/94 we debited your account.
— We have been advised by die beneficiaries of the above-
mentioned payment
Besides, the verb «to advise» is often used in the meaning of «авизо-
вать». Note the spelling of the verb «to advise» and of the corresponding
noun «advice» which means «авизо».
числе)
customers - клиент, комитент, заказчик (часто употрсбл. во
множ, числе)
to debit - дебетовать
to credit - кредитовать
beneficiaries - бенефициар, получатель
statement of an account - выписка no
account - счет
230
ENCLOSURES
If a letter has some enclosure there is a mention of that expressed in
the following phrases:
— We have pleasure in enclosing...
— We enclose...
— ... is enclosed
Here are a few examples:
- We have pleasure in enclosing our cheque for GBP 684, 75 in set-
tlement of your statement of account dated 1 st December.
- Our official receipt is enclosed,
- Wc enclose a copy of their letter, please instnict.
- Further to our telex of April 1st we are enclosing our outstanding
to instruct - инструктировать, co-
to enclose - прилагать
общать
to enclose ... with a letter - прилагать ... к письму
mention - упоминание further to ... - в дополнение
settlement уплата, оплата, расчет outstanding - неоплаченный
to settle оплачивать (счет), расплачиваться invoice - счет-фактура
REVISION
Here are a few sentences for you to translate so that you could check if
you remember the above information on the use of some words in corre-
spondence between banks:
— We are pleased to inform you that we have credited your account
with us with the sum of USD 100.
— Please find enclosed a copy of the advice we received yesterday
the New Zealand Bank.
— We acknowledge receipt of your letter dated August 23rd, 2005,
— This letter is to confirm our cable of 1 st August.
— We refer to our letter No. 3445 dated 2nd October, 2005, a pho-
tocopy of which is enclosed.
— With reference to your payment order No. 2345 we inform you
that the beneficiary has been accordingly advised.
— Referring to your advice of August 16th we now have pleasure in
enclosing the shipping documents as called for in your letter.
231
— Our clients inform us that they have received a cable from
their customers.
— We thank you for your letter of 14th March containing quarterly
statement
— Receipt is acknowledged of your order.
УРОК 52
1. В каком из слов звук, передаваемый буквой "с", отличается от
1) cost, 2) coat, 3) country, 4) city, 5) cry, 6) cart, 7) can, 8) clock,
9) could.
2. Выберите правильный вариант:
l)Thcy... yet. - didn’t arrive, - haven't arrived, - hadn't arrived,
- won't arrive, - used to arrive.
2) I... a lot of sweets when I was a child. - cat, - used to eat, - had
eaten, - will eat.
3) How old... when you got married? - are you, - will you be,
- were you, - have you been.
4) The earth ... round the sun. - goes, - was going, - will go,
- has gone.
5) Can you come on Monday evening? - Sorry, I’d like to but I. ..
volleyball. - was playing, - played, - am playing, have played.
3. Вставьте нужный предлог:
3) What are the advantages ... having a car? - at, - in, * of.
4) I was afraid ... getting burnt. - at, - in, - of.
4. Напишите предложения, используя герундий в правильной
форме:
1)1 don't usually carry my passport with me.
I am / afraid / lose I it.
2) When /1 /see / him 11 couldn't I help I laugh.
3) The streets are unsafe at night.
I am / afraid/ attack.
5. Подберите правильный вариант:
I) There wasn't... in the garden.
a) some people, b) anybody, c) any people, d) no people.
a) all, b) all students, с) all the students, d) everyone.
232
6. Подберите правильный вариант:
1) Tom’s hands are dirty. He ... the car.
- has repaired, - repairs, - has been repairing.
2) The car is going again. Tom... it. - has repaired, - repairs,
- has been repairing.
3) Ann... letters all day.-has written, - was writing, - has been writ-
4) Ann... 20 letters today. - has written, - writes, - has been writing.
7. Закончите предложения, выбрав правильный вариант:
I) We saw Ann.... - waiting for a bus, - wait for a bus.
2) Can you smell something... ? -bum, - burning.
3) I’ve heard.... - them to have returned, - that they have returned.
8. Напишите предложения, используя Complex Object:
1) Please, don't tell anyone that I'm leaving my job.
I / not / want / anyone / know / it.
2) There's a football match next Saturday between England and Italy,
you / go/want / do/shopping / to /her/?
I) Bill said he ... to give up his job. - is going, - was going, - goes.
2) Bill said Ann... a new car. - has bought, - had bought, - buys.
3) Bill said he... Mary next morning. - has met, - had met, - would
I) Jack... me that he was enjoying the party. - said, - told, - talked.
told, - talked
3) George... about his trip to America. - said, - told, - talked.
4) Mrs. White ... Mary that she was going away. - said, - told,
- talked.
11. Выберите правильную форму инфинитива:
I) Henry is said ... ten eggs a day. - to eat, - to have eaten.
2) He is reported... 60 dollars. - to steal, - to have stolen.
3) Two people are reported... in the fire. - to kill, - to have killed,
- have been killed.
12. Вставьте нужный артикль (-, a, the):
1) That's... good suggestion.
2) I’m looking for... job.
3) This is... very impotent news.
4) Here is a picture of... town where I was bom.
233
1) more serious, 2) larger, 3.) funnier, 4) more important, 5)
more comfortable, 6) more carefully, 7) easier, 8) cheaper, 9) more
expensive, 10) sunnier.
14. Найдите слово, отличающееся от остальных:
1) friends, 2) leaves, 3) letters, 4) bodies, 5) cars, 6)
houses,
7) tomatoes, 8) feet, 9) books, 10) news.
15. Какое слово нужно использовать при переводе на английский
язык для подчеркнутого?
accept.
3) Благодарим за ваше приглашение, но мы нс можем принять его.
- to receive, - to admit, - to accept.
2) Bob... on the chair nearest the door. - sat down, - sat up, - set.
3) The sun was ... behind the horizon. - landing, - setting, - rising.
17. Составьте из слов предложение:
1) wc, 2) discussed, 3) problems, 4) the school budget, 5) attended,
6) among other, 7) meeting, 8) board, 9) issue, 10) the school.
18. Прочтите рассказ и скажите, какие из утверждений неверны:
The police in the big city were looking for a robber. One day they
caught him and took him to prison. But while they were taking photographs
of him from the front, from the left, from the right, with a hat, without a hat
- he suddenly attacked the policeman and ran away.
Then a week later the telephone rang in the police station and some-
body said, "You're looking for, Bill Cross, aren't you?" - "Yes." - "Well, he
left here for Waterbridge an hour ago."
Waterbridge was a small town 100 miles away from the city. The city
police immediately sent four different photos of the robber to the police in
Waterbridge.
Less than twelve hours later, they got a telephone call from the police
in Waterbridge. "Wc have caught three of the men", they said happily, and
wc hope to catch the fourth this evening.
Утверждения:
2) The robber suddenly attacked the policeman and ran away.
234
3) Waterbridge is a small village 100 miles from the city.
4) The police in Waterbridge have caught three men.
5) The policemen in Waterbridge were very clever.
2. Выполните тест.
1 . Yesterday I (checked in, have checked in) at the Bristol Hotel.
2 .1 (looked through, have looked through) the catalogues. The prices arc
very high.
3. We (bought, have bought) these machines at a good price last year.
4. We (sent, have sent) you our catalogues and price-lists. We expect
you to send us a letter.
5.1 (signed, have signed) the cheque. You can give it to Mr. Smith.
6.1 (have spoken, spoke) with the sales manager. He can meet the order
of2000 desks.
7. Yesterday he (has joined, joined) us for lunch.
8. He (was travelling, travelled) when I was to Australia and New
Zealand.
9. When he was young he (has travelled, travelled) a lot.
10. We (reserved, have reserved) accommodation at the Tailstock Ho-
tel the day before yesterday.
11. There are very (few, little) passengers at the Departure Control.
12. There is very (few, little) milk in the bottle.
13. There is very (many, much) food on the tray.
14. Can you give me (a few, a little) marmalade?
15. There is very (little, few) tea in the pot.
16. He didn't have (many, much) luggage.
17. There were you (many, much) appetisers on the menu.
18. He showed you (little, few) interest in the project.
21 .1 made an appointment for 11 o'clock (too, either).
23. We couldn't come on time... the rain. - because; - because of.
24. We couldn't come on time... the rain had not stopped. - because;
-because of.
25. Определите, чем являются подчеркнутые слова: инфинити-
вом, отглагольным существительным, причастием или герундием.
a) The actress olaving the leading role is my mother.
c) Playing tennis made me feel happy.
235
3) Waterbridge is a small village 100 miles from the city.
4) The police in Waterbridge have caught three men.
5) The policemen in Waterbridge were very clever.
2. Выполните тест.
1 . Yesterday I (checked in, have checked in) at the Bristol Hotel.
2 .1 (looked through, have looked through) the catalogues. The prices arc
very high.
3. We (bought, have bought) these machines at a good price last year.
4. We (sent, have sent) you our catalogues and price-lists. We expect
you to send us a letter.
5.1 (signed, have signed) the cheque. You can give it to Mr. Smith.
6.1 (have spoken, spoke) with the sales manager. He can meet the order
of2000 desks.
7. Yesterday he (has joined, joined) us for lunch.
8. He (was travelling, travelled) when I was to Australia and New
Zealand.
9. When he was young he (has travelled, travelled) a lot.
10. We (reserved, have reserved) accommodation at the Tailstock Ho-
tel the day before yesterday.
11. There are very (few, little) passengers at the Departure Control.
12. There is very (few, little) milk in the bottle.
13. There is very (many, much) food on the tray.
14. Can you give me (a few, a little) marmalade?
15. There is very (little, few) tea in the pot.
16. He didn't have (many, much) luggage.
17. There were you (many, much) appetisers on the menu.
18. He showed you (little, few) interest in the project.
21 .1 made an appointment for 11 o'clock (too, either).
23. We couldn't come on time... the rain. - because; - because of.
24. We couldn't come on time... the rain had not stopped. - because;
-because of.
25. Определите, чем являются подчеркнутые слова: инфинити-
вом, отглагольным существительным, причастием или герундием.
a) The actress olaving the leading role is my mother.
c) Playing tennis made me feel happy.
235
АРТИКЛЬ
He забывайте: т.к. my, your, his her, our, their, some, any, no -
местоимения, то между ними и существительными артикль ие упот-
ребляется.
Упр. 1. Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.
1. This is ... pen. 2. It is ... my pen. 3. Is this my ... pencil? No, it
isn’t. It is not my ... pencil. It’s... his... pencil. 4.1 have got... my ... sis-
ter. She is... five.
1. This is... tree.... tree is green. 2.1 can see three... boys.... boys are
playing. 3. My friend has no... bicycle. 4. Our... room is large. 5. We write
... dictations.... dictations arc long. 6. She has two ... daughters and one ...
son. Her... son is... pupil. 7. My ... brother's... friend has no... dog. 8. This
... pencil is broken. Give me that... pencil, please.
(“V” означает отсутствие артикля)
Упр. 3. Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.
1.1 am ... engineer. 2. Му... son is... pupil. 3. He is... good ... pupil.
4. This is... house. 5. This is my... pencil. 6. You have some... pencils, but
I have no ... pencil. Give me ... pencil, please. 7. I like your... beautiful ...
flower. Give me ... flower, please. 8. My ... mother is at... home. She is
reading ... interesting ... book. 9. My ... father is no at... home. He is at...
work. He is ... doctor. He is ... good doctor. He works at... hospital.... hos-
pital is large.
Упр. 4. Поставьте артикль, где необходимо.
1. This is ... good ... book. Take ... book from ... table. Put this ...
book into ... bookcase. 2. ... weather is fine today. ... sky is blue.... sun is
shining brightly in... blue... sky. 3. This is... boy.boy is at... school.
He is ... pupil. This ... boy is my ... brother's ... friend. He has... cat, but he
has no... dog. He likes his... cat. He gives... milk to... cat every day.
Запомните следующие конструкции:
There is a...
Where is the...?
237
Упр. 5. Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.
1. Where is ... cat? ... cat is on ... sofa. 2. Where is ... book?... book
is on ... shelf. 3. Where are ... flowers? ... flowers are in ... beautiful vase.
4. Where is ... vase? ... vase is on ... little table near... window. 5. Open ...
window, please.... weather is fine today. I can see... sun in... sky. I can see
... nice little bird.... bird is sitting on... big tree.... tree is green.
6. There is ... little white cloud in ... sky. 7. We have ... large room.
There is ... big sofa in ... room and ... little lamp on ... wall over ... sofa. I
like to sit on... sofa and read ... good book.
ните следующие словосочетания:
ont in the comer
in the middle
to the left
to the right
in ... front of... sofa. 2. Where is ... table in your brother’s room? - His table
is near... window. 3.1 can see ... fine... vase on ... shelf. Is it your... vase?
4. We have no ... piano in our ... living room. 5. My ... uncle is ... married.
He has... beautiful wife. They have... son, but they have no... daughter. 6.1
can see ... nice ... coffee-table in ... middle of... room to... right of... door.
It is... black and ... red. I like ... coffee-table. 7. Our... TV-set is on... little
... table in... comer of... room.
вместо опущенного неопределенного артикля часто (не обязательно)
употребляется местоимение "some".
Упр. 7. Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.
... room. 2. There is... book,... pen and ... paper on my... writing-desk. 3.
My... brother is... teacher. He works at... school. He has... vety good books.
His... books are in... big bookcase. 4. There is... tea in my... glass. There is
no ... tea in my... friend's... glass. His... glass is empty. 5. Where is... cof-
fcc-tablc in your... room? ... coffee-table is in ... front of... sofa. There is ...
cup on... coffee-table and... newspapers. There is... coffee in... cup.
' следующие словосочетания:
238
in the afternoon
(for V school)
at V half past five
at V night at a quarter past five
Запомните следующие словосочетания:
after V breakfast at V breakfast before V breakfast
breakfast
after V lunch at V lunch before V lunch
lunch
after V tea at V tea before V tea for
for
for
after V dinner
after V supper
at V dinner
at V supper
before V dinner
before V supper
tea
for V dinner
for V supper
V supper
to have (cook, make, prepare) V breakfast, V lunch, V tea, V dinner,
pital. They get up at 7 o'clock in... morning. They go to... bed at 11 o'clock.
2. I work in ... morning and in ... afternoon. I don't work in ... evening. I
sleep at... night. 3 When do you leave ... home for ... school? -1 leave ...
home at ... quarter past eight in ... morning. 4. What does your mother do
after... breakfast? - She goes to... work. 5. Is there... sofa in your... living-
room? - Yes, there is ... cosy little ... sofa in ... living-room. - Where is ...
sofa? - It is in... comer of... room to... left of... door. I like to sit on this...
sofa in ... front of... TV-set in ... evening.
В) I. Около окна стоит кофейный столик. На кофейном столике
лежат газеты. 2. В стакане чай. 3. Телевизор в углу нашей комнаты. Я
смотрю телевизор вечером. На полу около телевизора стоит напольная
ваза. В вазе цветы. 4. У меня есть большой письменный стол в кабине-
те. На письменном столе лежит цветная бумага. Мои книги и тетради
на письменном столе также.
Если перед существительным стоит вопросительное или отно-
сительное местоимение, артикль опускается.
E.g. What V colour is your cat?
Запомните: the same
1. What... colour is your new... hat? - It's... same colour. 2. Is there...
refrigerator in your... kitchen? 3. Where is... refrigerator in your ... kitchen? -
239
It is in... comer of... kitchen. 4. There are... flowers in our... living-room....
flowers are in ... beautiful vase. 5.1 have... tea in my ... cup. 6. He has no...
coffee in his... cup. 7.1 have... books,... exercise-books and... pens in my...
bag. 8.1 am... engineer. I work at... office. I go to ... office in... morning. As
... office is far from... house I live in, I take... bus to get there.
Перед названиями наук, учебных предметов и языков ар-
тикль не употребляется.
E.g. Не studies V chemistry
I speak V English
Упр. 10. Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.
1.1 study ... English. I attend ... English classes in ... evening. On ...
days when I have no... classes, I stay at... home and do some work about...
house. I have... dinner with my family. After... dinner I talk to ... members
zines. I go to ... bed late at... night. 2. I am ... thirsty. Give r
please. 3. There is... book on... shelf. Give me... book, please.
Запомните, что перед обращением артикль опускается.
E.g. What arc you doing, V children?
Запомните следующие словосочетания:
in an angry voice
Упр. 11. Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.
It was ... hot day. ... sun was shining brightly. ... wolf and ... lamb
met at... stream.... water in... stream was cool and clear.... wolf saw that...
lamb was fat and wanted to eat it. He began to shout: "You,... fool, you are
making ... water dirty!".... lamb was afraid. It looked at... wolf and said in
... thin voice: "But... Mr. Wolf, I cannot make... water dirty for you from ...
place where 1 am standing, because ... stream runs from you to me." "Stop
talking!” shouted ... wolf in ... angry voice, "I know you! I met you six
months ago, and you were very rude to me." "You arc wrong, Mr. Wolf,"
cried ... lamb, "you could not meet me six months ago: I am only four ...
months old." "Never mind," said ... wolf, "if it wasn't you, it was your
brother." And with these ... words he seized ... poor lamb and carried it into
240
3ai
Определенный артикль употребляется перед названиями рек,
морей, заливов, океанов, архипелагов, горных цепей.
Артикль не употребляется перед названиями озер, гор, остро-
Исключение: the United States of America, the United Kingdom of
Great Britain and Northern Ireland, the Netherlands, the Ukraine.
Запомните следующие словосочетания:
in the north to the north
in the west to the west
in the south to the south
in the cast to the cast
Запомните, что перед абсолютной превосходной степенью
прилагательных употребляется определенный артикль.
Упр. 12. Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.
I. ... Moscow is situated on ... Moscow River. ... Moscow is a river
that moves very slowly. There is a canal called ... Moscow-Volga Canal
which joins ... Moscow to ... Volga. ... Volga runs into ... Caspian Sea.
2. Several rivers run into... sea at... New York.... most important is... Hud-
son River which runs into ... Atlantic Ocean. Besides ... Hudson River there
long rivers: ... Ob, ... Irtysh,... Yenissei,... Lena and ... Amur. 4. ... Altai
Mountains are higher than ... Urals. 5. Which are... highest mountains in ...
Russia?
Запомните следующее словосочетание:
What's the use?
Упр. 13. Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.
Once there lived... man who was very fond of... gold. He used to say:
"While I have my gold, I am... happiest man in ... world." And so all his life
he saved ... money. One day he was travelling in ... desert of... North Africa.
He lost his way. He had no ... food or... water. He was almost dying of...
bag lying on ... sand, he hoped that he would find ... food in it and ... water,
241
too. He crawled up to ... bag and opened it. He saw that... bag as full of...
gold. What is... use of... gold to... hungry man ... desert? He left... bag on...
hot sand, crying bitterly: "I am... most unhappy man in... world.”
Запомните следующие конструкции:
The famous English writer Dickens lived in the 19th century.
Dickens, a famous English writer, lived in the 19th century.
Запомните следующие словосочетания:
on V horseback
on V board a ship
Запомните следующие словосочетания:
it's V high time
to take V care of
Упр. 14. Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.
... Crow once said to her children: “It's ... high time for you to look
for... food." With that, she turned them out of... nest and took them to ...
field. However, crow's children did not like ... idea. “We'd rather go back to
... nest," they cried. "It's so nice when you bring ... food to us!" "Indeed!"
said their mother. "You are big enough to feed yourselves. My mother
turned me out of... nest when I was much younger, and I had to take ... care
of myself." "But... people will kill us with their guns," said... young crows.
"No ... fear of that," answered their mother: "Before ... people shoot, they
take... aim, and that takes... time. When you see... man raising... gun to his
face, you must just fly away." "That's ... simple thing to do," said ... chil-
dren, "but supposing... man or... boy wants to throw ... stone at us: in such
... case he won't have to take ... aim." "Well, then he will have to bend down
to pick up... stone," said... crow. "But what if he carries... stone in his hand
ready?" "Why, if you are clever enough to think of that," Said ... mother,
"You are clever enough to take ... care of yourselves." And she flew away
leaving... young crows in... field.
' следующие словосочетания:
To go to V school
243
на употребление артикля со словом
Обратите
“other” (другой):
another другой (неопределенный) какой-пю другой, еще один
the other - другой (определенный) тот другой, другой из двух.
Упр. IS. Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.
... group of... farmers were sitting in ... village house, and among ...
other things they began talking about... echoes. One of... farmers said that
there was ... wonderful echo in ... field near his farm where there was ...
large group of... trees.... others all said that they would like to hear... echo,
and... farmer invited them to come... next afternoon. But... fact was that...
farmer did not really have ... echo he had told ... other farmers about. So
when he reached ... home, he sent for... son of... cook and told him to go to
... field, hide himself among ... trees and imitate everything that was said....
next day ... farmer's friends arrived late in ... afternoon, and ... farmer took
them to ... field to listen to... wonderful echo. When they were in ... field, he
shouted at... top of his voice: "Are you there?"... answer came back: "Yes, I
have been here for two hours!"
Запомните следующее словосочетание:
Не забывайте, что перед порядковым числительным обычно
употребляется определенный артикль.
E.g. Our classroom is on the second floor.
Запомните следующие словосочетания:
It was V morning. to go for a walk
It was Vevening.
It was V daytime.
Once... Frenchman was travelling in ... Sweden. He stopped at... ho-
tel in... little Swedish town. It was ... evening,... man was tired, so he went
to ... bed at once. In ... morning he had ... breakfast in ... hotel restaurant.
After... breakfast he went for... walk. He walked along... streets of... town,
visited... museum and... shops. Presently he felt hungry and dropped into ...
243
mushrooms. But ... Frenchman did not know ... Swedish and ... waiter did
not know... French.
Запомните следующие словосочетания:
in the countty in
to the countty to
Упр. 17. Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.
... English king Richard... Lion Heart was... tall, strong man. He was
very proud of his strength and liked to show ... people how strong he was.
Once, as he was riding on ... horseback in ... country-side. His horse lost...
shoe. Luckily he was not far from ... village and soon he found ... black-
smith. "Give me ... good horseshoe," he said to... man.... Blacksmith gave
... king ... horseshoe. Richard took it in his hand and broke it in two. "This
horseshoe is no good," he said, "give me ... better one."... blacksmith gave
him ... other horseshoe, but Richard broke it, too. ... Blacksmith did not say
... word. He found ... third shoe and offered it to ... king. This time Richard
was satisfied and ordered... blacksmith to shoe his horse. When ... work was
done, Richard offered ... man ... coin. ... Blacksmith took ... coin between
fingers and broke it in two. Now it was Richard's tum to be surprised. He
took ... larger coin out of his pocket and handed it to ... blacksmith. ... man
broke it, too, adding: "This coin is no good, give me... better one." Richard
smiled and gave... man... gold coin.
Запомните следующие словосочетания:
for V life (на всю жизнь)
a great deal
МЕСТОИМЕНИЯ
SOME, ANY, NO, EVERY И ИХ ПРОИЗВОДНЫЕ
полненными, смотря по смыслу.
I. There is... ink in my fountain-pen. 2. Is there ... snow in the street
this morning? 3. Arc there... chess-players here? 4. There arc... diagrams in
the new book. 5. Arc there ... newspapers on the table? 6. Was there... wa-
ter in the glass or... milk? 7. There was ... soap in the box. 8. There are ...
letters for you on the table. 9. Were there... of our teachers at the stadium?
10. There were... students from our group at the consultation last night. 11.
Will there be... come at the club next month? 12. There were... yellow pen-
cils on the table. People need ... oxygen for breathing.
244
Упр. 19. Заполните пропуски, вставив одно из местоимении,
данных в скобках.
I. We haven't ... black stockings, (no, any) 2. "They have ... red
boots, Kate”, (any, no) 3.1 don't want... today, thanks, (nothing, anything)
4. "I haven't got... clean exercise-books, Mother," said the boy. (any, no)
5. "We will not buy ... in this shop, children," said the mother, (nothing,
anything) 6. Didn't you buy... potatoes yesterday? (any, no) 7.1 didn't see
... in the street when I went out. (anybody, nobody) 8. We did not play ...
games in the yard because it was raining all day long, (no, any) 9.
There is... at home, (anybody, nobody) 10. How much did you pay for these
pots? - 1 didn't pay .... (nothing, anything) 11. There is ... present from my
grandmother, (no, any) 12. Have you lost...? (anything, nothing) 13. No,
nobody here has lost.... (nothing, anything)
1. There are ... boys in the garden now because they are at school. 2.1
there arc... exercise-books. 5. Did he say ... words about it? • he said .... 6.
There was... in the street because it was very late. 7.... wants to sec him. 8.
Is there ... here who know this man? 9. Have you ... books on Dickens? I
want to read about him. I have read... books by Dickens and I am interested
in him. 10. Can ... tell me how to get to the Put Library? - Yes, take ... bus
that goes from here towards to railway station and get off at the third stop.
Упр. 21. Вставьте somebody, anybody, nobody или everybody.
1. Has ... in this group got a dictionary? 2.... left a magazine in our
classroom yesterday. 3. The question was so difficult that... could answer it.
4.1 am afraid I shan't be able to find... in the office now: it is too late. 5....
know that water is necessary for life. 6. Is there ... here who know French?
7. You must find ... who can help you. 8.... knew anything about America
before Columbus discovered it. 9.1 saw... in the train yesterday who looked
like you.
Упр. 22. Вставьте somewhere, anywhere, или everywhere.
1.1 put my dictionary ... yesterday and now I can't find it... . - Of
course, that is because you leave your books ... . 2. You must go ... next
summer. 3. Did you go... on Sunday?
245
ВРЕМЕННЫЕ ФОРМЫ ГЛАГОЛОВ В АКТИВНОМ ЗАЛО-
ГЕ.
THE PRESENT INDEFINITE TENSE
Упр. 23. Вставьте to be в Present Indefinite.
I. I ... a pupil. 2. My father ... not a teacher, he scientist. 3. ... your
aunt a doctor? - Yes, she .... 4. ... they at home? - No, they ... not at home,
they ... at work. 5. His brother... a worker. He ... at work. 6.... you an engi-
neer? Yes, I.... 7.... your sister a typist? - No, she ... not a typist she ... a
student. 8. ... your brother at school? - Yes, he .... your sister at school? -
No, she ... not at school. 9. My sister ... at home. 10. ... this your watch? -
Yes, it.... 11.... she an actress. 12. This... my bag. 13. My uncle... an
office-worker. 14. He... at work.
Упр. 24. Переведите на английский язык, употребив глагол
to be в Present Indefinite.
инженер. 6. Моя сестра дома. 7. Мы не в школе. Мы дома. 8. Мой брат
ученик. Он в школе. 9. Ваша мама дома? - Нет, она на работе. 10. Ваш
двоюродный брат дома? - Нет, он в школе. Он ученик. 11. Ваша
сестра учительница? - Нет, она студентка. 12. Твой папа на работе? -
Нет, он дома. 13. Твоя сестра машинистка? - Да. - Она дома? - Нет, она
Упр. 25. Переведите на английский язык, употребляя глагол
в Present Indefinite.
1. Я работаю. 2. Мы работаем. 3. Вы работаете. 4. Они работают?
- Да. 5. Он работает? - Да. 6. Мой брат учится. 7. Ее брат учится? -
Нет. Он не учится. Он маленький мальчик. 8. Твой брат студент? - Нет,
мой брат токарь. Он работает на заводе. 9. Моя сестра любит спать на
диване. А ты на чем спишь? - Я сплю в спальне на мягкой кровати. 10.
Многие молодые люди не любят читать книги. А ты? 11. Ты любишь
отдыхать в кресле у камина? - Да, конечно. 12. Ты гуляешь по вече-
рам? - Иногда. Обычно я сижу за компьютером. - Это плохо для здо-
ровья. 13. Когда твой отец принимает душ утром или вечером? - Мой
отец принимает душ по утрам. 14. Где учится твой друг? - Он учится в
техникуме.
246
Упр. 26. Переведите на английский язык, употребляя глаго-
лы в Present Indefinite.
I. Когда вы встаете? - Я встаю без четверти семь. 2. Когда встает
твой брат? - Он встает без двадцати восемь. - А твоя сестра тоже встает
без двадцати восемь? - Нет. Мой брат ходит в школу, а моя сестра не
ходит в школу. Она еще не ученица. Она встает в девять часов. 3. Мой
брат работает в больнице. Он врач. Он встает в двадцать минут восьмо-
го. Он работает утром и днем. Вечером он не работает. Вечером он от-
дыхает. 4. Твоя сестра говорит по-французски? - Нет. Она говорит по-
немецки, а ее муж говорит по-английски.
THE PAST INDEFINITE TENSE
Упр. 27. Перепишите следующий текст в Past Indefinite.
On Monday we have five lessons. The first lesson is Russian. At this
lesson we write a dictation and do some exercises. Nick goes to the black-
he does not know his lesson. After the second lesson 1 go to the canteen. I
fee? I do not drink milk. And you - you don’t like mile either, do you? After
school 1 do not go home at once. 1 go to the library and take a book. And
you - Where do you go after school? Then I go home.
мн, данными в скобках.
1. I wished him health, wealth and happiness (what). 2. His sister
helped me to lay the table (who). 3. Peter cut bread, meat, cheese (what). 4.
He couldn't find the tin-opener (what). 5. His mother asked him to lay the
table for nine people (what, for how many). 6. Ann bought beautiful roses at
the florist's (where, what). 7. He has got a new guitar (what). 8. Peter
sings beautifully (how).
THE FUTURE INDEFINITE TENSE
Упр. 29. Вставьте глагол to be в Present, Past или Future In-
definite.
I. My father... a teacher. 2. He ... a pupil 20 years ago. 3.1... a doc-
tor when I grow up. 4. My sister ... not... at home tomorrow. 5. She ... at
school tomorrow. 6.... you ... at home tomorrow? 7.... your father at work
Yesterday we ... at the theatre. 11. Where ... your mother now? She ... in the
kitchen. 12. Where ... you yesterday? — I... at the cinema. 13. When I
247
come home tomorrow, all my family ... at home. 14.... your little sister in
bed now? - Yes, she .... 15.... you ... at school tomorrow? - Yes, I.... 16.
When my granny... young, she... an actress.
Не забывайте употреблять настоящие времена вместо буду-
щих в придаточных предложениях времени и условия (после сою-
зов if, when, as soon as, before, after, till (until))
лы в Present Indefinite или Future Indefinite.
1. Я приду домой в 6 часов. 2. Когда я приду домой, я позвоню
вам. 3. Она позвонит вам вечером. 4. Если она позвонит вам, попросите
се принести мне книгу. 5. Я увижу Тома завтра. 6. Как только я увижу
Тома, расскажу ему об этом. 7. Я поеду в Париж на будущей неделе. 8.
Перед тем, как я поеду в Париж, я позвоню вам. 9. Он нс пойдет в биб-
посмотрим эту программу по телевизор. 13. Ее не будет завтра до-
ма. 14. Если се нс будет завтра дома, оставьте ей записку. 15. Завтра
погода будет хорошая. 16. Если завтра погода будет хорошая, мы по-
едем за город. 17. Когда опа приходит в школу, она снимает пальто. 18.
Как только он вспоминает эту смешную сцену, он начинает смеяться.
, Past Indefinite n Future Indefinite
Упр. 31. Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Present,
Past или Future Indefinite.
1.1 (to go) to bed at 10 o'clock every day. 2.1 (to go) to bed at 10
o'clock yesterday. 3.1 (to go) to bed at 10 o'clock tomorrow. 4. My brother
(to wash) his face every morning. 5. Yesterday he (to wash) his face at a
quarter past seven. 6. Tomorrow he (to wash) his face yearly morning. 7.1
(not to have) History lessons every day. 8. We (not to rest) yesterday and.
we (not to rest) tomorrow. 9. My brother (not to drink) coffee yesterday. 10.
My mother always (to take) a bus to get to work, but tomorrow she (not to
take) a bus, she (to walk) to her office. 11. What you usually (to do) in the
evening? 12. What you (to do) in the evening yesterday? 13. What you (to
do) in the evening tomorrow?
248
Упр. 32. Переведите па английский язык.
Москве. 2. Вы ходите в библиотеку. Они ходили в библиотеку вчера.
Они пойдут в библиотеку завтра. 3. Я перевожу тексты два раза в неде-
лю. Я переводил тексты вчера. Я переведу тексты завтра. 4. Мы учим-
ся хорошо. Мы учились в школе хорошо. Мы будем учиться хорошо.
1. You (to talk) to the members of your family every day? - Yes, I....
But yesterday I (not to talk) to them. I (to be) very busy yesterday. 2. You
(to come) home at 6 o'clock yesterday? - No, I.... Yesterday I (to come)
home from school at half past eight. I (to be) very tired. I (to have) dinner
tea. Then I (to rest). 3. Your sister (to go) to school every day? - Yes, she....
But she (to go) tomorrow. She (to go) to the party with me?
Упр. 34. Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Present,
Past или Future Indefinite.
I. I (to wake) up at 7 o'clock every day. 2.1 (to wake) up at 10 o'clock
yesterday. 3.1 (to wake) up at 10 o'clock tomorrow too. 4.1 (not to go) to
the cinema every day. 5.1 (not to go) to the cinema yesterday. 6.1 (not to
go) to the cinema tomorrow. 7. You (to watch) TV every day? 8. You (to
watch) TV yesterday? 9. You (to watch) TV tomorrow? 10. When you (to
leave) home for school every day? 11. When you (to leave) home for school
yesterday? 12. When you (to leave) home for school tomorrow?
Упр. 35. Переведите на английский язык.
1. Живут ли они в Москве? - Да. - Нет. Жили ли они в Москве. -
Да. - Her. Будут ли они жить в Москве? - Да. - Нет. 2. Ходите ли
вы в библиотеку? - Да. - Нет. Ходили ли они в библиотеку вчера? - Да.
- Нет? Пойдут ли они в библиотеку завтра? - Да. - Нет. 3. Перевожу ли
я тексты два раза в неделю? - Да. - Нет. Переводил ли я тексты вчера?
- Да. - Нет. Переведу ли я тексты завтра? - Да. - Нет. 4. Учимся ли мы
хорошо? - Да. - Нет. Учились ли мы в школе хорошо? - Да. - Нет. Бу-
249
Упр. 36. Переведите предложения.
1. Они не живут в Москве. Они не жили в Москве. Они не будут
жить в Москве. 2. Вы не ходите в библиотеку. Они не ходили в биб-
лиотеку вчера. Они не пойдут в библиотеку завтра. 3. Я не перевожу
тексты два раза в неделю. Я не переводил тексты вчера. Я не переведу
тексты завтра. 4. Мы не учимся хорошо. Мы не учились в школе хо-
рошо. Мы не будем учиться хорошо.
THE PRESENT CONTINUOUS TENSE
Conlinuous или в Present Indefinite.
1.1 (not to drink) coffee now. I (to write) an English exercise. 2.1
(not to drink) coffee in the evening. I (to drink) coffee in the morning. 3.
Your friend (to do) his homework now? 4. Your friend (to go) to school in
the morning? 5. Look! The baby (to sleep). 6. The baby always (to sleep)
at 7 o'clock in the morning. 10. What your sister (to do) now? - She (to
wash) her face and hands. 11. When you usually (to come) home from
school? -1 (to come) at 3 o'clock. 12. Where your cousin (to work)? - He (to
work) at hospital. 13. Your sister (to study) at an institute? - No, she (to
study) at school. 14. My cousin (to go) to school every day. 15. My mother
(not to play) the piano now. She (to play) the piano in the morning.
Упр. 38. Раскроите скобки, употребляя глаголы в Present
Continuous или в Present Indefinite.
I. 1 (to read) books in the evening. 2. I (not to read) books in the
morning. 3. I (to write) an exercise now. 4. I (not to write) a letter now. 5.
They (to play) in the yard now. 6. They (not to play) in the street now. 7.
They (to play) in the room now? 8. He (to help) his mother every day. 9. He
(to help) his mother every day? 10. He (not to help) his mother every day.
11. You (to go) to school on Sunday? 12. My friend (not to like) to play
football. 13.1 (not to read) now. 14. He (to sleep) now? 15. We (not to go)
to the country in winter. 16. My sister (to cat) sweets every day. 17. She (not
to cat) sweets now. 18. They (to do) their homework in the afternoon. 19.
They (not to go) for a walk in the evening. 20. My father (not to work) on
Sunday. 21. He (to work) every day.
250
Упр. 39. Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Present
Continuous или в Present Indefinite.
I. I (to write) an essay now. 2.1 (not to drink) milk now. 3.1 (to go)
for a walk after dinner. 4.1 (not to go) to the cinema in the evening. 5. He
(not to read) now. 6. He (to play) now. 7. He (to play) now? 8. My mother
(to work) at a factory. 9. My aunt (not to work) at a shop. 10. You (to
work) at a shop? 11. My friend (to live) in Moscow. 12. My cousin (not to
live) in St. Petersburg. 13. The children (not to sleep) now. 14. The children
(to play) in the yard every day. 15. They (not to go) to the cinema on Mon-
day. 16. She (to read) in the evening. 17. She (not to read) in the morning.
18. She (not to read) now. 19. Your father (to work) at this factory? 20. You
(to play) chess now?
Упр. 40. Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Present
You (to play) chess tomorrow? 4. He (to play) chess every day. 5. He (not to
play) chess every day. 5. He (to play) chess evety day? 6. They (to play)
chess now. 7. They (not to play) chess now. 8. They (to play) chess now? 9.
Nick (to go) to the park now. 10. Nick (to go) to school every day. 11.
Nick (to go) to school tomorrow. 12. You (to come) to my place next Sun-
day? 13. You (to read) this book next week? 14. You (to read) books every
day? 15. You (to read) a book now? 16. I (not to see) him tomorrow. 17.
What you (to do) tomorrow? 18. What your friend (to do) tomorrow? 19.
Where you (to go) next summer? 20. Where you (to go) every morning?
Упр. 41. Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Present
Continuous, Present Indefinite или Future Indefinite.
1. He (to go) to the theatre tomorrow. 2. We (to go) to school in the
morning. 3. Look! Kate (to go) to school. 4. You (to help) your mother to-
morrow? 5.1 (not to play) the guitar now. 6. My brother (to play) the guitar
every evening. 7. They (not to take) care of the garden next summer 8. You
(to like) apples? 9. You (to eat) apples tomorrow? 10. Nick (to read) many
books. 11. Mother (to work) every day. 12. He (not to sleep) now. 13. Your
brother (to go) to the exhibition next Sunday? 14. We (not to go) to the zoo
tomorrow. 15.1 (not to learn) the poem now. 16. She (to live) in San Fran-
cisco. 17. My father (to shoot) very well. 18. He is very strong. Look! He (to
carry) a very heavy box. 19. My sister (not to like) coffee. 20. When you (to
go) to bed every day? 21. What he (to read) now? 22. What he (to read)
every day? 23. What he (to read) tomorrow? 24. Where she (to go) tomor-
row? 25. You (to give) me this book tomorrow?
Упр. 42. Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Present
Continuous, Present Indefinite или Future Indefinite.
1. When you (to get) up every day? -1 (to get) up at 7 o’clock. 2. My
brother usually (not to get) up at 7 o’clock. As a rule he (to get) up at 6
o'clock, but tomorrow he (to get) up at 7 o'clock. 3. Why she (to come)
home so late tomorrow? 4. We (to go) to the country the day after tomorrow.
5. Our friends always (to go) to the country for the weekend. 6. Look! The
kitten (to play) with its tail. 7. Your parents (to watch) TV now? 8. My sister
(not to rest) now. She (to help) mother in the kitchen. She (to help) mother
in the kitchen every day. 9. Where she (to go) tomorrow? 10. She (to go) to
the country with us tomorrow? 11. They (to stay) at home tomorrow. 12.
What you (to do) now? 13. When you (to finish) your homework? 14. How
Упр. 43. Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в одном из
следующих времен: Present Continuous, Present Indefinite, Past In-
1. He (to spend) last summer in the country. 2. He (not to spend) last
summer in the country. 3. He (to spend) last summer in the country? 4.
Where he (to spend) last summer? 5. She (to help) mother yesterday. 6. She
(not to help) mother yesterday. 7. She (to help) mother yesterday? 8. How
she (to help) mother yesterday? 9. Kate (to cook) dinner every day. 10. Kate
(to cook) dinner tomorrow. II. Kate (to cook) dinner now. 12. Kate (to
cook) dinner yesterday. 13.1 (not to eat) ice-cream every day. 14.1 (not to
eat) ice-cream now. 15.1 (not to eat) ice-cream tomorrow. 16.1 (not to eat)
ice-cream yesterday. 17. You (to go) to school every day? 18. You (to go) to
school now? 19. You (to go) to the south next summer? 20. You (to go)
abroad last summer. 21. What your brother (to do) every day? 22. What your
brother (to do) now? 23. What your brother (to do) tomorrow? 24. What
your brother (to do) yesterday?
252
Упр. 44. Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в одном из
следующих времен: Present Continuous, Present Indefinite, Past In-
definite или Future Indefinite.
I. Mother (to cook) a very tasty dinner yesterday. 2. Tomorrow Nick
(not to go) to school. 3. Look! My friends (to play) football. 4. Kate (not to
write) letters every day. 5. You (to see) your friend yesterday? 6. Your fa-
ther (to go) on a business trip last month? 7. What Nick (to do) yesterday? 8.
When Nick (to get) up every morning? 9. Where your mother (to go) tomor-
row? 10.1 (to invite) my friends to come to my place yesterday. 11. He (not
to play) the piano tomorrow. 12. We (to see) a very good film last Sunday.
13. You (to cook) every day? 14. We (to make) a fire last summer. 15.1 (to
spend) last summer at the seaside. 16. Where you (to spend) last summer?
17. Where he (to spend) next summer? 18. My friend (to help) me yesterday.
19. What mother (to do) now? - She (to cook) dinner. 20. I (not to play)
computer games yesterday. 21. Last Sunday we (to go) to the theatre. 22.1
THE PAST CONTINUOUS TENSE
Упр. 45. Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Present
Continuous или Past Continuous.
1.1 (to write) an English exercise now. 2.1 (to write) an English exer-
cise at this time yesterday. 3. My little sister (to sleep) now. 4. My little sis-
ter (to sleep) at this time yesterday. 5. My friends (not to do) their home-
work now. They (to play) volley-ball. 6. My friends (not to do) their home-
work at 7 o'clock yesterday. They (to play) volley-ball. 7. You (to eat) ice-
cream now? 8. You (to eat) ice-cream when I rang you up yesterday? 9.
What your father (to do) now? 10. What your father (to do) from 8 till 9 yes-
terday? 11. Why she (to cry) now? 12. Why she (to cry) when I saw her yes-
terday? 13. She (to read) the whole evening yesterday. 14. She (not to read)
tea. 17. You (to drink) tea at this time yesterday? - No, I (not to drink) tea at
(to read) the whole evening yesterday, and now she (to read) again. 19.
Look! My cat (to play) with a ball. 20. When I went out into the garden, the
sun (to shine) and birds (to sing) in the trees.
253
Упр. 46. Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Past Indefi-
nite или Past Continuous.
I. I (to play) computer games yesterday. 2. I (to play) computer
games at 5 o'clock yesterday. 3. He (to play) computer games from 2 till 3
yesterday. 4. We (to play) computer games the whole evening yesterday. 5.
What Nick (to do) when you came to his place? 6. What you (to do) when I
rang you up? 7. I (not to sleep) at 9 o'clock yesterday. 8. What he (to do)
yesterday? He (to read) a book. 9. What he (to do) the whole evening yes-
terday? He (to read) a book. 10. She (to sleep) when you came home? 11.
My brother (not to play) tennis yesterday. He (to play) tennis the day before
yesterday. 12. My sister (not to play) the piano at 4 o'clock yesterday. She
(to play) the piano the whole evening. 13. When I came into the kitchen,
mother (to cook). 14. She (to cook) the whole day yesterday. 15. We (to
wash) the floor in our flat yesterday. 16. We (to wash) the floor in our flat
(to do) your homework from 8 till 10 yesterday? 19. Why she (to sleep) at 7
Упр. 47. Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Indefinite
или Past Continuous.
1.1 (to go) to the cinema yesterday. 2. I (to go) to the cinema at 4
o'clock yesterday. 3.1 (to go) to the cinema when you met me. 4.1 (to do)
my homework the whole evening yesterday. S. I (to do) my homework when
mother came home. 6. I (to do) my homework yesterday. 7. I (to do) my
homework from 5 till 8 yesterday. 8. I (to do) my homework at 6 o'clock
yesterday. 9.1 (not to play) the piano yesterday. I (to write) a letter to my
friend. 10.1 (not to play) the piano at 4 o'clock yesterday. I (to read) a book.
11. He (not to sleep) when father came home. He (to do) his homework. 12.
When we were in the country last summer, I (to go) to the wood one day. In
the wood I (to find) a little fox cub. I (to bring) it home. I (to decide) to tame
the cub. Every day I (to feed) it and (to take) care of it I (to tame) it the
whole summer. Now the fox cub is quite tame. It lives in my house. 13.
When I (to go) to school the day before yesterday, I met Mike and Pete.
They (to talk) and (to laugh). They told me a funny story. Soon I (to laugh),
too. I still (to laugh) when we came to school. After school I (to tell) this
story at home. My father and mother (to like) it very much.
254
Упр. 48. Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Past Indefi-
nite или Past Continuous.
1. When I (to come) home, my little sister (to sleep). 2. When Nick
(to come) home, his brother (to play) with his toys. 3. When mother (to
come) home, I (to do) my homework. 4. When father (to come) home, Pete
(to sleep). 5. When mother (to come) home, the children (to play) on the
carpet. 6. Before to go to swim he (to learn) the poem during two hours.
THE PAST CONTINUOUS TENSE
Упр. 49. Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Future In-
definite или Future Continuous.
I. She (to read) the whole evening. 2. She (not to read) today. 3. As
usually she (to go) to school tomorrow. 4. What you (to do) today at 7
o’clock? -1 (to drink) tea and (to talk) on phone. 5. You (to drink) tea with
the sun (to shine) and birds (to sing) in the trees.
THE PRESENT PERFACT TENSE
Упр. 50. Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Past Indefi-
1.1 already (to do) my homework. Now I can go for a walk. 2. I (to
do) my homework yesterday. 3. He just (to come) home. 4. He (to come)
home a minute ago. 5. Nick (to play) football yesterday. 6. She already (to
come) from school. Now she is doing her homework. 7.1 (to read) this book
last year. 8.1 (to read) this book this year. 9.1 never (to be) to Washington.
10. You ever (to be) to New York? 11. You ever (to see) the eruption of a
volcano? 12.1 (not yet to eat) today. 13. He (not to eat) yesterday. 14. You
(to play) the piano yesterday? 15. You (to play) the piano today? 16. What
you (to prepare) for today? 17. Look at this bird-house! Mike (to make) it
himself. He (to make) it last Sunday. 18. Where you (to put) my
pen? I cannot find it. 19. You (to sec) Mary today? 20. When you (to sec)
Mary? 21.1 (to sec) her last week. 22. Your mother (to promise) to
take you to the theatre? 23. Look at my new dress! I (to make) it myself. 24.
255
Упр. 51. Раскроите скобки, употребляя глаголы в Past Indefi-
nite или Present Perfect.
I. At last I (to do) all my homework and now I will go out. 2. The
building of the house (to begin) early in April. 3. The rain (to stop), but a
cold wind is still blowing. 4. We already (to solve) the problem. 5. He (to
come) a moment ago. 6.1 never (to speak) to Mike. 7. He just (to finish) his
work. 8. You (to make) any spelling mistakes in your dictation? 9. It (to be)
very cold yesterday. 10. When you (to meet) him? 11. I (not to see) him
since 1987. 12. How many mushrooms you (to gather)? 13. Where
you (to put) the newspaper.
THE PAST PERFACT TENSE
Упр. 52. Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Past Indefi-
^ast Continuous или Past Perfect.
пег. 3. By 9 o'clock yesterday grandmother (to wash) the dishes and at 9 she
(to watch) TV. 4. When I (to meet) Tom, he (to cat) an ice-cream which he
(to buy) at the comer of the street. 5. When I (to come) home, iny sister (to
read) a book which she (to bring) front the library. 6. When mother (to
come) home, the children (to cat) the soup which she (to cook) in the morn-
ing. 7. When I (to ring) up Mike, he still (to learn) the poem which he (to
begin) learning at school. 8. When I (to look) out of the window, the chil-
dren (to play) with a ball which Pele (to bring) from home. 9. By 10 o'clock
the children (to settle) comfortably on the sofa and at 10 they (to watch) a
TV film. 10. When father (to come) home, we (to cook) the mushrooms
which we (to gather) in the wood.
Упр. 53. Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Present Per-
fect, Past Indefinite, Past Continuous или Past Perfect.
1. I just (to see) Jack. 2. She (to wash) the dishes from 5 till 6. 3.
Look! She (to draw) a very nice picture. 4. At this time yesterday I (to talk)
to my friend. 5. The TV programme (to begin) before I (to come) home.
6. I (not to eat) ice-cream since summer. 7. I understood that she (not to
read) my letter. 8. She (to do) the rooms when I (to come) home. 9. It's all
right: she (to find) the way out of the situation. 10. He (to come) home late
yesterday. 11. She is very glad she (to finish) her composition at last. 12. He
256
Last year we (to work) very much. 15. When I (to have) breakfast, I went to
school.
Упр. 54. Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Present Per-
fect, Past Indefinite, Past Continuous или Past Perfect.
I. Only when she was going to bed. she remembered that she (to for-
get) to ring up her friend. 2. We already (to study) seven English tenses.
3. He (to spend) two weeks in Scotland a year ago. 4. I (to buy) a lovely
fashionable dress. Now I will look smart at the party. 5. He (to learn) En-
glish before he (to go) to the USA. 6. When she (to spend) all her money,
she (to go) home. 7. I (to speak) to my friend yesterday. 8. Look! Kate (to
wash) all the dishes. 9. Your mother (to return) from work? Can I speak to
her? 10. She (to clean) her flat the whole day on Saturday. 11. The cat
drank all the milk which I (to give) her. 12. You ever (to be) to Piccadilly
Circus? 13. He (not to read) Turgenev since he was a pupil. 14. They (to
reach) the river by sunset. 15.1 (not yet to receive) an answer to my letter.
model shoes this month.
УПРАЖНЕНИЯ НА ГРУППЫ: INDEFINITE, CONTINU-
OUS, PERFECT
Упр. 55. Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в одном из
следующих времен: Present, Past, Future Indefinite; Present, Past Con-
tinuous; Present, Past Perfect.
1. We (to go) to school every day. 2. Nick (to do) his homework by 7
o'clock yesterday. 3. You (to help) your father tomorrow? 4. We (to bring) a
lot of berries from the wood. Now we are going to make jam. 5. Look! Jane
(to swim) across the river. 6. What you (to do) at 6 o'clock yesterday? 7.
You ever (to see) the Pyramids? 8.1 (to go) to the Caucasus two years ago.
9. When Nick (to come) home yesterday, his mother (to return) and (to
cook) dinner in the kitchen. 10. When I (to go) to school yesterday, I sud-
denly (to remember) that I (to forget) to take my English exercise-book. 11.
Yesterday grandfather (to tell) us how he (to work) at the factory during the
Упр. 56. Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в одном из
следующих времен: Present, Past, Future Indefinite; Present, Past Con-
tinuous; Present, Past, Perfect.
1.1 always (to come) to school at a quarter to nine. 2. Yesterday I (to
cinema because he (to go) to the cinema yesterday. He already (to be) to the
cinema this week. Look! He (to cry). 4. What your brother (to do) now? 5.
My friend (to like) pies. He (to eat) pies every day. When I (to meet) him in
the street yesterday, he (to eat) a pie. He (to tell) me that he (to buy) that pie
at the corner of the street. Look at my friend now! He (to eat) a pie again.
Упр. 57. Раскроите скобки, употребляя глаголы в одном из
следующих времен: Present, Past, Future Indefinite; Present, Past Con-
tinuous; Present, Past Perfect.
be) busy. 2.1 (not to like) apples. 3. He (to come) home at 5 o'clock yester-
day. 4.1 (to ring) you up as soon as I (to come) home tomorrow. 5.1 (to
show) you my work if you (to like). 6. He (to come) home by 5 o’clock yes-
terday. 7. Pete certainly (to help) you with your English if you (to ask) him.
3. This little boy never (to sec) a crocodile. 9. Send me a telegram as soon as
ways (to get up) at 8 o'clock, but tomorrow I (to get) up a little later. 13.
What you (to read) now? 14. As soon as you (to sec) your friend, tell him
that I (to want) to sec him.
Упр. 58. Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в одном из
следующих времен: Present, Past, Future Indefinite; Present, Past Con-
I. Mike (to eat) ice-cream every day. Look, he (to eat) ice-cream
now. When I (to see) him in the morning, he (to eat) ice-cream, too. He (to
say) he (to eat) one ice-cream already by that time. 1 think he (to fall) ill if
he (to eat) so much ice-cream. 2. They (to walk) along the street and (to
talk). Suddenly Nick (to stop) and (to say): "Oh, what will we do? I (to lose)
the key to the door." "If you (not to find) it,” said Pete, "we (to have) to wait
for mother in the street." 3. When I (to come) to the station yesterday, I (to
learn) that my train already (to leave). 4. What he (to do) when you (to see)
him yesterday? 5.1 (to give) you this book as soon as I (to finish) reading it.
6. When the ship (to cross) the ocean, a great storm (to break) out.
Упр. 59. Раскроите скобки, употребляя глаголы в одном из
sent, Past Perfect.
258
1. You (to go) to the library tomorrow? - No, I already (to be) to the
library this week. I (to be) there on Monday. As a rule, I (to go) to the li-
brary every Wednesday. But yesterday I (not to go) there, because 1 (not to
read) the book. I (to read) it now. I (to go) to the library on Saturday if I (to
finish) the book by that time. 2. As soon as I (to receive) a letter, I will go to
Moscow. 3. Yesterday I (to put) five apples into the vase. Where they (to be)
now? -1 (to eat) them. You (to bring) some more tomorrow? - Yes, if you
(not to make) noise when granny (to sleep). 4. You ever (to be) to the Her-
mitage? 5. What Nick (to do) when you (to ring) him up yesterday? - He (to
play) the piano. He (to tell) me he already (to write) his composition. 6.
Why she (to sleep) now? It is too early. She never (to sleep) at this time.
Упр. 60. Раскроите скобки, употребляя глаголы в одном из
следующих времен: Present, Past, Future Indefinite; Present, Past Con-
much, because 1 (not to go) for a walk yesterday. 2. Don't go to Nick's place
now, he (to work). He (to finish) his home work at 7 o'clock. If you (to
come) after. He (to be) very glad. 3. Pete (to go) to the cinema? - Yes, I (to
think) so. He usually (to play) in the yard at this time, and now he (not to be)
there. 4. He (to read) a book at 5 o'clock yesterday. 5. Yesterday
the children (to do) all their homework before mother (to come) home, and
when she (to come), they (to play) with the cat. 6.1 (to lose) my key when I
(to play) in the yard yesterday. 7. Ring me up as soon as you (to come)
home. 8. Where you usually (to take) books for reading?
Упражнения на все времена, включая группу PERFECT
CONTINUOUS
Упр. 61. Раскроите скобки, употребляя глаголы в требую-
щемся времени.
1. I (to do) my homework by the time you come. 2. Don't come to
my place. I (to write) a composition for 2 hours. 3.1 (not to go) to the cin-
ema tomorrow. I (to watch) TV the whole evening. 4. What you (to do) yes-
terday? 5. What you (to do) at 8 o'clock tomorrow? 6. You (to play) chess
8. When you
259
o'clock tomorrow? 11. Tomorrow I (to begin) doing my homework as soon
as I come from school. I (to do) my homework for 3 hours when you come.
My father (to come) home at 7 o'clock tomorrow. 12 I (to do) all my home-
work by the time he comes, and we (to go) for a walk together.
Упр. 62. Раскроите скобки, употребляя глаголы в требую-
щемся времени.
1. I (to live) in St. Petersburg. 2. I (to live) in St. Petersburg since
1990. 3. She already (to do) her homework for two hours, but she (not yet
to do) half of it. 4.1 (to wait) for you since 2 o'clock. 5. What you (to do)? -
I (to read). I (to read) for already two hours. I already (to read) sixty pages.
6. This man is a writer. He (to write) books. He (to write) books since he
was a young man. He already (to write) eight books. 7. What you (to do)
here since morning? 8. Lena is a very good girl. She always (to help) her
mother about the house. Today she (to help) her mother since morning. They
already (to wash) the floor and (to dust) the furniture. Now they (to cook)
find) your notebook? - No! 1 still (to look) for it. I already (to look) for it for
two hours, but (not yet to find) it. II. You (to play) with a ball for already
three hours. Go home and do your homework. 12. Wake up! You (to sleep)
for ten hours already. 13.1 (to wait) for a letter from my cousin for a month
already, but (not yet to receive) it.
1. Где ты живешь? 2. Я работаю без отдыха уже 3 часа. 3. Как
долго ты пишешь контрольную работу? Ты уже написал ее? 4. Моя
сестра готовила обед, когда кто-то позвонил ей. 5. Я отвечал на твои
вопросы уже целый час, когда принесли новую газету. 6. Я подожду
тебя у магазина. 7. Я буду читать любимый роман часа два, прежде чем
ты сошьешь себе новую юбку. 8. Я искал ее весь вечер. 9. Нам только
что принесли задание. 10 Я буду учить английские слова. 11. Когда ты
позовешь меня, я уже выучу уроки. 12. Не мешай мне. Я смою посуду.
Упр. 64. Раскроите скобки, употребляя глаголы в требую-
щемся времени.
I. Нс (to wait) his girlfriend since morning but she didn't come. 2.1
(to meet) him when he (to walk) across the park heading for home. 3. How
260
when somebody (to open) the door. 7. He (to work) here for fifteen years. 8.
Упр. 65. Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в требую-
щемся времени.
1. We (to walk) in silence for an hour. He already (to tell) me all that
(to be) interesting about himself, and I (to have) nothing to tell him. 2.
Where is your luggage? I (to leave) it at the station. I (to take) it tomorrow
when Nick (to come) to help me. 3. I (to read) about an hour when he (to
come). 4. The play (not yet to begin) and people (to talk) in the hall. 4. Yes-
terday I (to buy) a new pair of gloves, as I (to lose) the old ones. 5. The
moon (not to rise) yet, and only two stars, like two distant lighthouses, (to
shine) in the dark blue sky. 6. One night a little swallow (to fly) over the
city. His friends (to fly) away to Egypt six weeks before, but he (to stay)
behind. 7. How long have you (to sing) yet? I (to sing) ten minutes only. 8.
Упр. 66. Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в требую-
щемся времени.
1. What you (to do) when 1 (to come) in? 2. When I (to come) to his
house, they (to tell) me that he (to leave) an hour before. 3. On checking up
his answers he (to find) out that he (to make) several mistakes. 4. When I (to
(to read) this book? - Yes, I (to read) it I (to think) it (to be) very interesting.
6. What the children (to do) now? - Oh, they (to play) a new table game
which I (to buy) for them the day before yesterday. 7. They (to reach) the
comer of the street by now and (to stand) at the bus stop. 8. After we (to
walk) about two hours, we arrived at a picturesque glade covered with fresh
grass.
щемся времени.
1. The first person whom Andrew saw as he (to enter) was his old
nurse. She (to sit) on the sofa. During the last five years she greatly (to
change) and now (to look) a very old woman. 2. She is going to read the
261
late for the concert if you (not to take) a taxi. 7. The sun (to set) a long time
ago, and it (to begin) to get really cold. 8. When I (to come) home yesterday,
my sister already (to return) and (to sit) at the fireplace looking through old
photographs. 9. He (to smoke) three cigarettes and (to look) through all the
books on the she when at last he (to hear) his friend's steps approaching the
door. 10. He just (to approach) the door, when she (to enter).
PASSIVE VOICE
Past Indefinite Active или Past Indefinite Passive
Я рассказал. - Мне рассказали. "
Она привела. - Ее привели.
Мы ответили. - Нам ответили.
Они дали. - Им дали.
Он посоветовал. - Ему посоветовали.
Я показал. - Мне показали.
Мы спросили. - Нас спросили.
Мы послали. - Нас послали.
Он помог. - Ему помогли.
Он вылечил. - Его вылечили. Он позвал. - Его позвали.
Упр. 69. Переведите на английский язык, употребляя глаго-
лы в Present, Past или F uture Indefinite Passive.
Мне рассказали - Мне рассказывают - Мне расска-
Мне показали - Мне показывают - Мне покажут
Ее привели - Ее приводят - Ее приведут
Нас спросили - Нас спрашивают- Нас спросят -
Нам ответили - Нам отвечают - Нам ответят
Нас послали - Нас посылают - Нас пошлют
Им дали - Им дают - Им дадут -
Ему помогли - Ему помогают - Ему помогут
Ему посоветовали Ему советуют - Ему посове-
Его забыли - Его забывают Его забудут -
263
Нас пригласили -
Нас поправили -
Нас приглашают -
Нас поправляют -
Нас пригла-
Нас поправят
Его зовут -
Его позовут -
Его позвал
Упр. 70. Раскройте скобки, упогребляя глаголы в Present,
Past или Future Indefinite Passive.
1. Bread (to eat) every day. 2. The letter (to receive) yesterday. 3.
Nick (to send) to Moscow next week. 4.1 (to ask) at the lesson yesterday. 5.
I (to give) a very interesting book at the library last Friday. 6. Many houses
(to build) in our town every year. 7. This work (to do) tomorrow. 8. This
text (to translate) at the last lesson. 9. These trees (to plant) last autumn. 10.
Many interesting games always (to play) at our PT lessons. 11. This bone (to
Му question (to answer) yesterday. 14. Hockey (to play) in winter. 15.
Mushrooms (to gather) in autumn.
16. Many houses (to bum) during the Great Fire of London. 17. His new
book (to finish) next year. 18. Flowers (to sell) in shops and in the streets.
19. St. Petersburg (to found) in 1703.
Упр. 71. Переведите па аш
1. Он каждый день рассказывает нам что-нибудь интересное. 2.
Ему каждый день рассказывают что-нибудь интересное. 3. Я часто по-
сылаю письма друзьям. 4. Меня часто посылают на юг. 5. Я всегда хва-
лю моих друзей. 6. Меня всегда хвалят дома.
7. Каждую субботу папа показывает дедушке мои оценки. 8. Каждую
субботу папе показывают мои оценки. 9. Мы часто вспоминаем вас. 10.
Нас часто вспоминают в деревне. 11. Мне дают сок каждое утро. 12.
Каждое утро я даю кошке молоко. 13. Меня часто приглашают в кино.
14. Моей сестре часто помогают в школе. 15. Я иногда забываю взять
дневник. 16. Он пишет много писем.
Упр. 72. Переведите на английский язык, употребляя глаго-
лы в Past Indefinite Active или Past Indefinite Passive.
1. Вчера я попросил учителя помочь мне. 2. Вчера меня попро-
другу
263
6. Мне посоветовали поступить в спортивную секцию? 7. Я показал
доктору мои зубы.
8. Меня показали доктору. 9. Я дал своей собаке кусок сахара. 10. Мне
дали на обед суп. 11. Вчера нам задавали много вопросов на уроке. 12.
Я ответил на все вопросы.
13. Учитель поставил мне хорошую оценку. 14. Дома меня похвалили.
15. Эти письма принесли утром? 16. Мой портфель купили в прошлом
году.
лы в Future Indefinite Active или Future Indefinite Passive.
I. Завтра я принесу новый фильм. 2. Завтра принесут новый
фильм? 3. Мой друг поможет мне с математикой. 4. Моему другу по-
могут с немецким. 5. Я куплю мороженого. 6. Когда пошлют письмо?
7. Миша попросит меня помочь ему. 8. Мишу попросят рассказать о
своем путешествии. 9. Как будут делать эту работу? 10. Доктор попро-
ты принесут завтра. 13. Диктант будут писать в следующий вторник?
14. Маму попросят нс беспокоиться. 15. Маме дадут чашечку кофе? 16.
Мама поблагодарит доктора.
17. Телеграмма будет отправлена сейчас же. 18. Ковер повесят на сте-
ну? 19. Книги положат на полку. 20. Когда проверят контрольную ра-
боту?
The doctor was sent for - За доктором послали.
Запомните этот шуточный мини-рассказ: Не was talked about. Не
was sent for. He was waited for. He was looked at. He was listened to. He
was laughed at.
Запомните эти предложения:
The house wasn't lived in. The bed wasn't slept in.
ребляя глаго-
Упр. 74. Переведите на англ
лы во Future Indefinite Passive.
1. Ес часто посылают на почту. 2. В прошлом году сс послали в
Кембридж. 3. Его пошлют в Гарвард? 4. За ней всегда посылают. 5.
За ней послала вчера. 6. За мной пошлют завтра? 7. Их всегда пригла-
264
Запомните:
Это нужно сделать - It must be done
Это можно сделать - It can be done
Упр. 75. Передайте следующие предложения в Passive Voice.
1. You must do three of these exercises tomorrow. 2. You can find
the book you need in any library. 3. We must send these letters at once. 4.
You must take the box to the station. 5. You can cross the river on a raft. 6.
The workers can finish the building of the house very soon. 7. You
must return the books the day after tomorrow. 8. I can easily forgive this
mistake. 9. You can find such berries everywhere. 10. You must do this
work very carefully.
infinitive после модальных глаголов.
1. Руки надо мыть перед каждой едой. 2. Комнаты нужно регу-
лярно проветривать. 3. Кошку надо кормить рыбой. 4. Собаку можно
кормить мясом и овощами. 5. Ребенку надо давать фрукты. 6. Книги
надо положить в шкаф. 7. Эту картину можно повесить над камином. 8.
Как можно перевести это слово? 9. Куда можно поставить чемоданы?
ПРИЧАСТИЕ
Упр. 77. Замените придаточные предложения времени при-
частными оборотами (не опускайте союз when).
1. When you speak English, pay attention to the order of words. 2. Be
careful when you are crossing a street. 3. When you are leaving the room,
don't forget to switch off the light. 4. When you begin to work with the dic-
tionary, don't forget my instructions. 5. When they were travelling in Central
Africa, the explorers met many wild animals. 6. When you are copying Eng-
lish texts, pay attention to the articles. 7. You must have much practice when
you arc learning to speak a foreign language.
Упр. 78. Переведите па английский язык, употребляя тре-
бующуюся форму причастия.
1. Артистка, рассказывай
на всю страну. 2. Сказка, расе
зя няней, произвела на ребенка
265
3. Рассказав ребенку сказку, она пожелала ему
маленьком домике на берегу озера. 5. Ребенок всегда с интересом слу-
шает сказки, рассказываемые няней. 6. Рассказывая детям сказки, она
говорит разными голосами, имитируя героев сказок.
Упр. 79. Переведите па английский язык, употребляя тре-
бующуюся форму причастия.
1. Играя в саду, дети не заметили, что стало темно. 2. Подойдя к
дожил на стол смятое письмо. 5. Плачущая девочка была голодна. 6.
Бабушка смотрела на детей, игравших во дворе. 7. Она любит смотреть
на играющих детей. 8. Сделав уроки, дети пошли гулять. 9. Лежа на
диване, он читал книгу. 10. Принеся свои игрушки в комнату, ребенок
начал играть. 11. Прочитав много книг Диккенса, он хорошо знал этого
FUTURE - IN-THE - PAST
Не забывайте: если главное предложение стоит в прошедшем
времени, то в придаточном дополнительном вместо будущих времен
должны употребляться соответствующие будущие в прошедшем вре-
Упр. 80. Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Future In-
definite или Future-in the- Past.
1.1 know we (not to be) late. 2.1 asked whether he (to be) at home. 3.
"When you (to be) ready?" he asked. 4. I can say whether Bob (to do) the
work perfectly, but he (to do) his best. 5. He asked me whether I (to see)
Olga there. 6. As you sure that we (to have) tune to do that? 7.1 was afraid
he (to say): "I don't think I (to be) able to come." 8.1 didn’t know what he
(to speak) about.
Упр. 81. Употребите следующие предложения как придаточ-
ные дополнительные. В роли главных предложений используйте
E.g. My brother will be sleeping.
266
I supposed that my brother would be sleeping.
1. They will win the game. 2.1 will go to the south 3. My sister will
not forget to ring me up. 4.1 will have done my homework by 9 o'clock. 5.
The tourists will not return by sunset. 6. My friends will be waiting for me.
7. My friend will have returned by that time. 8. They will be working the
whole evening. 9. He will solve the problem in no time. 10. The new film
will be on in many cinemas. 11. The teacher will have corrected our papers
by the beginning of the lesson. 12. She will not like that TV programme. 13.
The train will arrive on time. 14. The children will be playing in the yard.
15. All the newspapers will publish this information.
КОСВЕННАЯ РЕЧЬ
Упр. 82. Переведите на английский язык, обращая внимание
на время глагола в главном предложении.
1. Я знаю, что он скоро придет. 2. Я знал, что он скоро придет. 3.
скоро приедут. 8. Я был уверен, что встречу его на станции. 9. Я ду-
маю, что папа скоро напишет нам письмо. 10. Вам сказали, будем ли
мы в декабре писать контрольную работу. 11. Он понял, что никогда се
нс забудет. 12. Я полагаю, что они вспомнят о нас. 13. Он спрашивает,
товит ужин, и в девять часов вся семья будет сидеть за столом. Я боял-
ся, что приду слишком поздно.
Упр. 83. Употребите следующие предложения как нридаточ-
роли главных. Измените времена в соответствии с правилом co-
1. The children are playing in the yard. (She thought) 2. Her friend
will come to see her. (She hoped) 3. Father has repaired his bicycle. (He
thought) 4. She knows English very well (I supposed) 5. Our sportsmen will
win the game. (We were sure) 6. She made no mistakes in her dictation.
(She was glad) 7. He works at his English hard. (I knew) 8. She dances
better than anybody else. (I was told) 9. My cousin has received very intcr-
wrote in her letter) 11. He is painting a new picture. (We heard) 12. His new
267
your leg (I was afraid) 14. My friend has never been to Washington. (I
knew) 15. She never drinks milk. (I was told) 16. He is a talented singer.
(We were told) 17. They lived a happy life. (I knew) 18. He does not know
German at all. (I found out)
Упр. 84. Передайте следующие повелительные предложения
в косвенной речи.
1. "Go home," said the teacher to us. 2. "Buy some meat in the shop,"
said my mother to me. 3. "Sit down at the table and do your homework,"
said my mother to me. 4. "Don't forget to clean your teeth," said granny to
Helen. 5. "Don4 sit up late," said the doctor to Mary. 6. The doctor said to
Pete: "Don't go for a walk today." 7. "Don't eat too much ice-cream”, said
Nick's mother to him. 8. "Explain to me how to solve this problem," said my
friend to me. 9. The doctor said to Nick "Open your mouth and show me
your tongue." 10. "Don't afraid of my dog," said the man to Kate. 11.
"Take this book and read it," said the librarian to the boy.
1. "My friend lives in Moscow," said Alec. 2. "You have not done
your work well," said the teacher to me. 3. The poor man said to the rich
man: "My horse is wild.” 4. The rich man said to the judge: "This man's
horse has killed mine." 5. "This man spoke to me on the road," said the
woman. 6. "I can't explain this word to you," said the boy to me. 7. The
teacher said to the class: "We will discuss this subject tomorrow." 8. The
woman said to her son: "I am glad I am here." 9. Mike said: "We have
bought these books today." 10. She said to me: "Now I can read your trans-
lation." 11. Our teacher said: "Thackeray's novels are very interesting." 12.
She said: "You will read this book in the 9th form."
ИНФИНИТИВ
ФОРМЫ ИНФИНИТИВА
Active Passive
Indefinite to write to be written
Continuous to be writing -
Perfect to have written to have been written
Perfect Continuous to have been writing -
Упр. 86. Вставьте частицу to перед инфинитивом, где необхо-
1.1 like... play the guitar. 2. My brother can ... speak French. 5. We
had... put on our overcoats because it was cold. 4. They wanted... cross the
7. They heard the girl... cry out with joy. 8. I would rather ... stay at home
today. 9. He did not want... play in the yard any more. 10. Would you
like ... go to England? 11. You look tired. You had better... go home. 12.1
wanted ... speak to Nick, but could not... find his telephone number. 13. It is
time... get up. 14. Let me... help you with your homework.
Упр. 87. Замените выделенные части предложений инфини-
тивными оборотами.
I. I have по books which I can read. 2. Is there anybody who will
help you with your spelling? 3. Don't forget that she has a baby which she
must take care of. 4. Have you got nothing that you want to say on this
subject? 5. There was nothing that he could do except go home. 6.1 have
only a few minutes in which lean explain these words to you. 7.1 have an
examination which I must take soon, so I can't go theatre with you. 8. King
Lear decided to have a hundred knights who would serve him after he had
divided kingdom. 9. Here is something which will warm you up. 10. Here
is a new brush which you will clean your teeth. 11. Here are some more
facts which will prove that your theory is correct. 12. Here are some with
which you can fasten the shelves to the wall. 13. Here arc some tablets
which will help your headache.
Запомните следующие устойчивые словосочетания с инфи-
to cut a long story short to tell (you) the truth
269
to say nothing of
to say the least of it
to put it mildly
to begin with
Упр. 88. Переведите на английский язык, употребляя устой-
чивые словосочетания с инфинитивом.
1. Мягко выражаясь, она была невежлива. 2. Сказать по правде, я
не люблю бокс. 3. Начнем с того, что я 4. Короче говоря, он не сдал
экзамен. 5. Мы все рады, не говоря уже о маме: она сказала, что это
счастливый день в ее жизни. 6. Это очень странно, по меньшей мере. 7.
Для начала, она открыла все окна. 8. По правде говоря, я очень устал.
9. Мягко выражаясь, меня удивили. 10. Короче говоря, они пожени-
лись. 11. Самая известная книга Джерома - "Трое в лодке, не считая
собаки". 12. По меньшей мерс, мы были удивлены.
books for their work. 2. He seized every opportunity (to appear) in public:
he was so anxious (to talk) about. 3. Is there anything else (to tell) her? I
believe she deserves (to know) the state of her sick brother. 4. He began
writing books not because he wanted (to cam) a living. He wanted (to read)
and (not to forget). 5.1 consider myself lucky (to be) to that famous exhibi-
tion and (to see) so many wonderful paintings. 6. He seems (to know)
French very well: he is said (to spend) his youth in Paris. 7. The enemy
army was reported (to throw) the defence lines and (to advance) towards the
suburbs of the city. 8. The woman pretended (to read) and (not to hear) the
bell. 9. You seem (to look) for trouble. 10. It seemed (to snow) heavily
since early morning: the ground was covered with a deep layer if snow.
употребляя тре-
Упр. 90. Переведите на ai
бующуюся форму инфинитива.
1. Я рад, что рассказал вам эту историю. 2. Я рад мне рассказали
эту историю. 3. Я хочу познакомиться с этой артисткой. 4. Я хочу, что-
бы меня познакомили с этой артисткой. 5. Я рад. что встретил ее на
станции. 6. Я рад, что меня встретили на станции. 7. Мы очень счаст-
ливы, что пригласили его на вечер. 8. Мы очень счастливы, что нас
пригласили на вечер. 9. Дети любят, когда им рассказывают сказки. 10.
270
УСЛОВНЫЕ ПРЕДЛОЖЕНИЯ
Упр. 91. Раскрывая скобки, напишите каждое предложение
три раза, образуя условные предложения I, II, и III типов.
E.g, If you (to be) free, 1 (to come) to see you.
If you are free, 1 will come to see you.
If you were free, 1 would come to see you.
If you had been free, I would have come to see you.
1. If you (to be) busy, I (to leave) you alone. 2. If I (to live) in Mos-
cow, I (to visit) the Tretyakov Gallery every year. 3. If I (to get) a ticket, I
(to go) to the Philharmonic. 4. If I (to live) near a wood, I (to gather) a lot of
mushrooms. 5. If my father (to return) early, we (to watch) TV together. 6.
have) a very nice tea-party. 9. If we (to receive) a telegram from him, wc
(not to worry). 10. If you (not to work) systematically, you (to fail) at the
examinations.
Упр. 92. Перепишите каждое из следующих пре
ся к настоящему или будущему (II тип), b) относящиеся к прошед-
шему (III тип).
1. If I am not too busy, 1 will go to the concert. 2. If no one comes to
help, we will be obliged to do the work our-selves. 3. If you put on your
glasses, you will see better 4. What will we do if they are late? 5. Will you
be very angry if we don't come? 6. Will he be very displeased if don't ring
him up? 7. They will all be surprised if I make such a mistake. 8. If he does
not come in time, will we have to wait for him?
Упр. 93. Раскроите скобки, употребляя глаголы в требую-
щейся форме.
1.1 should be delighted if I (to have) such a beautiful fur coat. 2. If it
(to rain), we will have to stay at home. 3. If he (to work) hard, he would
5. I (write) the composition long ago if you had not disturbed me. 6. If he
home, he will tell us what do. 8. If he were not such an outstanding actor, he
(not have) so many admirers. 9. If you (to give) me your address, I will write
you a letter. 10. If she (not to be) absent-minded, she would be a much better
student.
Упр. 94. Раскройте скобки, употребляя глагол в нужной
форме.
1. If she (to ask) me yesterday, I should certainly have told her all
about it. 2. If you (to do) your morning exercises every day, your health
would be much better. 3. If he is very busy, he (to agree) to go to the mu-
seum with us. 4. If I (not to be) present at the lesson, I should not have un-
derstood this difficult rule. 5. If he reads fifty pages every day, his vocabu-
lary (to increase) greatly. 6. If they (to know) it before, they would lave
taken measures. 7. If I (to get) this book, I will be happy. 8. If you really
loved music, you (to go) to the Philharmonic much more often. 9. If you had
not wasted so much time, you (not to miss) the train. 10. If you (not to miss)
rule if you (not to miss) the teacher's) explanation.
Упр. 95. Образуйте условные предложения.
1. You did not ring me up, so I did not know you were in trouble. If
.....2. You left the child alone in the room, so he hurt himself. If...3.
They spent a year in the tropics, so they got vety sun-tanned. If.......4. It
rained heavily, so we got drenched to the skin. If.....5. Why didn't you
watch the cat? It ate all the fish. If.6. A huge black cloud appeared from
behind the forest, so we had to turn back and hurry home. If.........7. The
travellers had no camera with them, so they could not take photos of the
beautiful scenery If....8. There was no sugar left, so we had to go to the
shop late in the evening. If...9. This house is very nice and comfortable,
but it is not very good for living because it is situated close to a chemical
plant and the air around is very bad. If...10. He is an excellent specialist,
but I cannot ask his advice because I am not acquainted with him.
ГЕРУНДИЙ
Упр. 96. Переведите на русские язык, обратив внимание на
герундий.
1. Watching football matches can be exciting enough but of course it
is more exciting playing football. 2. She stopped coming to see us, and I
272
them before? 4. She was terrified of having to speak to anybody and even
more, of being spoken to. 5. After having corrected by the teacher, the stu-
dents’ papers were turned to them. 6. 1 wondered at my mother's having
loved the journey. 7. I understand perfectly your wish to start the work at
once. 8. At last he broke the silence inviting everybody to walk into the din-
ing-room. 9. Being told the news she turned pale. 10. The place is being vis-
iting.
времени герундием с предлогом after.
1. After I had hesitated some minutes whether to buy the hat or not, I
finally decided that I might find one I liked better in another shop, and went
out. 2. When she had graduated from the University, she left St. Petersburg
and went to teach in her home town. 3. When he had proved that his theory
was correct, he started studying ways and means of improving the condi-
tions of work in very deep coal-mines. 4. After she took the child to the kin-
dergarten, she went to the library to study for her examination. 5. When he
had made a thorough study of the subject, he found that it was a great deal
more important than he had thought at first.
Запомните следующие глаголы и выражения, требующие после себя герундия
to burst out to fancy to keep (on)
to avoid to finish to stop
to deny to forgive to mind
to enjoy to give up to postpone
to excuse to go on to put off
cannot help
Упр. 98. Переведите на русский язык, обращая внимание на
герундий.
I. I avoided speaking to them about that matter. 2. She burst out cry-
ing. 3. They burst out laughing. 4. She did it having been at home that eve-
ning. 5. He enjoyed talking the pleasures of travelling. 6. Excuse my leaving
you at such a moment. 7. Fancy seeing her in tears! 8. Please, forgive inter-
fering. 9. He gave up smoking a few years ago. 10. They went on talking.
11. He keeps insisting on my going to the south. 12. Oh, please, do stop
273
Would you mind coming again in a day or two? 15.1 don't mind wearing
this dress.
to accuse of
to depend on
to object to
to complain of
to suspect of
to insist on
to agree t
to feel like
to thank for
to look like
Запомните следующие глаголы и выражения, требующие по-
сле себя герундия с определенными предлогами
to approve of
to insist on
to persist in
to rely on
to
to succeed in
to give up the idea
Упр. 99. Переведите па русские язык, обращая внимание на
герундии.
1. They accuse him of having robbed the house. 2. He never agreed to
so much coffee. 4. The teacher of mathematics did not approve of his pupils
dreaming. 5. All the happiness of my life depends on your loving me. 6. I
don't feel like seeing him. 7. I insist on being told the truth. 8. The baby
looked like crying. 9. I object to his borrowing money from you. 10. 1
stretched out my hand to prevent her from falling. 11. My friend succeeded
in translating this difficult text. 12. She suspected him of deceiving her. The
poor peasant thanked Robin Hood heartily for having helped him. 14. He
gave up the idea of ever hearing from her. 15. We are looking forward to
seeing you again. 16. She always complains of feeling unwell. 17. He per-
sisted in trying to solve that difficult problem.
ПРИЧАСТИЕ, ГЕРУНДИЙ И ОТГЛАГОЛЬНЫЕ
СУЩЕСТВИТЕЛЬНЫЕ
В следующих предложениях "reading" - причастие:
In the library you see many people reading books.
Reading his newspaper, the old man fell asleep.
В следующих предложениях "reading”- герундий:
Reading a good book gives me a lot of pleasure.
I like reading a good book.
Сравните эти два предложения:
274
My brother is reading the latest story by R. Bradbury. - причастие.
My dream is reading the latest story by R. Bradbury. - герундий.
Упр. 100. Расположите по порядку:
b) предложения, в которых ing-форма является герундием.
1. a) When we entered the auditorium, we saw many students writing
at the tables, b) Do you mind my writing with your pen? c) He was writing a
letter when I entered the room.
2. a) We all listened with great interest to the speaker criticizing the
new book, b) Criticizing the work of our sports club, he said that it was not
satisfactory, c) We were criticizing the work of our sanitary committee at
that moment, d) I have no objection to your criticizing me.
3. In this picture you can see a young man giving flowers to a girl. 4.
Running water is always better than standing water. 5. John likes studying
history. 6. Lydia could retell the English story she had read without looking
into the book. 7. Everybody ran to meet the people reluming from the city.
8. Never jump off a moving train. 9. Reading books out-of-doors is his fa-
vourite way of spending the summer holidays, but he likes swimming and
going on excursions as well. 10. You can learn what the new words mean by
looking them up in the dictionary. 11. Before going to meet his friend he
went home to change his clothes.
12. The regaining cakes were given to the children.
Сравните герундии и отглагольное существительное
Reading a good book gives me a lot of pleasure. герундий
The reading of a good book gives me a lot of pleasure. отглагольное существительное
Упр. 101. Расположите по порядку:
а) предложения, в которых ing-форма является причастием;
Ь) предложения, в которых ing-форма является герундием;
с) предложения, в которых ing-форма является отглаголь-
ным существительным.
I. You should think before speaking. 2. After finding the new word in
the dictionary, I wrote it down and went on reading. 3. He spent much time
on the copying of his literature lectures. 4. What do you mean by saying
275
that? 5. The students found the reading of English newspapers rather diffi-
cult at first. 6. Instead of going home after school, the girls went for a walk.
7. Chalk is used for writing on the blackboard. 8. We sat by the river-side
listening to the running of the water. 9. The cleaning of the room was done
by the girls. 10. Working in the garden is very good for the health of people.
11. Going home from the theatre, they were discussing the play they had
b) предложения, в которых frig—форма является герундием;
с) предложения, в которых tHg-фор.ма является отглаголь-
ным существительным.
1. Remembering that time was like going back to his childhood and
re-living those happy days. 2. Looking back upon that time, he realized how
mother at last began to realize by its peaceful breathing that all danger was
over. 5. I stopped knocking at the door and, sitting down at the top of the
stairs, began waiting for my father to come. 6. With a sudden tightening of
the muscles he became aware of a figure walking noiselessly beside him. 7.
She praised herself for having come. 8. Having stopped crying, the child
quieted down to hard think. 9. The old clock kept ticking on the man-
telpiece, counting the seconds left before the coming of daylight.
WISH
Упр. 103. Перефразируйте следующие предложения, упот-
ребляя "wish."
It's a pity you are not with us these days. 2. My friend regrets not hay-
ing entered the university. 3. He was son not to have had enough time to
finish his test-paper. 4. It's a pity we shan't be able to reach home before tea-
time. 5.1 am sorry I made you upset by telling you this news. 6. What pity
you don't know enough physics. 7. Unfortunately they won't return before
Christmas. 8. The student was sorry he had not studied the material better
and had shown such pool knowledge at the examination. 9. It's a pity that
you did not send for us last night.
276
Жаль, что вы не обратили внимание на его предупреждение. 5, Он по-
если бы я пришел на вокзал вовремя! 8. Жаль, что вы и читали такую
прекрасную книгу. 9. Жаль, что она делала так много ошибок в речи.
10. Ах, если бы вы сказал ей об этом в прошлое воскресенье! 11. Хо-
рошо бы нас сейчас были каникулы. 12. Если бы он пришел сегодня
вечером! 13. Мы пожалели, что не попросилн его совета. 14. Жаль, что
вы отказались принять участие в пикнике.
МОДАЛЬНЫЕ ГЛАГОЛЫ
Сап
Упр. 105. Переведите на английский язык, употребят мо-
дальный глагол can (could)
1. Я умею говорить по-английски. 2. Мой папа не умеет говорить
по-немецки. 3. Ты умеешь говорить по-французски? 4. Моя сестра нс
сейчас умею. 10. Вы нс можете мне сказать, как доехать до вокзала? 11.
Нс могли ли бы вы мне помочь? 12. Я нс могу перевести это предложе-
ние. 13. Никто не мог мне помочь. 14. Где тут можно купить хлеб? 15.
Твоя бабушка умела танцевать, когда была молодая? - Да, она и сейчас
Упр. 106. Переведите на английский язык, употребляя вы-
ражение to be able to.
I. Ты сможешь сделать эту работу завтра? 2. Я думаю, она не
сумеет решить эту задачу. 3. Завтра я буду свободен и смогу помочь
тебе. 4. Мы сможем поехать Нью-Йорк в будущем году? 5. Ты смо-
жешь починить мой магнитофон?
Упр. 107. Перепишите следующие предложения, добавляя слова,
данные в скобках. Замените модальный глагол can (could) выра-
жением to be able to, где это необходимо.
1.1 can give you my book for a couple of days (after I have read it). 2.
He can ski (for ten years). 3. We knew that she could swim (since a child).
4. You cannot take part in this serious sport competition (until you have
mastered good skills) 5.1 could not solve the problem (before he explained
277
ics). 8. You can go to the country (when you have passed your last examina-
tion). 9. We can pass to the next exercise (when we have done this one).
to be allowed to.
1. Мне разрешают пользоваться папиным магнитофоном. 2. Дети уже
большие. Им разрешают ходить школу одним. 3. Ему не разрешают
купаться в этой реке. 4. Вчера ей позволили прийти домой в десять ча-
сов. 5. Нам не позволяют разговаривать на уроках. 6. Тебе позволили
8. Тебе разрешат пойти гулять, когда ты сделаешь уроки. 9. Тебе раз-
решали ходить у озера, когда ты был маленький? 10. Когда мне разре-
шат сеть мороженое?
Упр. 109. Вставьте .модальный глагол may (might) или выражение
Нс ... join the sports section as soon as he is through with his medical ex-
amination. 5. Becky's mother said that everybody ... take part in the picnic.
6. He ... go home if he likes. 7. As soon as the boy ... leave the room, he
smiled a happy smile and ran out to join his friends outside. 8. The doctor
says I am much better. I... get up for a few hours every day.
Must
Упр. ПО. Переведите на английский язык, употребляя модальный
глагол must.
1. Я должна упорно работать над своим английским. 2. Вы должны
внимательно слушать учителя на уроке. 3. Ты должен делать уроки
каждый день. 4. Вы должны забывать о своих обязанностях. 5. Вы
должны быть осторожны на улице. 6. Она должна быть дома сейчас. 7.
Мои друзья, должно быть, в парке. 8. Вы, должно быть, очень голодны.
9. Должно быть, очень трудно решать такие задачи.
Упр. 111. Перепишите следующие предложения в прошедшем вре-
1. It is already twenty minutes past eight. You must or you will be late for
the first lesson. 2.1 am very tired. I feel I must go to bed at once, or I will
278
to find a solution of the problem. There must be a way out. 5. It is quite clear
to everybody in the family that he must start getting ready for his examina-
tion instead of wasting time. 6. It is impossible to do anything in such a
short time. 1 must ask the chief to put off my report. 7.1 don't mean that you
must do everything they tell you.
Упр. 112. Переведите ни английский язык, употребляя модальный
глагол must или его эквивалент to have to.
1. Я должна пойти в магазин сегодня, сварить обед, сделать уроки,
пойти в школу, написать письмо брату.
2. Мне придется пойти в магазин завтра; сварить обед, сделать уроки,
пойти в школу, написать письмо брату.
3. Мне пришлось пойти в магазин вчера, сварить обед, сделать уроки,
пойти в школу, написать письмо брату.
Need
спрашивать его, он сам мне все расскажет. 5. Вам нс обязательно зво-
нить мне: я нс забуду о своем обещании. 6. Надо ли покупать такую
массу продуктов? 7. Она может нс ходить в библиотеку: я дам ей кии-
Упр. 114. Вставьте модальные глаголы may, must, need.
1.... we hand in our compositions tomorrow?-No, you ... not, you ... hand
them in after Sunday. 2.... John ready do this today? - No, he... not, he... do
it tomorrow likes. 5. You... not let this cup fall: it... break. 4.... 1 help you to
put on your coat? 5.... 1 take this book for a little while? -1 am sorry, but I...
return it to the library at once.
279
to find a solution of the problem. There must be a way out. 5. It is quite clear
to everybody in the family that he must start getting ready for his examina-
tion instead of wasting time. 6. It is impossible to do anything in such a
short time. 1 must ask the chief to put off my report. 7.1 don't mean that you
must do everything they tell you.
Упр. 112. Переведите ни английский язык, употребляя модальный
глагол must или его эквивалент to have to.
1. Я должна пойти в магазин сегодня, сварить обед, сделать уроки,
пойти в школу, написать письмо брату.
2. Мне придется пойти в магазин завтра; сварить обед, сделать уроки,
пойти в школу, написать письмо брату.
3. Мне пришлось пойти в магазин вчера, сварить обед, сделать уроки,
пойти в школу, написать письмо брату.
Need
спрашивать его, он сам мне все расскажет. 5. Вам нс обязательно зво-
нить мне: я нс забуду о своем обещании. 6. Надо ли покупать такую
массу продуктов? 7. Она может нс ходить в библиотеку: я дам ей кии-
Упр. 114. Вставьте модальные глаголы may, must, need.
1.... we hand in our compositions tomorrow?-No, you ... not, you ... hand
them in after Sunday. 2.... John ready do this today? - No, he... not, he... do
it tomorrow likes. 5. You... not let this cup fall: it... break. 4.... 1 help you to
put on your coat? 5.... 1 take this book for a little while? -1 am sorry, but I...
return it to the library at once.
279
to find a solution of the problem. There must be a way out. 5. It is quite clear
to everybody in the family that he must start getting ready for his examina-
tion instead of wasting time. 6. It is impossible to do anything in such a
short time. 1 must ask the chief to put off my report. 7.1 don't mean that you
must do everything they tell you.
Упр. 112. Переведите ни английский язык, употребляя модальный
глагол must или его эквивалент to have to.
1. Я должна пойти в магазин сегодня, сварить обед, сделать уроки,
пойти в школу, написать письмо брату.
2. Мне придется пойти в магазин завтра; сварить обед, сделать уроки,
пойти в школу, написать письмо брату.
3. Мне пришлось пойти в магазин вчера, сварить обед, сделать уроки,
пойти в школу, написать письмо брату.
Need
спрашивать его, он сам мне все расскажет. 5. Вам нс обязательно зво-
нить мне: я нс забуду о своем обещании. 6. Надо ли покупать такую
массу продуктов? 7. Она может нс ходить в библиотеку: я дам ей кии-
Упр. 114. Вставьте модальные глаголы may, must, need.
1.... we hand in our compositions tomorrow?-No, you ... not, you ... hand
them in after Sunday. 2.... John ready do this today? - No, he... not, he... do
it tomorrow likes. 5. You... not let this cup fall: it... break. 4.... 1 help you to
put on your coat? 5.... 1 take this book for a little while? -1 am sorry, but I...
return it to the library at once.
279
to find a solution of the problem. There must be a way out. 5. It is quite clear
to everybody in the family that he must start getting ready for his examina-
tion instead of wasting time. 6. It is impossible to do anything in such a
short time. 1 must ask the chief to put off my report. 7.1 don't mean that you
must do everything they tell you.
Упр. 112. Переведите ни английский язык, употребляя модальный
глагол must или его эквивалент to have to.
1. Я должна пойти в магазин сегодня, сварить обед, сделать уроки,
пойти в школу, написать письмо брату.
2. Мне придется пойти в магазин завтра; сварить обед, сделать уроки,
пойти в школу, написать письмо брату.
3. Мне пришлось пойти в магазин вчера, сварить обед, сделать уроки,
пойти в школу, написать письмо брату.
Need
спрашивать его, он сам мне все расскажет. 5. Вам нс обязательно зво-
нить мне: я нс забуду о своем обещании. 6. Надо ли покупать такую
массу продуктов? 7. Она может нс ходить в библиотеку: я дам ей кии-
Упр. 114. Вставьте модальные глаголы may, must, need.
1.... we hand in our compositions tomorrow?-No, you ... not, you ... hand
them in after Sunday. 2.... John ready do this today? - No, he... not, he... do
it tomorrow likes. 5. You... not let this cup fall: it... break. 4.... 1 help you to
put on your coat? 5.... 1 take this book for a little while? -1 am sorry, but I...
return it to the library at once.
279
СВОДНАЯ ТАБЛИЦА УПОТРЕБЛЕНИЯ ВРЕМЕН В ДЕЙСТВИ-
ТЕЛЬНОМ (АКТИВНОМ) ЗАЛОГЕ
Present Past Future
и
| 1 ^6^3 в 3-м лице ед. ч. -Я пишу письма Он пишет Does he write let- (если глагол пра- если неправиль- 1 workerf there. 1 wrote a letter. 1 will write a -Я напишу He'll write a Will you write letters? 8 8 £ В я i
j are > -^-Participle Й | / -Я пишу (сейчас) - Он пишет. Аге you writing letters? were} 1 was writing at 5. Я писал в 5 часов. >ыл процесс) You were writing at 5. letters at 5? will be + Partici- 1 will be writing al -Я буду писать в (будет процесс) You will be writ- VVill you be writ- ing letters at 5? -s Й 1
283
£ Лаге] f + Partici- has J pie П 1 have written a -Я написал пись- мо (уже). He has written a •Он написал пнсьмо.(уже) He has written a Has he written a had + Participle II 1 had written a letter by 5. -Я написал пнсь- 1 had written a letter before he - Я написал пись- мо, до того как ты пришел. will have + Par- 1 will have writ- he comes. письмо, до того 4 § 3 1 i
I .= и Aave| Participle / I have been writ- ing a letter for 5 -Я пишу письмо (уже) 5 часов. Have 1 been writ- ing a letter for 5 hours? had been + Participle I had been writing a letter for 2 hours when you came. -Я писал письмо два часа, когда ты пришел. will have + been Participle I -1 will have been writing a letter for 2 hours when you come. -Я буду писать письмо два часа, когда ты при- 1 з i о Й f 1
ТАБЛИЦА УПОТРЕБЛЕНИЯ ВРЕМЕН В СТРАДАТЕЛЬНОМ
ЗАЛОГЕ
Present Past Future
1 + Participle II Не is asked at the lessons. уроках was 1 r + Participle He was asked at the lessons. - Его спросили на уроках. > + be Participle will J He will be asked at the lessons. - Его спросят на уро-
3 1 *being+ Participle II He is being asked at the - Его спрашивают на ? being* were) Participle II He was being asked at - Его спрашивали на Не употребляется
1 ciple II at the lesson. силк на уроках. + Participle He had been asked at the lesson before 12 - Его спросили на shall} will Jhmr bea + Participle // at the lesson before 12 o'clock... - Его спросят на уроке
285
СОЮЗЫ (Conjunctions)
You must either play or study. You cannot do both at the same time.
- Ты должен либо работать, либо учиться. Ты не можешь делать это
одновременно.
neither... nor
She can neither speak лог read English.
- Ты не можешь пи читать, ли писать по-английски.
We are both working and studying.
- Мы оба работаем и учимся.
Evanov knows English as well as Stpgov.
- Иванов знает английский так же, как и Стогов,
as soon as
- Я пойду в библиотеку сразу, как у меня будет время,
unless (если... нс)
1 will go to her place unless she comes to my place.
- Я пойду к ней домой, если она не придет ко мне.
ПРЕДЛОГИ (Prepositions)
across - через (с одной стороны на другую) in front of - перед,
at 6o'clock, at midnight
after - за (после)
among - среди
about -1) около; 2) по; вокруг;
впереди
behind- за (позади)
on Sunday - в воскресение
round (around) - вокруг
hrough - через (сквозь)
until- до (какого-л. или момента
in the middle of - по середине
near to - рядом c
of - чего (род. пад.)
before - перед, до, до того как (раньше) outside - снаружи (вне поме-
щения)
out of - из (объема)
between-между (двух)
by - кем (твор. пад.)
during - в течение
down - действие вниз
for - для (кого-то), в течение (как долго?) времени)
far from - далеко от
with - c, co
with - чем (твор. пад.)
in - через (о времени)
in winter, in the afternoon, in 2003
286
Составные предлоги
as far as - насколько by no means - никосм образом
as well as - так же как for ever - на всегда
as soon as - как только for lack of - из-за недостатка
such as - такой, как for want of, for the purpose of - с целью
as for; as to - что касается in case of - в случае
for example, for instance - например
as well - также, тоже
at once - сразу
at all - вообще
at last - наконец
at first - сначала
at least - по меньшей мерс
at а/one time - за один раз
before long - скорее, скоро
by far -намного
by some means - каким-нибудь способом
Суффиксы имен существительных
- ness: dark-ncss, quick-ncss, clever-ncss
- ment: achieve-ment, develop-ment, agrcc-ment.
- (at) ion: correct-ion, organiz-ation, occup-ation.
- ее (-or): work-er, teach-er, direct-or -dom: free-dom
- ity: real-ity, rar-ity, abil-ity -ship: friend-ship
-ance (-ence): importance, conveni-ence -ess: actor - actress, tiger -
tigress
-hood: child-hood, mother-hood -ing: build-ing, mean-ing
Суффиксы имен прилагательных
- ful: usc-fiil, care-ful, beauti-ful
- less: use-less, home-less, cloud-less
- ous: iam(e)-ous, courage-ous
- able: comfort-able, pass-able, notice-able -ive: act-ive, progress-ive
- al: nation-al, coloni-al -em: north-em, south-em,
-(a)n: Russia-n, Europe-an
-ese: Japan-ese, Pekin-ese
in connection with - в связи с
in consequence of - в связи с
in order to - для того, чтобы
in spite of - несмотря на
in fact - на самом деле
on account of - вследствие, из-за
on the one hand ... - с одной стороны
on the contrary - наоборот
on condition that - при условии, если
-en: wood-en, gold-en
-ish: green-ish, fool-ish
-ic: cycl-ic, problemat-ic, period-ic
Суффикс, имеющий значение повтора и возврата
• re-: re-construct, re-name
Префиксы отрицания
un-: un-successfiil, un-prepared, un-decided
in-: in-correct, in-translatable
mis-; mis-pronounce, mis-
im-: im-possible, im-movable
dis-: dis-please, dis-agree
287
ТАБЛИЦА НЕПРАВИЛЬНЫХ (нестандартных) ГЛАГОЛОВ.
I форма (Base form) Present Indefinite II форма Indefinite III форма Participle II Translation
abide [o'baid] abode [a'boud] abode оставаться неизмен-
Hl.IM
arise [a*raiz] arose [a’rouz] arisen [a'raizn] подниматься
*awake[o'waik] awoke [a’wouk] awoke, awaked будить
‘be [bij was [wo z], were [wx] been [bi:n] Сьпь
bear[bea] bore [bo:] bomc [bo :n] переносить
beat (bit] beat beaten [bi:tn] бить
•become became [bi’keim] become СТАНОВИТЬСЯ
[bi’kLm] bcfall[bi’fo :l] befell [bi'fcl] befallen [bi’fo Jan] случаться
•begin [bi’gin] began [bi’gam] begun[bi'gLn] начинап.
bend [bend] Bent [bent] bent гнуть (ся)
Bereave Bereft [bi’reft] bereaved, bereft лишаться, отнимать
[bi’ri:v] beseech [bi’si:] besought [bi’so :t] besought просить, умолять
bet [bet] bet bet держать пари
bid [bid] bade (beid). bid Bidden [bidn] предлагать (цену)
bind[baind] bound [baund] bound связывать
bite [bait] bit [bit] bitten [bitn], bit кусать(ся)
bleed [bli:d] bled [bled] bled кровоточить
blend [blend] [bILnt] blended, blend cneiininriTi,
♦blow [blou] blew [blu:] blown [bloun] дуть
•break [breik] broke [brouk] broken [broukn] ломать, разбивать
•bring [brigJ brought [bro : t] brought приносить
•build [bild] built [bilt] built строить
bum [bam] burned, burnt [bna:t] burned burnt жечь, горсть
brust [bo:st] burst burst разрываться
•buy [bai] bought [bo :t] bought покупан.
cast [ka:st] cast cast бросать, метать
♦catch [kartf] caught [ко :t] caught ЛОВИ 1 1.
chide [tfaid] chid [tjid] chided, chidden [tfaidn] бранить
2SK
*choose [tfu:z] chose [tfouz] chosen [tfouzn] выбирай»
cleave [kli:v] clove, cleft cloven, cleft раскалывать
cling [kill)] clung [klLg J clung прилипать, цепляться
•come [kLm] came [keim] come приходить
cost [ко st J cost cost
creap [kri:p] crept [krept] crept ползти
crow [krou] crowed, crew [km:] crowed [kroud]
♦cut [kLt] cut cut ре пть
dare [dco] dared [dco], durst [dd:sl] dared отважиться
deal [di:l] dealt [dell] dealt торговать
dig [dig] dug [dLg] dug копать
•do [du:] did [did] done [dLn] делать
•draw [dro :] drew [dm:] drawn [dro in] рисовать, тащить
•dream [dri:m] dreamed [dri:md], dreamt [drcmt] dreamed, dreamt мечтать
•drink [dri: ijk] drank [dnvi/] drunk [drLgk] пить
•drive [draiv] drove [drouv] driven [drivn] вести, ехать
dwell [dwel] dwelled [dweld], dwelled, dwell обитать, жить
ate [cl, cit] eaten [i:tn]
•fall [fo :1] fell [fell] fallen [fo :bn] падать
•feed [fi:d] fed [fed] fed
•feel [fi:l] ♦fight [fail] felt [felt] fought [fo :t] felt fought чувствовать
•find [faid] found [faund] found находить
fleeffli:] fled [fled] fled убегать, избегать
fling [flit)] Flung [flLg] flung метать, кидать (ся)
•fly [flai] flew [flu:] flown [floun] летать
forbid [fo'bid] forbade [fa’beit] forbidden [fo’bidn] запрещать
•forget [fa’get] forgot [fd’go t] forgotten [fo’go In] забывать
•freeze [friiz] froze [frouz] frozen [frouzn] замерзать
♦get [get] got [go t] gol [go t] получать
gird [go:d] girded [go:did], girt girded, girt [go:l] подпоясывать
♦give [giv] gave [gciv] given [givn] давать
•go [gou] wenl [went] gone [go n] идти
grind [graind] ground [graund] ground размалывать
♦grow [grou] grew [gm:] grown [groun] расти, выращивать
•hang [h;vij] hung [hLg] hung вешать
•have [h®v] had [h®d] had иметь
289
♦hear [hie]
heave [hi: v]
heard [ha:d]
heaved (hi: vd]. hove
hew [hju:]
hewed [hju:d]
hide [haid]
•hit (hit)
♦hold [hould]
hurt [ha:t]
♦keep [ki:p]
knit [nit]
lade [laid]
lay [lei]
♦lead [li:d]
Leap [li:p]
♦leam [b:n]
♦leave [li:v]
lend [lend]
♦let [let]
lie [lai]
light [lait]
♦lose [lu:z]
♦make [maik]
♦mean [mi:n]
♦meet [mi:t]
mow [mou]
‘pay (pci)
♦put [put]
quit [kwait]
♦read [ri:d]
hid [hid]
hit
held [held]
huh
kept [kept]
kneeled, knelt [nclt]
knitted, knit
knew [nju:]
laded [leidid]
laidflcid]
led [led].
leaped, leapt [lept]
learned [b:nt], leamt
left [left]
lent
lay [lei]
lighted [laitid], lit
lost (Io st]
made [meid]
meant [ment]
met [met]
mowed
paid [peid]
quitted, quit
read [red]
rid [rid]
rode [roud]
rise [raiz]
rang [ranj]
rose [rouz]
ran [ram]
heard
heaved, hove
[houv]
hewed,
hewn [hju:n]
hidden
hit
held
C ll.llll.il I.
поднимать,
перемещать
руб|гть
knitted, knit
Laden [leidn]
laid
led
leaped, leapt
learned,learnt
left
lent
lain [Icin]
lighted, lit [lit]
meant
mowed, mown
quitted, quit
read [red]
rung [rLrj]
risen [risn]
raven [rivon]
прятать
Vl.ipillb
ICp.k.il I.
повредить, ушибиться
хранить, держать
ня '..111.
грузить
покидать
давать взаймы
позамять
IC/K.II О
зажигать
,1С Kill.
О IIK14.HI>
встречать
КОСИ II.
платить
ставить
покидать
рать, отрывать
шадк, на поезде, на
подниматься, ставать
вать(ся), разры-
290
•say [sai]
seek [si:k]
seethe[si:d]
•sell [sei]
•send [sen
Set [set]
shake [Jeik]
•shave [feiv]
shed [Jed]
shine [Jain]
shoe [Ju:]
shoot [Ju:t]
•show [Jou]
shred [Jl
shrink [Jrigk]
•shut [/Lt]
•sing [sig]
sink [sigk]
slay [slai]
•sleep [sli:p]
slide [slaid]
sling [slig]
slink [sligk]
slit [slit]
smell [smel]
smile [smail]
•speak [spi:k]
sewed,
sawn[so :n]
sought
seethed,
sodden [so :dn]
sold
sewn [soun]
shaken [Jeikn]
[Jeivn]
shed
shone [Jo :n]
showed.
shredded, shred
shrunk [JrLgk]
smitten [smitn]
sowed, sown
[soun]
spoken [spoukn]
speeded,sped
говорить
виден.
искать
кипеть, бурлить, пе-
ниться
продавать
посылать
устанавливать, захо-
днть(о солнце), класть
шить, зашивать, прн-
трясти
брить
обувать, подковывать
показывать
измельчать
маться (от холода)
нсповедовать(ся),
каяться
закрывать
I I.
избивать, умерщвлять
СКО II.'II 11.
метать, бросать, швы-
криси.сч
разрезать (вдоль)
чуять; нюхать, пах-
поражать, ударять
говорить
вовать, спешить
291
* spell [spel]
•spend [spend]
spill [spil]
spin [spin]
spit [spit]
split [split]
spoil |spo il]
spring [sprig]
•stand [strend]
steal [slid]
stick [stik]
stink [stigk]
stride [straid]
strike [straik]
string [strig]
strive [straiv]
swear [sweo]
sweat [swet]
sweep [swi:p]
swell [swel]
swing [swig]
•take [teik]
•teach [ti: tj]
tear [tea]
•tell [tel]
•think [qigk]
thrive [qraiv]
throw [qrou]
thrust [qrLst]
spelled [speld).
spelt [spelt]
spent [spent]
spilled [spild],
spilt [spilt]
span (spam),
spun [spLn]
spat [spiel], spit
spoiled [spo ild],
spoilt [spio It]
spread
sprang [sprang]
stood [stud]
stole [sloul]
stuck [stLk]
stank [sta;gk],
stunk [stLgk]
strewed [strurd]
strode [stroud]
struck [strLk]
strung [strLg]
strove [strouv]
swore [swo:]
sweated [swetid],
swept [swept]
swelled [sweld]
swam [swarm]
swung [swLij]
took [tuk]
taught [to :tf]
tore [to:]
told [tould]
thought (qo :t]
thrived [qraivd],
throve [qrouv]
threw [qru:]
spelled, spelt spilled, spilt произносить (по бук- проводнть (время), тратить Проливать(ся) Вертеть, крутить (ся)
spat, spit плевать
рас к ;l пинать
spoiled, spoilt портить, Баловать
spread расстилать, распро- странять
sprung [sprLg] вскакивать, прыгать
S b, ''i ‘ 11 стоять
stolen [stoulen] красть
stuck втыкать, клеить
stunk Вонять,
strewed, strewn посыпать, разбрасы-
[strum] вать
stridden [stridn] strung шагать, перешагнуть ударять, бить
вать (струну)
striven [strivn] бороться
sworn [swo :n] клясться, ручаться
sweated, sweat потеть, сыреть
swept мести
swelled, swollen надуваться, пухнуть
[swoubn] swum [swLm] плыть
swung раскачивав
taken [tcikn]
taught учить, обучать
tom [to :n] рвать
|
thought .[> Mill 1.
t hriv cd. процветать, преуспе-
thriven [qrivn] вать
thrown [qroun] бросать
thrust южан.
292
* spell [spel]
•spend [spend]
spill [spil]
spin [spin]
spit [spit]
split [split]
spoil |spo il]
spring [sprig]
•stand [strend]
steal [slid]
stick [stik]
stink [stigk]
stride [straid]
strike [straik]
string [strig]
strive [straiv]
swear [sweo]
sweat [swet]
sweep [swi:p]
swell [swel]
swing [swig]
•take [teik]
•teach [ti: tj]
tear [tea]
•tell [tel]
•think [qigk]
thrive [qraiv]
throw [qrou]
thrust [qrLst]
spelled [speld).
spelt [spelt]
spent [spent]
spilled [spild],
spilt [spilt]
span (spam),
spun [spLn]
spat [spiel], spit
spoiled [spo ild],
spoilt [spio It]
spread
sprang [sprang]
stood [stud]
stole [sloul]
stuck [stLk]
stank [sta;gk],
stunk [stLgk]
strewed [strurd]
strode [stroud]
struck [strLk]
strung [strLg]
strove [strouv]
swore [swo:]
sweated [swetid],
swept [swept]
swelled [sweld]
swam [swarm]
swung [swLij]
took [tuk]
taught [to :tf]
tore [to:]
told [tould]
thought (qo :t]
thrived [qraivd],
throve [qrouv]
threw [qru:]
spelled, spelt spilled, spilt произносить (по бук- проводнть (время), тратить Проливать(ся) Вертеть, крутить (ся)
spat, spit плевать
рас к ;l пинать
spoiled, spoilt портить, Баловать
spread расстилать, распро- странять
sprung [sprLg] вскакивать, прыгать
S b, ''i ‘ 11 стоять
stolen [stoulen] красть
stuck втыкать, клеить
stunk Вонять,
strewed, strewn посыпать, разбрасы-
[strum] вать
stridden [stridn] strung шагать, перешагнуть ударять, бить
вать (струну)
striven [strivn] бороться
sworn [swo :n] клясться, ручаться
sweated, sweat потеть, сыреть
swept мести
swelled, swollen надуваться, пухнуть
[swoubn] swum [swLm] плыть
swung раскачивав
taken [tcikn]
taught учить, обучать
tom [to :n] рвать
|
thought .[> Mill 1.
t hriv cd. процветать, преуспе-
thriven [qrivn] вать
thrown [qroun] бросать
thrust южан.
292
ЛИТЕРАТУРА
2. 5. 6. 7. 8. +Eckersley С.Е. Essential English: Учебное пособие: В 4 книгах. Кн.1. - М.:Дсло, 1992. С. 143 Eckersley С.Е. Essential English: Учебное пособие: В 4 книгах. Кн.4. - М.: Дело, 1992. С.94 Шевелева С.А., Скварцова М.Б. Английский язык для деловых людей: Учебное пособие. - М.: Ю, 2001. С. 66 Eckersley С.Е. Essential English: Учебное пособие: В 4 книгах. Кн.4. - М.: Дело, 1992. С.104 Шевелева С.А., Скварцова М.Б. Английский язык для деловых людей: Учебное пособие. - М.: IO. 2001.С. 160 Агабекян И.Л. Английский для средних специальных заведений: Учебное пособие. - Ростов н/Д: Феникс. 2001. С. 160 Смирнова Т.В., Юдсльсон М.В. English for Computer Science Students: Учебное пособие. - M.: Флинта: Наука, 2003. С. 9 Антонов О.И., Английский язык для бизнесменов: Учебное пособие. - М.: Информпечать, при участии Верхневолжского Института пред*
9. приниматсльства, 2000. С. 3 - 4 Агабекян И.Л. Английский для средних специальных заведений. Учебное пособие. - Ростов н/Д: Феникс. 2001. С. 162
10. Антонов О.И. Английский язык для бизнесменов: Учебное пособие. - М.: Информпечать, при участии Верхневолжского Института пред- принимательства, 2000 С.4
II. Агабекян И.Л. Английский для средних специальных заведений. Учебное пособие. - Ростов н/Д: Феникс, 2001. С. 168
12. Антонов О.И. Английский язык для бизнесменов: Учебное пособие. - М.: Информпечать, при участии Верхневолжского Института пред- принимательства, 2000 С. 10
13. Агабекян И.Л. Английский для средних специальных заведений. Учебное пособие. Ростов н/Д: Феникс, 2001. С. 168
14. Антонов О.И., Английский язык для бизнесменов: Учебное пособие. - М.: Информпечать, при участии Верхневолжского Института пред- принимательства, 2000 С. 24
15. Агабекян И.Л. Английский для средних специальных заведений. Учебное пособие. - Ростов н/Д: Феникс, 2001. С. 170
16. Антонов О.И. Английский язык для бизнесменов: Учебное пособие. - М.: Информпечать. при участии Верхневолжского Института пред- принимательства, 2000 С. 32
17. Агабекян И.Л. Английский для средних специальных заведений. Учебное пособие. - Ростов н/Д: Феникс. 2001. С. 174
294
18. Антонов О.И. Английский язык для бизнесменов: Учебное пособие. - М.: Информпечать, при участии Верхневолжского Института пред- принимательства, 2000 С. 34
19. Агабекян И.Л. Английский для средних специальных заведений. Учебное пособие. - Ростов н/Д: Феникс, 2001. С. 214
20. Агабекян И.Л. Английский для средних специальных заведений. Учебное пособие. - Ростов н/Д: Феникс, 2001. С. 180
21. Антонов О.И., Английский язык для бизнесменов: Учебное пособие. - М.: Информпечать, при участии Верхневолжского Института пред- принимательства, 2000 С. 39
22. Агабекян И.Л. Английский для средних специальных заведений. Учебное пособие. - Ростов н/Д: Феникс, 2001. С. 186
23. Антонов О.И., Английский язык для бизнесменов: Учебное пособие. - М.: Информпечать, при участии Верхневолжского Института пред- принимательства, 2000 С.41
24. Шевелева С.А., Скворцова М.Б. Английский язык для деловых лю- дей: Учебное пособие. - М.: Ю, 2001. С. 261
25. Агабекян И.Л. Английский для средних специальных заведений. Учебное пособие. - Ростов н/Д: Феникс, 2001. С.223
26. Смирнов Т.В., Юдельсон М.В. English for Computer Scince Students: Учебное пособие. - M.: Изд-во Наука, 2003. С. 9
27. Воронцова И.И.. Ильина А.К., Молджи Ю.В. Английский язык для экономических факультетов: Учебное пособие. - М.: Изд-во ПРИОР, 2002. С. 4
28. Воронцова И.И., Ильина А.К., Молджи Ю.В. Английский язык для экономических факультетов: Учебное пособие. - М.: Изд-во ПРИОР. 2002. С. 9
29. Смирнов Т.В., Юдельсон М.В. English for Computer Scince Students: Учебное пособие. С. 10
30. Воронцова И.И., Ильина А.К., Молджи Ю.В. Английский язык для экономических факультетов: Учебное пособие. — М.: Изд-во ПРИОР. 2002. С. 25
31. Гольцова Е.В., Английский язык для пользователей ПК и программистов: Учебное пособие. - СПб.: Учитель и ученик. 2002. С.
32. Гольцова Е.В., Английский язык для пользователей ПК и программистов: Учебное пособие. - СПб.: Учитель и ученик, 2002. С.30
33. Воронцова И.И., Ильина А.К., Молджи Ю.В. Английский язык для экономических факультетов: Учебное пособие. — М.: Изд-во ПРИОР. 2002. С. 30
295
37.
39.
40.
41.
42.
Гольцова Е.В., Английский язык для пользователей ПК и
программистов: Учебное пособие. - СПб.: Учитель и ученик, 2002. С.
34
Гольцова Е. В.. Английский язык для пользователей ПК и
программистов: Учебное пособие. - СПб.: Учитель и ученик, 2002. С.
83
/чебное пособие - М.: Изд-во ПРИОР,
Антонов О.И. Английский язык для бизнесменов: Учебное пособие. -
экономических факультетов: Учебное пособие - М.: Изд-во ПРИОР,
Учебное пособие. - С. Петербург.: Арго, 1999. С.5
тербург: КАРО, 2006 - 544с